GROWING OUR
Connections
and Impact
2019 Millicom Annual Report
Our Purpose: To build the digital highways that connect
people, improve lives and develop our communities.
Growing Our Connections and Impact
Millicom drives its business success through connections that matter. Connections that open doors to knowledge,
enable people to thrive in the digital economy and help businesses realize financial opportunities that would
otherwise go untapped. We continually pursue new ways to extend the reach and impact of our digital highways
through innovations that fuel productive, sustainable growth in the markets where we operate.
As we create vital connectivity through our fixed and mobile networks, we also lead responsibly to foster an
environment where our employees, customers and communities can prosper and reach their full potential.
We strive to lead by example, particularly in ethical business practices and responsiveness to the needs of all
people in our communities.
We are headquartered in Luxembourg, with a U.S. corporate office in Miami. Through our Tigo and Tigo
BusinessTM brands, we provide a wide range of digital services, including high-speed data, cable TV, voice and
SMS, Mobile Financial Services, and business solutions. We serve customers in nine Latin American markets—
Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama and Paraguay—as well
as in Tanzania.
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
SPOTLIGHTS IN
THIS REPORT
We seek to make a
positive difference in the
lives of individuals, the
success of businesses,
and the progress of
communities through our
actions as a company.
The impact of our work
throughout 2019 can be
seen in various feature
stories bearing a
Spotlight icon that
appears throughout the
pages that follow. They
demonstrate how our
22,000-plus employees
help put Millicom’s
strategy, purpose and
responsible leadership
into action.
About This Report
Our fourth integrated annual report combines our corporate responsibility (CR) and finan-
cial reports to provide all our stakeholders with a clear and comprehensive overview of
our business and activities in 2019. The report conveys our progress against our business
strategy and identifies and quantifies the ways in which our practices and programs
under our CR Framework deliver business value, transform communities, and protect our
environment as contemplated under the UN Sustainable Development Goals.
Our CR Framework and Five-Year CR plan, against which we are reporting this year,
were built on our 2018 Materiality Assessment and ongoing dialogue with internal and
external stakeholders. We will continue to seek feedback from investors, customers,
employees and community leaders to inform about our corporate responsibility efforts.
[Click here] to find out more about our CR reporting approach.
Note: Our Latin America (Latam) segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint
ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management
reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating
matters. We also report in this way to provide increased transparency to investors on
those operations. Unless otherwise noted, the data in this report includes the opera-
tions of Cable Onda and Telefónica Central America assets in Panama and Nicaragua
that Millicom acquired in 2018 and 2019, respectively.
What’s Inside This Report
Overview
02 Chairman’s Message
03 Chief Executive Officer’s message
05 Our Year in Numbers
06 Our Market Leadership
Managing Our Business
09 Our Market Outlook
10 Our Financial Performance
15 Supporting Our People
22
Our Business Strategy and
Performance
28 Enterprise Risk Management
33 Compliance and Business Ethics
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
36 Our CR Framework
38 CR Fundamentals
39 Environment
41 Human Rights
42 Ethics
43
Inclusion
43 Supply Chain
44 Our Responsible Leadership in Action
45 Protecting Children
47 Empowering Women
49 Connecting Communities
50 CR Performance Tables
64 Assurance Letter
Governance
67 Chairman’s report
68 Corporate governance framework
69
Shareholders and shareholders’
meeting
Board of Directors and
Board committees
71
74 Board profile–skills and experience
77 Board program
80 Board committees
80
83
85
I. Audit Committee
II. Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee
III. Compensation Committee:
Remuneration Report
92 Millicom CEO and Executive Team
99
Directors’ Financial and
Operating Report
100 Management responsibility
statement
Disclaimers
102 Forward looking statements
103 Non IFRS definitions
104 Non IFRS reconciliations
Auditors’ Reports and Financial Statement
116 Independent Auditor’s Report
120 Consolidated Financial Statements
127 Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
1
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Chairman’s Message
At the end of 2019, I completed my first year as Chair of Millicom’s Board. I am more
impressed than ever with how our digital highways help communities overcome obstacles to
access the digital world and enable technological breakthroughs. We are making connections
that matter and doing it in the right way.
In 2019, Millicom continued straight and true on a path of delivering on our value
proposition and business strategy. Steadfast execution against our strategic pil-
lars resulted in the company delivering key operational targets and achieving a
solid financial performance, despite periods of weaker economic activity and
political uncertainty in parts of Latin America.
Our unprecedented investments to extend the reach of Millicom’s cable and
4G network across nine countries further strengthened our position as the
leading telecommunications provider in these markets. Along with integrat-
ing the businesses in Central America from acquired operations from
Telefonica and Cable Onda in Panama, we also finalized the sale of Tigo
operations in Chad as part of our strategic focus on Latam.
As always, our Governance structure and Business Ethics and Compliance programs were key to navigating some
of the risks inherent to operating in emerging markets. Doing business in the right way is a fundamental driver
embodied in our new “Sangre Tigo” framework that sets the tone from the top and cascading down through the
whole organization. We believe our commitment to ethics and compliance builds strength and success for our com-
pany, and positions Tigo as a force for positive change in the countries and communities we serve.
The listing of Millicom’s common shares in the U.S. in NASDAQ Stock Market in January 2019 has opened greater
opportunities to reach potential investors and provided additional support for our growth strategy. We paid special
attention this year to enhancing controls and policies in our first year of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
This was also a transformational year of progress in our efforts to bring lasting social, environmental and eco-
nomic value to the people and communities we serve. I am proud of how we are building our market leadership on
a sound strategy that intertwines Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility framework with our business objectives. For
us, doing good business and doing what’s right are two sides of the same coin.
Ultimately, it’s our people who bring our ambitious vision to life. We recognize the importance of ensuring that
Millicom is a place where employees feel safe, protected and supported in ways that enable them to do well, and
enhance their lives and the lives of those around them. I am pleased that we took steps in 2019 to create a more
robust Diversity and Inclusion strategy.
2019 ended with another important milestone in our history as the company’s largest long term shareholder,
Kinnevik AB, exited as a shareholder through a distribution of its entire 37% stake in Millicom. On behalf of the
Board, I want to extend our gratitude for the valuable role Kinnevik has played in our company’s story. Now begins
an exciting new chapter for Millicom as a business 100% owned by public shareholders who can trade TIGO on
both the U.S. and Stockholm NASDAQ exchanges.
In my first year as Chairman, I deeply appreciated the ways that our newest Board members—Pernille Erenbjerg,
Mercedes Johnson and Jim Thompson—stepped into their responsibilities with poise and enthusiasm. We are for-
tunate to gain their deep business experience and regional knowledge. I also want to recognize the contributions
made by Tom Boardman, Anders Jensen and Roger Sole Rafols, who ended their Board service in 2019.
Lastly, I thank the Executive Team for executing our business strategy so capably. Their commitment made a tre-
mendous impact on our performance in 2019 and positioned us for even greater success in 2020 and beyond.
It is my pleasure to share our Annual Report with you. I hope you find this summary of our business and Corporate
Responsibility achievements to be as exciting and inspiring as I have.
José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors
2
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
“We have an obligation to
ensure the technology we
provide is being used
responsibly and has the best
possible outcome for the
communities we serve.”
“
Chief Executive
Officer’s Message
2019 was a pivotal year for our company, with several
game-changing milestones. Our collaborative approach
to executing our business and corporate responsibility
strategies provided results that truly benefited our share-
holders, our customers, our employees and the communities
of the countries we serve.
We reinforced our commitment to Central America with an unparal-
leled inorganic investment of more than $3 billion over the last 18
months, adding Cable Onda in Panama and Telefónica’s operations in
Nicaragua, Panama and Costa Rica1 to our existing operations. These
transactions enhanced our footprint and advanced our goal to rede-
ploy capital from under-performing to higher-performing regions.
As a result, we significantly enhanced Tigo’s mobile and fixed conver-
gence capabilities in 2019. Tigo is now the No. 1 or No. 2 provider of
mobile, broadband internet and pay TV services in eight out of our
nine Latam markets.
Our business strategy—in place since 2016—is working, and the
results can be seen in our revenue growth over the past year. Revenue
for 2019 increased 9.9% to $4,336 million, and net profit for the year
attributable to shareholders improved to $149 million, or $1.48 per
share. We are confident that by executing our strategy, we will con-
tinue to create long-term value for shareholders.
Our customers benefited from our investments last year as well. We
added a record number of customers to our 4G network, giving them
faster, more reliable mobile internet access. We capitalized on our
enhanced infrastructure capabilities to expand our business-to-busi-
ness services, gaining 4,000 new customers in the past year. In 2019,
we also advanced our goal to become a “content supermarket” for our
Latam customers, creating strategic partnerships with Google,
Amazon and others to deliver the richest selection of consumer expe-
riences and business solutions. These enhanced offerings and our
commitment to “give 1,000% to our customers” resulted in a tangible
uptick in the Net Promoter Score metrics we use to measure customer
satisfaction.
Ultimately, our success as a company ties back to our purpose and the
transformational benefits that individuals and communities gain from
being connected and participating in the digital lifestyle. Last year, we
catapulted our long-standing corporate responsibility efforts to a new
level as we put into action our updated and more cohesive Corporate
Responsibility Framework, including measurable targets. The refined
framework includes five Corporate Responsibility Fundamentals that
guide us in how we manage our business, as well as our Responsible
Leadership in Action initiatives to empower women, protect children,
and connect communities. (More details can be found on pages
34-63 of this year’s report.) This also highlights our ongoing commit-
ment to the United Nations Global Compact.
1 Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica.
3
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Highlights of our CR progress in 2019 clearly demonstrate how we cre-
ate shared value for our multiple stakeholders:
» Promoting safe and productive Internet use among youth.
Through our Conectate Segur@ program, we provided thousands of
children, parents, teachers and caregivers with practical lessons on
how to avoid potential dangers online so they can more fully enjoy
the benefits of technology.
» Narrowing the digital gender divide. Through our Conectadas
program, we moved closer to our goal of training 400,000 women
on digital tools and entrepreneurial skills by 2023, empowering
them to support their families and contribute to their communities’
economic vitality.
» Issuing our first Sustainability Bond. Valued at approximately
$211 million, our inaugural Sustainability Bond is helping us reduce
our climate footprint and promote greater digital and financial
inclusion in emerging markets. The enthusiastic response from
investors for this bond underscores how our company can be a pow-
erful vehicle for channeling funds from capital markets in Sweden,
the United States, and elsewhere to developing countries in Latin
America.
» Sharing the talent of our people. We created opportunities for
hundreds of Tigo employees to volunteer in our Conectate Segur@
and Conectadas digital inclusion programs, allowing our employees
to engage directly with communities to create positive changes in
their lives through technology, which in turn, create positive rewards
for our employees.
In our business operations and CR programs alike, our talented and
committed employees are the lifeblood that propels us forward with
great momentum. We call this powerful force our “Sangre Tigo.” In
2019, we dedicated ourselves to defining the essence of Sangre
Tigo—those attitudes, behaviors and beliefs that our people bring to
work—to ensure our company remains a great place to work as we
grow. Our more than 22,000 employees now have a clearer sense of
our purpose and are channeling their energy to have a positive impact
for all our stakeholders.
I want to thank our Board, our community partners and our employ-
ees for their invaluable role in fulfilling our purpose in 2019. As you’ll
see on the pages that follow, our attention to growing our connec-
tions and impact, and the results that accrued to all our strategic
stakeholders last year give us many reasons to feel optimistic about
2020. We know there are challenges ahead, and we look forward to
tackling them with enthusiasm, with Sangre Tigo.
Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer
CEO Mauricio Ramos during the
public announcement of
Millicom’s acquisition of
Telefonica in Panama
4
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Financial and Operational Highlights
FINANCIAL RESULTS
Revenue
($m)
2017
2018
2019
Gross Profit
($m)
2017
2018
2019
HOME
HFC Homes Passed
(m)
$3,936
$3,946
$4,336
+9.9%
Year-on-year
growth
2017
2018
2019
8.4
+8.5%
Year-on-year
growth
10.6
11.5
HFC Customer Relationships
(m)
$2,767
$2,829
$3,135
+10.8%
Year-on-year
growth
2017
2018
2019
2.3
+11.3%
Year-on-year
growth
3.1
3.5
MOBILE
4G customers
(m)
7.2
10.5
2017
2018
2019
+47%
Year-on-year
growth
15.4
Indicator reflects Latam segment.
• Points of presence
• 4G Customers
• HFC Homes Passed
• HFC Customer Relationships
22K+
Full-time employees and
approximately 30,000
contractors
11.6K
Points of presence
Corporate Responsibility Highlights
200
89%
1,400+
207K
Key Staff trained on
Human Rights
Strategic suppliers who
signed the Supplier
Code of Conduct
Connected
schools
Women who
participated in our
digital inclusion and
training programs
5
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Honduras
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #2
Guatemala
Mobile #1
BBI #2
Pay TV #1
El Salvador1
Mobile #2
BBI #2
Pay TV #2
Nicaragua
Mobile #1
BBI #2
Pay TV #2
Panama
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #1
Costa Rica1
Mobile #2
BBI #3
Pay TV #1
Colombia
Mobile #3
BBI #2
Pay TV #2
Consolidating our
leadership position in
Latam through diligent
execution of our
business strategy.
Strengthening our leadership position in Latam through diligent
execution of our business strategy
Our long-term focus on converging Tigo’s fixed and mobile services throughout
Latin America continues to drive solid business result. Millicom’s gains in recent
years from both organically increasing our market share and investing in key
acquisitions to further consolidate our regional footprint.
As a result of our acquisitions of Cable Onda, the leading cable operator in Panama,
and of Telefonica’s telecom operations in Panama, Costa Rica and Nicaragua, Tigo is
reshaping the industry landscape in Central America. These new assets allowed us to
add Panama to our portfolio of countries served and accelerated our fixed-mobile
convergence strategy in the region. Most importantly, we can provide customers in
these markets with the high quality fixed and mobile services they expect.
Our significant investments demonstrate Tigo’s commitment to expanding digital
highways and advancing economic prosperity in Latam for years to come.
Bolivia
Mobile #2
BBI #1
Pay TV #1
Paraguay
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #1
1 Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica, and America Movil’s pending
acquisition in El Salvador.
6
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
A Single Integrated Company
By executing on our business strategy, Tigo
is now the only convergent operator in each of
its 9 Latin American markets.1
O U R B U S I N E S S S T R AT E G Y
Monetizing Mobile Data
A sound mobile data monetization strategy will continue to translate incremental
growth into additional revenue through:
» Expansion of our 4G/LTE network
» Transition to a postpaid subscription revenue model
» Products and services that stimulate data usage
Building Cable
Demand for high-speed data from both the business sector and individual customers
drives revenue growth. To meet this demand, we are:
» Accelerating the expansion of our hybrid fiber-coaxial (HFC) network
» Targeting acquisitions that complement our organic buildout
» Adding content and services to drive further growth in Average Revenue Per User (ARPU).
Accelerating Convergence
The deployment of IT solutions to efficiently market and support convergent solu-
tions will help us:
» Differentiate ourselves in the marketplace
» Generate new revenue streams
» Increase customer satisfaction and loyalty
» Reduce customer churn and costs
» Prepare for future network deployments such as 5G.
Driving B2B Growth
To accelerate growth among multinational corporations, large local companies and
small and medium size businesses (SMBs), we have made B2B fundamental to our
strategy by:
» Differentiating the Tigo Business brand through excellent service and frontline execution
» Selectively evolving our portfolio into Information and Communications
Technology (ICT)-managed services.
» Investing in state-of-the-art infrastructure, including tier 3 datacenters
» Developing and supporting sales and marketing capabilities to penetrate and serve new
customers.
Promoting a Digital Experience
Increased digitization of our processes and operations continue to benefit our com-
pany and customers as we:
» Provide superior digital journeys for our customers that will ensure we become or
Tigo Sports
Tigo Music
remain the operator of choice;
Tigo Money
» Create new tools and an enhanced operational model so our teams can do their
work more efficiently; and
» Offer next generation user-experience platforms that seamlessly integrate content
across linear and on-demand channels.
Tigo ONE tv
Mi Tigo
Tigo Shop
Tigo Sports
Tigo Music
Tigo Money
Tigo Business
Tigo Sports
Tigo Music
Tigo Money
Tigo ONE tv
Mi Tigo
Tigo Shop
1 Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica.
Tigo ONE tv
Mi Tigo
Tigo Shop
Tigo Business
7
Tigo Business
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Managing
Our Business
Millicom’s performance reflects the interconnected work of teams across
many disciplines. We stay on track to excel by diligently studying and
monitoring our markets, continually supporting and developing our human
capital and honing and measuring our progress against our business
strategy. Our continued success also hinges on how we mitigate risks and
optimize opportunities in our organization, meet our rigorous ethical and
compliance standards, and govern our company. This section of our Annual
Report lays out how all those components contribute to our success.
8
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Market Outlook
We take a long-term view and follow a rigorous and disciplined
approach to capital allocation as we expand the company’s digital
infrastructure throughout Latin America. The assets that we have built
over the past several years, together with our recent cable and mobile
acquisitions in Central America, have enabled us to provide new
services and to add customers and increase usage of our network in
markets where a growing middle class is devoting a larger share of its
disposal income to communication and information services.
Our strategy to further consolidate Tigo operations in Latam holds
some degree of planned risk, but we see significant potential growth
ahead for this region. In its Latin America Economic Outlook forecast
from October 2019, Oxford Economics predicted several encouraging
trends in many of the countries we serve. Among them:
» Steady GDP growth for much of the region
» Reduced volatility in exchange rates for Latam as a whole, with a
few exceptions
» 6.6% annual growth in the number of households with an average
income of more than $20,000 over the next decade—from about
8 million in 2018 to roughly 15 million by 2028
We are positioning Tigo to both profit from and contribute to the
region’s upward momentum. As our customer base and portfolio
offerings grow, we bring more capital and a deeper well of expertise to
emerging markets. In turn, the people and businesses that use our
digital highways to improve their economic stature bring follow-on
benefits—such as added disposable income, new jobs and greater
civic involvement—to their communities.
In these and many other respects, our strong competitive position in
Latam not only benefits Millicom shareholders but also our customers,
employees and communities. Managing our business is truly
inseparable from advancing economic development and social
progress in the countries where we operate.
“
9
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Chief Financial Officer’s Message
We continued to focus on capturing the broadband opportunity in our Latin America
markets during 2019, as we saw positive results in both mobile and cable during the
year. Additionally, we completed our footprint in Central America, acquiring and
integrating mobile operations in Nicaragua and Panama. We continued to execute on
our capital allocation strategy, selling Chad and supporting Jumia and Helios Towers
with their successful stock exchange listings.
Group highlights1
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased 9.9% to
$4,336 million, as revenue from acquisitions more than offset the
impact of weaker foreign currencies.
Operating income for the year declined 10.1% to $575 million, as we
recognized other operating losses primarily due to a non-cash loss on
disposal of equity investments and fair value adjustments. Operating
expenses decreased 0.8%, while depreciation and amortization
increased 37.2% resulting from newly acquired operations, and the
impact of IFRS 16 adoption. The share of net profit in our joint
ventures in Guatemala and Honduras increased 16.0%, due to positive
results in these operations during 2019.
Net interest expense increased 57.1% to $544 million, mainly due to an increase in our gross debt
during the year resulting from acquisitions, and the impact of IFRS 16.
In order to finance our acquisitions in Central America, we were active in the debt capital markets in
2019, issuing our first bond in Panama and our first Sustainability Bond in Stockholm.
Following the acquisitions of mobile assets in Central America, our leverage ended 2019 at 3.19x on a
proforma proportionate net debt-to-EBITDA basis. Our leverage ratio is currently above our long-term
target of 2.0x, primarily due to the acquisitions, but we expect that future EBITDA growth and cash
generation will allow us to return to our target leverage ratio in the medium term.2
Income from other non-operating items increased by $266 million to $227 million during the year, due
to an increase in value in our equity investment in Helios Towers, offset by a decrease in value in our
equity investment in Jumia as well as foreign exchange losses during the year.
Tax expense increased 7.2% to $120 million, due to the net movement between lower profitability in
Latin America resulting in a lower income tax charge, offset by the inclusion of acquisitions and a
higher net deferred tax expense during the year.
As a result of the above factors, net profit for the year atributable to shareholders was $149 million, or
$1.48 per share.
For more extensive details on Millicom’s financial performance, please refer to pages 120-213.
Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer
1 Group highlights are presented on an IFRS basis and therefore do not consolidate the results from our Guatemala and Honduras
joint ventures.
2 This paragraph includes Non-IFRS measures. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and
for a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures.
10
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
This section provides a summary of the financial and operating performance of our Latin America and Africa
segments through selected performance indicators1 that are based on our management reporting, presenting
Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if fully consolidated in the Latin America segment.
Our 2019 Financial Performance in Latin America2
2019 was a challenging macroeconomic year for some of our markets. Paraguay, for example, experienced
negative GDP growth during the first half of the year due to volatility in neighboring economies and to fluctuations
in commodity prices which impacted the agricultural sector. Meanwhile, Bolivia and Nicaragua were impacted by
periods of widespread political protests and social unrest, which dampened economic activity. In Panama,
economic growth slowed during the first half of the year.
The slower macroeconomic growth environment, combined with increased competition in some markets, meant
that our Latin American organic service revenue growth was 2.2% in 2019 representing a slowdown compared to
4.3% growth in 2018. EBITDA growth was 2.1% (2018: 3.5%) on an organic basis during the year. However, OCF
(this is EBITDA minus Capex) growth was robust and rose 8.3% (2018: 3.2%), demonstrating our capability to
deliver strong cash flow growth even under challenging market conditions.
In our Mobile business, which accounts for 59% of Latam service revenue (2018: 63%), we increased our footprint
by adding operations in Nicaragua and Panama, which added 5.2 million mobile users to our network. Aided by
these acquisitions, our customer base increased to 39.8 million customers and our 4G customers increased to
15.4 million, and we continued to improve our penetration rates, with 4G reaching 39% of our mobile customers at
the end of 2019, an improvement from the 31% penetration rate at the end of 2018. Mobile service revenue
increased 1.4% year-over-year from 2019 (2018: -2.1%) as revenue from acquisitions more than offset the impact
of weaker currencies and a slight decline in our organic growth during the period.
In our Cable and other fixed business, which generates about 40% of our Latin American service revenue
(2018: 36%), we expanded our HFC network during 2019 to cover an additional 901,000 homes, bringing the total
to 11.5 million at year-end 2019 (2018: 10.6 million). We added 351,000 net HFC customer relationships, ending
the year with 3.5 million, a penetration rate of 30% (2018: 29%). Revenue in our Cable business increased 21.5%
year-on-year (2018: 3.1%) fueled by the acquisition of Cable Onda, as well as robust organic growth in most
markets, which more than offset the drag from weaker currencies.
By country, organic service revenue growth was positive in seven of our nine markets, while EBITDA grew in Bolivia,
Colombia, Panama, Guatemala and Honduras. Our Colombia business showed improvement in both the mobile
and home businesses; Guatemala and Honduras performed strongly, as our market-leading mobile businesses
continued to drive success in these countries. Results in Bolivia and Paraguay were afected by competition as well
as by the macroeconomic and political situations, respectively. Despite social unrest, our Bolivia home business was
one of our strongest performers during the year. A slowing economy also afected our Panama operations, but our
focus on synergies during the integration resulted in strong EBITDA, and cash flow growth during the year.
Capex in Latin America was $1 billion in 2019, as we continued to invest to support the ongoing expansion of both
our mobile and fixed networks in the region. By year-end, our 4G networks covered approximately 69% of the
population of our markets, which now include Nicaragua and Panama. Strong 4G mobile network coverage and
performance allowed us to allocate a majority of our capex toward our cable network expansion in 2019,
consistent with recent years. Customer premise equipment deployed to support the growth of our Cable customer
base accounted for more than 30% of our total capex in the region, indicating that a significant portion of our
capex is success-driven and variable in nature, which helps to reduce volatility in cash flow generation.
Latam
($m)
10%
Paraguay
13%
Other
26%
Colombia
Revenue by
country
10%
Honduras
11%
Bolivia
6%
El Salvador
24%
Guatemala
1%
Other
$60m
37%
Cable and
other fixed
$2,197m
Revenue by
business
55%
Mobile
$3,258m
7%
Equipment
Sales Revenue
$449m
Service revenue
Organic growth +2.2%
$5,514
EBITDA
Organic growth +2.1%
$2,443
1 Non-IFRS measure. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and for a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures.
2 Our Latin America (Latam) segment includes our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated. Service revenue,
EBITDA, OCF, CAPEX and organic growth are non-IFRS measures. Please refer to page 103 for description of non-IFRS measures
11
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Colombia
Others
$42m
Mobile
$577m
Service
Revenue
Cable and
other fixed
$813m
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
1,710
As of year end 2019
36
Net additions
+2.1%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
3,570
As of year end 2019
870
Net additions
+32.2%
YOY Growth
Bolivia
Cable and
other fixed
$205.1m
Others
$2m
Service
Revenue
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
511
As of year end 2019
122
Net additions
+31.3%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
2,171
As of year end 2019
359
Net additions
+19.8%
YOY Growth
Mobile
$416.4m
Mobile
$363m
Paraguay
Others
$1.3m
Cable and
other fixed
$210m
Service
Revenue
Guatemala
Cable and
other fixed
$201.4m
Others
$3m
Service
Revenue
Mobile
$1,029.7m
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
437
As of year end 2019
30
Net additions
+7.5%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
1,520
As of year end 2019
436
Net additions
+40.2%
YOY Growth
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
519
As of year end 2019
34
Net additions
+7.1%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
3,894
As of year end 2019
906
Net additions
+30.3%
YOY Growth
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth +2.8%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth +3.0%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin3 %
2019*
2018
$1,432
$1,553
$510
$494
33.3%
29.7%
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth +4.5%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth +6.3%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin4 %
2019
2018
$624
$597
$257
$232
40.2%
37.8%
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth –1.2%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth –5.6%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin5 %
2019
2018
$575
$632
$294
$332
48.2%
48.8%
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth +5.3%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth +4.7%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin6 %
2019
2018
$1,234
$1,200
$748
$689
52.2%
50.2%
1 Includes HFC, DTH, Copper and other technologies.
2 Organic growth represents year-on year-growth excluding the impact of changes in FX rates, perimeter, and accounting.
3 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 29.8%.
4 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 38.5%.
5 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 47.2%.
6 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 49.1%.
12
Millicom 2019 Annual Report–23,378
Net additions
–5%
YOY Growth
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Honduras
Cable and
other fixed
$92m
Others
$6m
Service
Revenue
Mobile
$452.4m
Panama
Others
$5m
Mobile
$70.4m
Service
Revenue
Cable and
other fixed
$392.7m
El Salvador
Others
$2m
Cable and
other fixed
$125.2m
Service
Revenue
Mobile
$221m
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
176
As of year end 2019
11
Net additions
+6.9%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
1,747
As of year end 2019
469
Net additions
+36.7%
YOY Growth
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
437
As of year end 2019
23
Net additions
-5.1%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
787
As of year end 2019
68
Net additions
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
274
As of year end 2019
1
Net additions
+0.4%
YOY Growth
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
data users
924
As of year end 2019
299
Net additions
+47.8%
YOY Growth
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth +1.7%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth +0.5%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin3 %
2019
2018
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth +0.4%
2019
2018
$17
EBITDA $m
Organic growth +9.1%
2019
2018
$4
$551
$555
$280
$268
47.1%
45.8%
$468
$223
EBITDA margin4 %
2019
46.9%
Service revenue2 $m
Organic growth –6.2%
2019
2018
EBITDA $m
Organic growth –4.4%
2019
2018
EBITDA margin5 %
2019
2018
$349
$371
$140
$133
36.2%
32.9%
Costa Rica
Cable and
other fixed
$151m
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
256
As of year end 2019
Service
Revenue
1 Includes HFC, DTH, Copper and other technologies.
2 Organic growth represents year-on year-growth excluding the impact of changes in FX rates, perimeter, and accounting.
3 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 44.4%.
4 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 44.3%.
5 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 33.0%.
13
N/A
YOY Growth*
*Net adds since acquisitions
2018
24%
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Cable and
Cable and
other fixed
other fixed
$20.7m
$20.7m
Others
Others
$0m
$0m
Service
Service
Revenue
Revenue
CABLE AND OTHER
CABLE AND OTHER
FIXED (’000)
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
Home customer
relationships1
relationships1
13
13
As of year end 2019
As of year end 2019
MOBILE (’000)
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone
4G smartphone
data users
data users
785
785
As of year end 2019
As of year end 2019
Mobile
Mobile
$130m
$130m
Service revenue $m
Service revenue $m
Organic growth 9%
Organic growth 9%
2019
2019
2018
2018
$14
$14
EBITDA $m
EBITDA $m
Organic growth –98%
Organic growth –98%
2019
2019
2018
2018
$4
$4
EBITDA margin %
EBITDA margin %
2019
2019
2018
2018
28%
28%
$151
$151
$68
$68
43%
43%
Our 2019 Financial Performance in Africa2
During 2019 we continued to execute our strategy to improve our financial performance and the
returns we generate on the capital we have invested in the region. This includes selling lower
performing businesses in our Africa segment, where our return on capital has historically been less than
in our Latin America segment. In line with this strategy, we successfully divested our operation in Chad
in 2019. In addition, we supported Jumia and Helios Towers Africa, two companies in which Millicom
holds minority interests, as they completed IPOs and listed their shares on the New York Stock
Exchange and the London Stock Exchange, respectively.
Following the disposal of Chad, our Africa segment now comprises our operation in Tanzania,
representing 6.0% of underlying revenue and 4.8% of underlying EBITDA. During 2019, we made
significant progress toward preparing our Tanzanian business for an IPO of 25% of its shares on the
Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange, as mandated by the Tanzanian authorities. Following receipt of the
necessary government approvals, we successfully combined our three operating subsidiaries into a
single operating entity, and we secured long-term debt to support future growth. Finally, we have filed a
prospectus and await approval by the local authority to complete the IPO.
Africa organic service revenue declined 2.9% (2018: 5.8% growth) during 2019, partly attributable to
lower interconnection rates, which resulted in a reduction in our ARPU. Our EBITDA decreased 19.9%
(2018: growth 7.7%).mainly due to a regulatory fine.
–1%
Zantel
Revenue by
country
–3%
Tanzania
Africa
($m)
98%
Mobile
$372m
Service
Revenue
2%
B2B
$9m
Service revenue
Organic growth –2.9%
$382
EBITDA
Organic growth –19.9%
$122
The comparative 2018 financial information in this report has been adjusted for the classification of our
operations in Chad as discontinued operations. We disposed of our operations in Chad on June 26, 2019.
1 Includes HFC, DTH, Copper and other technologies.
2 Non-IFRS measure. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and for
a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures.
14
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Supporting Our People
Our 22,000-plus full-time employees and 30,000 contractors embody
our “Sangre Tigo”; they are the lifeblood essential to our culture, busi-
ness and success. As one of the largest companies in Latin America,
we embrace our role in fueling region-wide economic development
and individual prosperity through the career opportunities we create.
Therefore, we strive to be the employer of choice across all our mar-
kets by building a culture inside of Tigo where passionate, committed
individuals are empowered to drive positive change and where they
are encouraged to succeed.
This work was particularly critical over the past year. Millicom’s 2018
acquisition of Cable Onda in Panama and 2019 acquisition of
Telefonica’s operating subsidiaries in Panama and Nicaragua spurred
our rapid market expansion and added almost 3,000 experienced and
valued employees to our team.
“I can’t imagine working in any other place.
I’ve had opportunities to work in seven
countries with people who believed in me and
challenge me to grow professionally.”
Carolina Bernal
Chief Financial Officer, Tigo Une Colombia
Carolina joined our company 26 years ago, mailing invoices to customers
in Paraguay while she was still in high school.
“
BLENDING ACQUIRED
OPERATIONS INTO
TIGO WITH OPENNESS
AND RESPECT
The integration of almost 3,000 new
employees from Cable Onda and
Telefonica in 2019 came with both
opportunities and inherent risks and
challenges. To ensure the mergers
succeeded, we formed an intentional
strategy that included the following
steps:
» Launched a new Business Integration
Office, comprising people of various
nationalities from the new entities and
Tigo, that worked with HR and other key
departments to create a values-driven
process based on transparency, balanced
representation, equity and fluid
communication
» Took the time to get to know the
countries and the new employees and to
learn from each other through interviews
and meetings
» Hired external advisors Spencer Stuart
and Boston Consulting Group to help us
evaluate the skills of managers and
executives from Telefonica alongside
those of current Tigo employees with
potential to take on leadership roles in
our merged operations
» Created a steering committee that
reported to our CEO and was charged
with ensuring we built leadership teams
with the right levels of cultural diversity,
local market knowledge and
understanding of our core business
objectives
Ultimately, we believe this thoughtful
process enabled us to create teams with an
optimal blend of strengths coming from
both sides and to retain a high percentage
of key executives from the former
Telefonica operations.
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
15
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our HR Strategic Pillars
We are proud to have been recognized in recent years as one of the best companies to work for in Latin America.
To strengthen the foundations of our company and continue cultivating a great place to work, our HR organization
implemented a four-dimensional strategy in 2019:
» Grow our talent across Millicom and cultivate a diverse pipeline of future leaders within the company
» Evolve our culture to be even more inclusive and strengthen our lines of engagement with all our employees
» Optimize our organization as it grows, which includes smoothing the integration of people from acquired
companies and aligning all our resources with Millicom’s strategic priorities
» Build operational excellence by streamlining our HR processes and giving employees more convenient,
digitized access to services and benefits
These four priorities guide our responsive approach to creating exceptional experiences for our invaluable people
and advancing the company’s purpose.
Grow
Talent
Evolve
Culture
Optimize
Organization
Operational
Excellence
“We are one of the most recognized brands in Latam, and
one of the largest taxpayers in most of the countries we serve.
Being such an important force in these developing markets carries
an incredible responsibility that we take seriously. Our Employee
Value Proposition provides amazing opportunities for our people
to transform their lives and ultimately their communities.”
Susy Bobenrieth
Chief Human Resources Officer, EVP
“
16
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Pathways to Leadership
and Career Growth
We recognize that inspired employees produce excellent
results. As we build Millicom’s teams in our ever-evolving
markets, we must create meaningful incentives that attract,
retain and develop the best talent to maintain our competitive
edge. This includes finding new ways to motivate employees
and develop their talents—both personally and professionally.
Our focused approach to leadership and talent development
centers on promoting team-oriented, committed employees—
those who consistently produce exceptional results in the face
of “sink-or-swim” challenges. We are the first-ever employer for
many of our people, and some of our most senior leaders
started their careers on the front lines of Tigo operations. As
we identify people with high leadership potential, we invest in
creating more opportunities for them to expand their skills
through on-the-job experiences in different areas of our
company. (See related highlight story on this page)
Along with rewarding these employees for their commitment
and supporting their long-term career growth, our promote-
from-within approach also helps us reduce costly and
disruptive turnover. During 2019, we retained 88% of our
employees compared with 84% in 2016.
“Millicom has given me the
opportunity to live and work in
totally different environments
than I was used to. That allowed
me to grow, to strengthen my
resilience and to become a
better person.”
Pablo Guardia
General Manager, Tigo Bolivia,
Who started as a sales supervisor in 2002 and helped manage several of
our African operations early in his career.
“
SHAPING
TOMORROW’S
LEADERS
WHERE: All markets
WHAT: Identifying career paths for our
top talent to advance their careers at
Millicom and continue to produce
exceptional results for our company.
HOW: As part of our yearly Organizational
Talent Review process in 2019, we
launched the Plan 100 strategy to develop
the next generation of senior executives
and reduce organizational risk from
turnover in top leadership positions. We
believe many of our future C-suite leaders
and senior managers are already here at
Millicom and that our company is more
successful when we have a strong bench of
talent with the right skills to ascend our
leadership chain.
Through Plan 100, we analyze:
» The top-25 leadership roles, from the CEO
down
» The 25 people currently in those roles
» The top 25 people with high potential to
become future leaders
» The 25 “springboard” jobs that place
employees in an ideal position to develop
skill sets that will enable them to move
into a top-25 leadership role
We are creating new executive team
development tracks and succession plans
that bring timely opportunities for highly
successful general managers and regional
leaders to work in new environments with
greater responsibilities. Plan 100 also
supports our efforts to identify possible
talent gaps across the organization and to
develop a deeper pool of individuals within
Millicom to fill those roles.
17
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Bringing “Sangre Tigo” to Life
At Tigo, we are proud that our work has purpose. We transform lives and communities by increasing access to
digital highways for millions of individuals and hundreds of thousands of businesses.
Our employees are at the heart of this transformation. They are the passion and fuel that serve our purpose and
the essence of what we call Sangre Tigo.
Sangre Tigo is the DNA of our company culture. It is our identity today and our continued aspiration for the future.
A 2018 survey involving more than 11,000 employees within the Tigo leadership team and across all our markets
provided the foundation of our Sangre Tigo cultural framework. In 2019, we solidified this framework by clearly
articulating Tigo’s four pulses, which encompass the key values, practices, behaviors and beliefs that we all share.
To bring Sangre Tigo to life, in 2019 we initiated a series of dynamic and interactive workshops designed to provide
employees with clarity on our workplace culture and values. We expect to have rolled out these workshops to all our
operations by the end of 2020.
Sangre Tigo Cultural Framework
P U L S E S
We are
ONE TIGO
TIGO runs
in our veins
We make it
happen the
right way
We give 1,000%
for our
customers
B E H AV I O R S
We have one purpose
and we make an impact
We are inclusive
and united
Together we win
We value our
differences
We manage Tigo
assets as if they
were our own
We are proud of
our company and
our history
We are innovators
We are fast and we
go the extra mile
We are passionate
We care for our
communities
We lead by example
and we do what
we preach
Our customers are
at the center of
everything we do
We never compromise
our integrity
We are direct,
honest and open
We are transparent
and accountable
We always do it right,
from the first time
We find solutions
and deliver results
We make decisions
based on data insights
We see challenges
as opportunities
We think, act and
live digital
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
18
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
What does Sangre Tigo mean
to our ambassadors?
“Sangre Tigo is something
magical and incomparable, it
represents the passion which
we work in day-to-day and
the satisfaction that comes
from working with different
people who converge on a
single feeling. It is a
challenge for me to have the
responsibility to strengthen
this passion in all Tigo
employees, I feel very
motivated to achieve it.”
Mayra Rodríguez
B2B Productivity Head, Honduras
“
“For me, Sangre Tigo is
ethics; it’s passion for the
things I do, and the joy of
knowing that we improve
lives on a daily basis.
To be an example and
solution for my customers
and colleagues, and be able
to replicate the Sangre Tigo
lifestyle”.
Leslie Rosales
Sales supervisor HFC, Costa Rica
“
11,000+
Employees trained in our
Sangre Tigo cultural framework
through December 2019
170
Sangre Tigo employee
ambassadors
The Value of Volunteerism
Caring for the communities we serve
is a value embedded in our Sangre
Tigo culture and our company’s very
purpose. We deepened our
commitment to this value in 2019 by
instituting a policy to provide up to 2
days of paid time annually for all our
full-time employees to volunteer on
behalf of local organizations.
Many of our people choose to give
back to communities through our
Responsible Leadership in Action
programs. For example, this year,
more than 4,400 employee volunteers
helped entrepreneurial women,
teachers, and children of all ages to
adopt digital technology in ways that
transform their lives and elevate their
communities. Working directly with
communities not only demonstrates
how we live our Sangre Tigo values, it
also brings deeper meaning and
purpose to our employees’ day to day
work and inspires them to do their
very best. Learn more in the Fulfilling
Our Corporate Responsibility
section on pages 34-49.
19
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Building a More Diverse and Inclusive Workplace
Our newly articulated Sangre Tigo culture framework
encompasses our foundational commitment to
respect all people at Millicom. The value of diversity
and inclusion to our business reaches far beyond a
simple belief in doing what’s right. We believe that an
inclusive workplace culture attracts talented
professionals and empowers them to innovate and
contribute their perspectives and experiences in a
supportive environment that values people’s
differences. In turn, our business, products and
services benefit from being truly reflective of diverse
customer and community interests.
This process confirmed that our company is rich in
ethnic diversity—with 38 nationalities represented
among the 200+ employees in our Miami regional
office alone. We also uncovered areas of opportunities
to improve our work environment related to gender
equity, sexual orientation and age. We emerged with a
strong conviction that we must do even more to
ensure all employees feel included and valued at
Millicom. Our next step on this journey is to form a D&I
Council with broad representation across our cultural
spectrum to help Millicom’s senior leaders set the
priorities of our new D&I strategy. We will focus on
leadership development and opportunities for all and
ensuring that all employees feel their voices are being
heard.
In 2019, we launched a two-year initiative to define
the essential components of diversity and inclusion
(D&I) in Sangre Tigo culture and establish a new D&I
strategy. Our HR leads, in conjunction with the Boston
Consulting Group (BCG), gathered insights from
Millicom employees company-wide to understand
their present experiences of D&I in the workplace.
We are one Tigo. We are inclusive
and united, we value our
differences, we have one purpose
and we make an impact.
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
20
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Transforming Our HR Processes
As we continue moving into new markets, we also need to support a larger and more
dispersed employee base. This challenge has led us to review Millicom’s HR systems
with the goal of enhancing our process transformation and ensuring that our practices
comply with specific areas of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other financial accounting
and reporting requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market in the U.S..
We engaged Deloitte Consulting in 2019 to help identify opportunities for greater
efficiency, consistency and accuracy in our current systems and practices. When
finalized, this assessment will guide our development of a company-wide operating
model that can support one global HR information system. It will provide self-service
access to employees as well as simplify, automate and standardize HR processes across
all operations and countries. We plan to implement this new environment in 2020.
Promoting Health, Safety and Wellness
Many of our employees live and work in emerging markets where security issues—
including civil unrest, armed and organized criminal activity, and terrorism—may
compromise personal safety. We seek to minimize such threats and maintain a safe
workplace environment by enacting a wide range of controls and promoting actions
that help keep our people out of harms way.
Millicom has managed the health, safety, and well-being of employees based on
international (OHSAS) standards and industry best practices, with advice and support
from local authorities, and is currently transitioning to ISO 45001. Our central security
and safety team empowers and trains operational teams, and every market has a
professionally trained and certified physical security and health and safety officer. All
third-party vendors and partners must abide by our security and safety standards.
For the fourth straight year, we improved our supplier due-diligence and vetting
processes and conducted comprehensive compliance audits for those suppliers
considered to be at greatest risk of significant health, safety, and security issues.
The systems implemented also provided the operations the relevant frameworks to
identify improvements to further reduce the risk of injury, illness and fatal incidents.
In 2019, most operations in Latam and Africa transitioned to and received
certification for the new ISO Health and Safety 45001 standard. We expect to have
all operations certified by the end of Q2 2020.
21
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Business Strategy
and Performance
We continued generating robust financial returns and socioeconomic
benefits in our markets in 2019 by staying relentlessly focused on our
business strategy, which is designed to propel long-term, stable
growth in six interconnected areas.
Millicom CEO Mauricio Ramos chats with Panamanian football
star Jaime Penedo via a real-time holographic call, the first ever in
Latin America, using 5G technology powered by Ericsson.
Monetize Mobile Data
Our 2019 Telefónica acquisitions added new mobile markets in Panama and
Nicaragua. Through our expanded 4G/LTE network—which now covers 69% of
people in our Latam markets—we are connecting 15 million 4G mobile customers to
content and experiences from providers such as Amazon Prime (see highlight story
on page 26) as well as through our own TigoONEtv and Tigo Sports content services.
Our network and datacenter investments in 2019 have also set the foundation for us
to become the leading 5G operator in Latam as the standard evolves and market
demand grows in the coming years. We are piloting 5G capability in Panama,
Colombia and other countries with telecom partners such as Ericsson.
As we accelerate our transition from a prepaid to a postpaid subscription model,
these new products and services help stimulate customers’ data usage and bring in
additional revenue.
22
MONETIZE DATABUILD CABLEPREPARE FOR CONVERGENCEACCELERATE B2BGO DIGITALPROVIDEBESTCUSTOMEREXPERIENCEMillicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Build Cable
Having completed the acquisition of Cable Onda at the end of 2018,
Tigo’s fixed network now passes more than 11.8 millions of homes in
Latam. Our expanded hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network meets
growing demand for high-speed data from business and consumer
subscribers.
With a cable footprint that now extends uninterrupted from
Guatemala to Colombia, we can drive even greater operational and
logistical efficiency in our network. Our larger scale and broadened
coverage enable us to deliver improved service and more content
options for customers while keeping our prices competitive. Our cable
and other fixed services business generates aproximately 40% of
Tigo’s Latam revenue.
Prepare for Convergence
With integrated fixed and mobile networks in all nine of our Latam
markets, we have tremendous room to grow our portfolio of converged
services that customers can seamlessly access as they move between
work, home and leisure. In 2019 we created new agreements with
partners such as Amazon Web Services that enable us to provide a
hybrid public/private cloud infrastructure with enhanced content and
data access as well as improved security for businesses and public-
sector organizations.
TRANSFORMING
PUBLIC HEALTHCARE
ACCESS IN PANAMA
WHERE: Panama
WHAT: Working with the Caja Del Seguro
Social (Social Security) agency in Panama
to create a fully digitized medical radiology
platform that simplifies and speeds
information sharing with medical
practitioners. Cable Onda launched the
project in 2014 and Tigo continues to
implement it.
HOW: Physicians and other practitioners
can access digitized x-rays and medical
records on mobile devices while attending
to patients who might otherwise have to
travel further from their homes to be seen
at a larger medical facility. Tigo manages
the platform and provides maintenance
services for all the biomedical and
technological components of the initiative.
RESULTS:
» 5.1 million patients observed since 2014
» Replacement of analog equipment with
185 digital radiology units
» More than 90 new remote digital stations
across the country help radiologists serve
patients more efficiently
» 700 doctors and technicians trained on
the new platform
» Reduced time patients had to wait for
laboratory results from 45-60 days to
seven days or less
» Images and diagnostic notes integrated
into the patient’s digital file, reducing
errors and costs associated with
transferring and storing medical records
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
23
23
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Accelerate B2B
Our high-speed fixed and mobile networks now pass approximately seven out of ten businesses in our Latam markets.
In 2019, we focused on growing B2B adoption of our secure and reliable network capabilities. In the process, we
increased our Net Promoter Score (NPS) among business customers by 9.6 pts from January to December 2019.
More companies are choosing the communications, datacenter, cloud and business continuity services that Tigo
Business provides. Our fiber ring, which connects the 13 countries from United States to Argentina and Chile,
enables us to deliver high availability, consistent support and greater resilience for multinational companies—
leading to greater satisfaction for their customers.
Our offerings to small and midsized businesses (SMBs) also grew in 2019. Building upon the success of our first-ever
SMB convergent offer that Tigo Business rolled out in Bolivia in 2018, we extended these capabilities to SMBs in
Honduras in 2019. For a fixed monthly price, customers can purchase a service package with internet, HFC, mobile
and cloud solutions tailored to their individual needs.
4G NETWORKING
IMPROVES
COLLABORATION AT
BANCOLOMBIA
WHERE: Throughout Latam
WHAT: An entire virtualized network that
integrates Bancolombia’s
telecommunications, business processes,
data and content across 10 countries.
HOW: Tigo has served Bancolombia, one
of the largest financial institutions in
Latam, since 2014 when we merged with
broadband and telephony provider UNE. In
2019, we implemented a set of networking
solutions that enables Bancolombia’s
46,500 employees from Colombia to
Jacksonville, Florida, to communicate and
share information more flexibly. Our
platform applies software-defined
wide-area-network (SD-WAN) technology
along with 4G mobile networking
capabilities to enhance and secure the
bank’s telecommunications.
The results include:
» Connectivity for 695 Bancolombia
branches and six administrative offices
» Integration of instant messaging, audio,
video, and web communications among
bank employees
» Faster and more efficient customer
service
» Added voice capabilities at bank ATMs
24
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
HIGH-PERFORMANCE,
ENERGY-EFFICIENT
LATAM DATACENTERS
As part of our strategic plans for
delivering faster, more reliable and more
secure services, we have invested more
than $68 million in improving our
datacenter infrastructure to world-class
standards throughout Latam. These new
datacenters deliver improved uptime for
the Millicom cloud environment which, in
turn, provides better service to our
customers.
2019 Highlights:
» Completed five new datacenters as of
December 2019
» Closed two older facilities in Honduras
and one in Colombia, with plans to close
four more in Latam in 2020
» Incorporated three Tier III-certified
datacenters in Panama that were part of
the Cable Onda acquisition completed in
early 2019
» Earned a CEEDA Level Silver Energy
Efficiency certification from Datacenter
Dynamics for our new Paraguay
datacenter and began the certification
process for four others
Along with the benefits they create for our
business-to-business (B2B) customers,
these new and upgraded datacenters,
combined with the decomissioning of older
facilities, will reduce Millicom’s energy
consumption, GHG emissions and
operational costs—signifying our
commitment to adopt business practices
that minimize our environmental impact.
The new datacenters are 40% more
efficient than traditional sites due to the
use of higher-efficiency equipment and the
implementation of real-time energy
management software, which is running at
our datacenters in Paraguay and Bolivia,
and will soon be rolled out in Colombia,
Guatemala, Panama and Honduras.
20%
Additional reduction in energy
use through replacement of
legacy technology in our
datacenters and network
“We are proud to be a
leading operator investing in
technology infrastructure in
Latin America for the long
term. We believe this strategy
and investment will make us
a premier provider of B2B
solutions in all of the markets
where we operate.”
Xavier Rocoplan
Chief Technology Officer
“
25
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Go Digital
We are evolving our digital tools and operational model to be more efficient for our internal teams. We’re also
creating simpler and more satisfying digital avenues for our customers to interact with us.
Through our e-care support platform, Tigo customers can now resolve 80% of the most common service and
account issues—including plan upgrades, username/password resets and billing questions—on their own. In
2019, we also started to connect the Tigo ecosystem with digital platforms such as WhatsApp and Google Mobile
Android, which allow even more users of our prepaid mobile services to check their balance and recharge their
account without having to install the Tigo app.
In addition, subscribers in every country can now pay their bills online using Tigo Money, our mobile wallet app.
They can also renew Tigo services from home through their set-top box and set up automatic payments using a
variety of methods. By digitizing our activation process and requiring fewer manual steps, we can bring services
into customers’ homes more quickly and efficiently.
AMAZON PRIME
AND THE
“CONTENT
SUPERMARKET”
WHERE: All Latam markets
WHAT: Bring an unprecedented wealth of
digital content to our audiences through
partnerships with Amazon Prime and
Google Android
HOW: Tigo subscribers can now stream
videos, music and other offerings from
Amazon Prime through their set-top boxes
and on mobile devices. Through another
new partnership with Google Android, we
added Android TV to the TigoONEtv
service.
These groundbreaking partnerships give
Latam residents access to globally
sought-after content for the first time—
providing greater customer choice and
bringing additional returns to Tigo on our
investments in 4G and cable.
“We are bringing customers the seamless
and always-connected experience they
expect, with access to premium content from
around the world through Amazon Prime.
Together with our fast-growing TigoONEtv
and Tigo Sports offerings, we’re creating a
virtual ‘content supermarket’ that provides
more options and flexibility than ever.”
Luciano Marino
Vice President of B2C Initiatives
“
26
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Provide the Best Customer Experience
Beyond offering more digital self-service tools for customers, we are working to
create an even more customer-centric culture throughout Millicom. Our 2019 efforts
included gleaning more actionable details about customer satisfaction and needs
through our various touchpoints—online, by phone and in person.
We’re using these insights to create more effective support behind our products and
services—which contributed to a 9 points rise in Millicom’s overall NPS this year. As a
result of better understanding our customers, and to garner even more granular
knowledge about their needs and experiences, in 2019 we introduced nine new
customer service interaction evaluations to our experience model and improved the
way we interact with our customers in existing channels.
A CLEARER VIEW
OF HOW OUR
NETWORKS
PERFORM
WHERE: Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El
Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Paraguay
WHAT: Enhancing how we measure
network performance and use that
information to continuously improve our
customers’ experiences.
HOW: We use Tutela’s crowdsourced
mobile network quality data—collected
from more than 10 million mobile devices
in the region—to benchmark our signal
strength and quality, device usage and
download speed patterns. This helps us
better understand how users are experiencing
our fixed and mobile networks, troubleshoot
network performance issues and identify
key areas for investment to improve our
quality of service.
27
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Risk Landscape
As an international mobile and cable services company operating in emerging markets, predominantly in Latin
America, managing risk plays a significant role in our decision-making.
The developing, and sometimes volatile nature of the markets and economies in which we operate, exposes us to
an inherently higher level, and potentially different set of risks than similar companies operating in larger, more
established and mature economies.
In addition to risks associated with our geographical footprint, rapid change in mobile telephony and cable
technology can have a significant impact on the demand for our services, and our ability to generate sufficient
returns on the investments we make.
Risk Appetite
As a consequence of these factors, we have a higher risk appetite than many of our peers in the
telecommunications and cable industry, and a wider risk profile than many international businesses. We accept the
risks inherent in our businesses and markets to the extent that opportunities for sufficient returns exist, and on our
ability to adopt appropriate systems and controls to manage those risks.
Risk Management
Our consideration of risk plays a critical part in reducing uncertainty. This supports decision making in the allocation
of capital and resources, which increases the likelihood of successfully formulating and executing on the right
strategy. We carefully align our approach to balancing risk with reward to protect our stakeholders and deliver
sustainable value.
We approach risk management consistently across the entire business, identifying and managing risks strategically
at the Board and Senior Management levels and through in-depth processes and at transaction level by key business
unit leaders and staff in our operating countries. We embed risk management processes in our operations both
geographically (by country) and functionally (by business area), developing and implementing action plans that
seek to balance risks with returns, within pre-determined risk appetite levels.
Key risks are determined based on likelihood or occurrence and impact to the business, based on a number of
financial and non-financial criteria. These criteria include the potential operational, financial, reputational and
human impact of the risk. Each risk is owned by an individual risk owner at the relevant decision-making level. For
example, key risks of the Group are owned by members of the executive management team, whereas key risks of
each country are owned by the leadership team of each country. Oversight of the Group’s key risks is provided by
the Board and its Committees, while oversight of key risks in the countries is provided by the executive
management team and the central functions.
M I L L I C O M ’ S R I S K S A R E C L A S S I F I E D I N TO S I X B ROA D C AT E G O R I E S :
Strategic
Financial
Operational
Political and
Regulatory
Governance,
Compliance and
Reputation
(conduct)
People and
Culture
28
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Evolution of risk in 2019
Key events in 2019 have had a significant impact on the risk profile of the Group – in particular,
inorganic strategy, financial structure, and growth. However, many of these changes are due to
the successful execution of Millicom’s operational strategy and investor proposition plan.
The company started the year with the re-listing of its shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market in the U.S. Many
activities were undertaken in 2018 to ensure that governance structures are fully compliant with the relevant rules
and regulations. In 2019 significant focus was placed on improvements in the control environment (including
fulfillment of requirements under the Sarbanes Oxley Act).
In Q1 Millicom announced the agreement to acquire mobile businesses in Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama, and
the sale of its business in Chad. The portfolio of businesses has therefore continued its shift toward Latin America
and in particular increased its exposure to Central America. The ability to successfully merge and integrate the
acquired businesses is a key opportunity and challenge, which will continue in 2020.
Political and economic stability are key determining factors in the ability of our businesses to grow and continue to
be successful. While the underlying currencies in which we generate revenue remained relatively stable in 2019,
political and civil unrest in some of the Central American countries continued to impact some of our businesses. In
addition, toward the end of the year, civil unrest following elections in Bolivia caused instability in the country and
temporary disruption to our business.
International sanctions and restrictions placed on certain suppliers of devices and equipment were a key focus of
risk management activities during the year. A full assessment of the possible outcomes and implications for our
business was performed, with contingency plans formulated. This risk will continue to be monitored closely in 2020
as global discussions on national security and communications continue.
Information and network access security, including protection of customer data and cyber security in general,
continue to increase in importance for all consumer-based businesses. We continued to invest in this area (detailed
on pages 97 and 98 in the Governance section) in 2019.
Our senior leadership team remained largely unchanged during 2019, a key enabler in executing on our strategy and
driving both short-term and longer-term initiatives, including those on leadership, culture and succession planning.
While we manage and monitor many more risks within the Millicom risk universe, we have highlighted on the
following pages the areas of risk that were a key focus in 2019.
“
29
“Our Governance structure and Business Ethics and Compliance programs were key to navigating some of the risks inherent to operating in emerging markets. Doing business in the right way is a fundamental driver embodied in our new “Sangre Tigo” framework and sets the tone from the top.”José Antonio Ríos GarcíaChairman of the Board of DirectorsMillicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Risk
Mitigation and actions
Evolution in 2019
(likelihood and impact
of the risk materializing)
Board Perspective
1. Strategy and strategic direction:
Uncertainty in the formulation and
governance of an appropriate and
executable strategy and strategic
direction that supports the vision of the
company. Inadequate processes for
gathering and analyzing information in
formulation of the strategy.
2. Portfolio management and
capital allocation:
Acquisition or retention of businesses
poorly aligned to strategy, overpriced,
and /or generate lower than required
return on investment. Investment and
capital management that enable the
company to meet its strategic
objectives within its financial and
operational capabilities.
3. Macro-economic conditions:
Volatility or uncertainty in macro-
economic conditions (e.g. but not
limited to; currency, inflation, and
remittances) and underlying drivers
impacting our markets and the
disposable income of consumers, and
the currencies in which we generate and
remit cash flows.
4. Political, civil and regulatory
environments:
Instability, unrest, or lack of
predictability in regulation or rule of law
in the countries in which we conduct
business. Uncertainty in regulatory and
tax rulings, including indirect taxation
and regulatory pressure through tariffs,
taxes and service penalties.
Our strategy has been developed
based on our vision of building digital
highways that connect people in our
target markets. We have a relentless
focus on the six key pillars of our
strategy, and monitor execution of the
strategy with relevant financial and
operational KPIs as well as external
factors such as macro, political and key
demographics in our markets.
Our Board oversees and approves our
strategy and any refinements that may
be required.
Our strategy is set out on pages 22-27.
We carefully consider opportunities to
acquire, merge, or divest businesses
based on market dynamics, portfolio
balance, and opportunities for long-term
value creation.
We are focused on LATAM where we see
the best opportunities for future growth
and value creation. In 2018 and 2019
we reallocated capital from Africa, and
significantly increased our presence and
position in Central America through the
purchase of Cable Onda in Panama and
the Telefonica mobile businesses.
We actively manage macro-economic
risks in a number of ways.
We commission studies on economic
development and prospects in our
countries, we consider currency
volatility in our budgeting, forecasting,
tax and treasury management
processes, and we raise debt in local
currency where it is available..
See page 10 for a review of the
financial performance in 2019.
We closelty monitor politial
developments in the countries where
we operate and review potential
changes in regulations on an ongoing
basis.
A number of countries in our footprint
held planned government elections
during 2019. The election result and
ensuing civil unrest in Bolivia had a
short-term negative impact on our
ability to provide services to our
customers.
We implement efficiency programs in
all aspects of our business to offset the
impact of newly introduced or
expected changes in taxes and
regulations.
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
Impact
Impact
Impact
Impact
Millicom’s growth profile in recent years is
a strong indicator that the strategy
deployed since 2016 is working. In 2019
the company continued to meet key
operational targets, including in building
cable, monetizing data, and positioning
itself with fixed and mobile presence in all
its LATAM markets.
Relisting on NASDAQ in the U.S. has
provided an easier path for investment in
Millicom’s growth story.
Building digital highways in growth
economies in Latin America is a key
strategic focus.
Divestiture of the Chad business and
acquisition of mobile businesses in Central
America in 2019 fit perfectly with these
longer-term goals of the Company.
While the countries in which Millicom
operates in Latam may, from time to time,
experience short-term macro-economic
volatility, average GDP growth is forecast
to be in the range of 2%-4% per annum
through to 2028.
Currency fluctuations are a key risk
inherent to Millicom’s business. The Board
oversees management’s processes and
controls governing financial and
macro-economic risk against pre-
determined levels of risk appetite.
Political and regulatory risks for Millicom’s
businesses remain relatively high in many
of our countries, particular those seeking
to increase income from the
telecommunications industry.
In 2019, the imposition of regulatory fines
and lack of transparency in certain
countries signaled a continued trend of
increasing risk in this area.
The Board oversees Millicom’s interaction
with key governmental and regulatory
agencies, and promotes transparency and
predictability in regulation. The Board
sponsors doining business in the right
way.
30
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Risk
Mitigation and actions
Evolution in 2019
(likelihood and impact
of the risk materializing)
Board Perspective
5. Competition and customer
experience:
Market structure, market position,
actions taken by competitors, and
customer experience have a significant
impact on attracting and retaining
customers. Lack of attention to market
and customer needs or poor customer
experience negatively impact the
subscriber base, and operator
reputation.
Competition for mobile and home
subscribers continues to increase, while
prepaid customers remain a large and
important contributor to revenue.
Quality of service, innovation and
converged offerings as key
differentiating factors.
6. Licenses and spectrum:
The availability of licenses and
spectrum is limited, closely regulated,
and increasingly expensive.
Inability to obtain the required quantity
or band of spectrum from regulators or
third parties at a price we deem to be
commercially acceptable, could have
significant negative consequences for
the operation of our businesses.
7. Financial structure and capacity
Millicom may be at a disadvantage
compared to competitors in access and
cost of capital. Risk that financial
limitations such as debt covenants,
debt service requirements and credit
ratings could negatively impact ability
to execute the organic and inorganic
growth strategy.
8. Networks and infrastructure
resilience:
Disruptions to service, or compromised
ability to restore services to customers
in acceptable time frames, can cause
loss of revenue, increase expenses, and
have a negative impact on customer
experience.
With a focus on home penetration, and
4G subscriptions, Millicom also has
partnerships with key content and
service providers such as Netflix and
Amazon, as well as broadcast rights
including football in many of our
markets.
In recent years we have implemented
processes and tools to continuously
track customer satisfaction across all
our markets and services, and use this
data to refine and enhance our
customers’ experiences.
See page 27 for information on how
we have invested in processes to
improve customer experience and gain
insights.
We have a carefully formulated
spectrum and license strategy and
management plan for each of our
markets.
We actively monitor and engage with
government and regulatory bodies on
spectrum and license related matters.
We often negotiate renewals/retention
in the initial allocation contracts and
we carefully consider opportunities to
acquire new spectrum based on
spectrum quality, fit with network
needs, and customer demand.
During 2019, we successfully obtained
and renewed the spectrum we need to
continue to operate our businesses,
including acquiring new spectrum in
Colombia and El Salvador.
We carefully manage our sources and
uses of capital to enable us to meet
our operating, investing and financing
needs.
We manage our debt maturity and
monitor opportunities for lowering our
cost of debt and increasing our debt
efficiency on an ongoing basis.
In 2018 and 2019 we successfully
raised additional finance to acquire the
businesses in Central America, while
maintaining comfortable headroom
against covenants and maintaining
our credit rating.
Our network resilience controls and
mitigating activities include ongoing
vulnerability assessments, simulation
exercises and business continuity
management plans, tested on a
regular basis.
We develop our investment programs
with consideration of elements
including outage risks, external
dependences, and network
redundancy.
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
Impact
Impact
Impact
Impact
In a world where demand for content,
access to information and communication
services is increasingly critical in
enhancing and improving lives, positive
customer experience is a vital attribute.
‘Best Customer Experience’ is one of the
key pillars of Millicom’s strategy, and a key
differentiator in customer choice of
operator.
Millicom’s comprehensive customer
satisfaction program in place facilitates a
continuous cycle of improvement across
all facets of customer experience in all
operating markets.
The landscape related to spectrum and
licenses to operate is constantly changing,
particularly in our markets as governments
seek higher financial and consumer
benefits from spectrum auctions,
competition for lower spectrum bands,
and industry consolidation.
Millicom actively engages with regulators
and governments, and promotes fair and
transparent allocation and pricing of
spectrum and licenses.
Millicom’s financial structure is both a key
facilitator and inhibitor of its ability to
grow its business and create value.
The Board closely monitors balance sheet
structure and the sources and uses of
funds in the business. Operating and
equity free cash flow, leverage, and
shareholder remuneration are key areas of
focus of the Board in approving annual
budgets and monitoring results.
Millicom’s vision of building digital
highways that connect people, improving
lives and developing our communities,
relies heavily on the quality and
availability of its networks and
infrastructure.
Capital allocation in expanding,
modernizing, maintaining and protecting
networks are vital in the successful
execution of Millicom’s strategy.
31
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Risk
Mitigation and actions
Evolution in 2019
(likelihood and impact
of the risk materializing)
Board Perspective
9. Technical transformation and
convergence
Failure to identify / anticipate drivers of
technological change together with
adaptability and resource to implement
change.
Threat of cross-industry convergence
and further commoditization of
existing products and services. Strategic
risk of ‘betting on the wrong
technology’ or ‘missing the technology
of the future’.
With fixed and mobile businesses in
each of our strategic markets, we now
have the necessary building blocks for
fixed / mobile convergence.
We now deploy more than $1bn each
year in expanding, developing and
modernizing our networks and
infrastructure to enable customer
growth and enhance customer
experience.
To learn more about our business
strategy and goals to prepare for
convergence see pages 22-27
10. Cyber security and data
protection:
Intrusion into systems or networks and
inappropriate access to sensitive data
could have significant operational,
regulatory, legal and reputational
implications.
Failure to implement systems and
processes to prevent, detect and
respond to information security threats,
and properly manage data requests
(e.g. from governments and regulatory
authorities).
We have established a Global
Information Security Office and Global
Security Operations Center to centrally
manage and coordinate risk mitigation
related to cyber security and data
protection.
We have implemented processes to
regularly assess threats and
vulnerabilities to security breaches, and
training programs in place to raise
awareness and control consciousness
of employees.
Learn more on page 98 about the
initiatives we implemented in 2019 to
improve protection of critical systems,
and ensure compliance with relevant
data protection rules.
11. People, workplace and
well-being:
Our geographical footprint sometimes
exposes our employees and contractors
to situations which may subject them
to physical, psychological or emotional
harm.
We manage the health, safety, and
well-being of staff based on
international standards, industry best
practice, and advice and support from
local authorities.
To learn more about our approach to
employee health, safety, and security
see page 21.
12. Conduct:
Actions and behaviors of our
employees, business partners and other
stakeholders impact the Company’s
reputation, compliance with rules and
regulations and may impact our ability
to operate our businesses.
Through clear policies, training and
monitoring activities, we ensure that all
our staff remain aware of the risks to
them as individuals and to the
company and know how to act if faced
with risk in these areas.
See Governance Section of this report
for more information on our
anti-money laundering, anti-corruption
and other business ethics action items
in 2019.
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
i
L
Impact
Impact
Impact
Impact
Advancements in technology, and
increasing demand for more and higher
quality services are trends that have
defined the telecommunications and
media industries. These trends are
expected to continue and accelerate.
Millicom’s strategy seeks to balance its
short-term operating and financial goals
with key technological and
transformational investments that will
ensure the business remains strong and
prepared for the medium and long term.
Cyber security attacks have emerged as a
significant threat to the successful
operation of any organization, particular
those that rely on information systems to
collect, process, and manage date.
Innovation, technological advancements
and an ever increasingly regulatory
environment heighten risks in this area.
Millicom has responded by dedicating
resources and allocating capital to
strengthen its cyber control environment.
It is our people that bring our vision to life.
Everyday thousands of Millicom
employees and contractors work towards
building the digital highways and
providing the services that benefit our
customers and their communities.
We recognize the importance of ensuring
that Millicom is a place where our people
can feel safe, protected and supported in
ways that enable them to do well, and
enhance their lives and the loves of those
around them.
Doing business in the right way is a
fundamental driver embodied in the tone
from the top through the organization.
The Board’s Compliance and Business
Ethics Committee maintains oversight of
Millicom’s Compliance program and
initiatives that strengthen controls and
enhance the culture of compliance in its
business and with its business partners.
32
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Compliance and
Business Ethics
Corruption in government and the private sector can raise potent risks
for our business that we must counter decisively and transparently in
order to protect our reputation, maintain stakeholders trust and
sustain our long-term growth. Our ability to operate in the heavily
regulated telecommunications industry and maintain a competitive
advantage also hinges on diligently adhering to requirements that
often vary considerably between different markets. At Millicom, we
maintain a zero tolerance for any form of corruption.
Our Ethics and Compliance Group meets these challenges by setting
the highest standards of integrity, backed by clear guidance and
support for our employees in upholding our expectations. Along with
our Board and Executive Team, the group provides front-line
protection against legal, financial, regulatory and reputational
missteps that could interrupt our operations and jeopardize our
customer relationships.
As Millicom completed the acquisitions of Cable Onda in Panama and
Telefónica’s Central American operations in 2019, much of our
attention went into training nearly 3,000 new employees from those
companies on our Code of Ethics and our compliance policies. We
presented a series of face-to-face training sessions at the former Cable
Onda and Telefónica operations to ensure that senior leaders and
individuals whose roles carry a higher level of compliance or ethical risk
fully understood our ethics policies and procedures. Most other
employees completed online training as a mandatory part of their
overall onboarding experience.
One of our focal points for all Millicom employees who interact with
customers, suppliers and other stakeholders is how to recognize and
avoid potential conflicts of interest. We also want to ensure that our
people feel empowered and safe to raise any ethical concerns. As a
result, 97% of our employees have now been trained in our conflict of
interest policy.
In 2019, we rolled out country-specific extensions of our anonymous
whistleblower hotline and EthicsPoint reporting database for the
people in our newly acquired operations. In addition, we hired
compliance officers in Panama and Nicaragua. We have seen a steady
increase in the reporting of ethics cases in 2019. As we continue to
onboard, integrate and train employees from new operations in 2020,
we expect this trend will continue.
Our group also worked closely with Millicom HR and Corporate
Responsibility leaders to help shape the new Sangre Tigo cultural
framework (see related story on pages 18-19.) and to establish new
goals for our Ethics program. We will use this expression of our
corporate attitudes and behaviors—among them, “We make it
happen the right way” and “Integrity starts with you”—as one of the
touchpoints in our ethics and compliance training to help us achieve
our goals.
328
Cases reported on
Millicom Ethics Line
97%
Employees trained in our
conflict of interest policy
33
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Fulfilling Our Corporate
Responsibility
Millicom’s purpose is at the core of our corporate responsibility (CR) actions,
and always has been. We channel the power of technology delivered
through our digital highways into programs that create life-changing
opportunities for people and transformative economic, social and
educational benefits for communities. We also work with teams across the
company to reflect CR values such as environmental stewardship, integrity,
inclusivity and respect for human rights in every facet of our business.
34
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
The unrivaled power of mobile technology to connect and improve
lives and bring businesses in emerging markets into the global
economy cannot be understated. As our business grows through the
adoption of digital technologies, so does our ability to fuel even
greater opportunities and bring socio-economic progress to the
countries where we operate.
We do not divorce technology and innovation from human rights, ethics
or sustainable development. They reinforce each other. As our markets
prosper, our business prospers.
2019 was a pivotal year for our CR efforts on many levels. We put a
highly cohesive strategy and framework into action with more specific
goals, stronger regional impact and greater reach through
partnerships.
Embedded Responsibility
2019 is the first year that we managed and reported against our
refreshed CR Framework and 5-Year Plan. The framework builds on our
longstanding commitment to corporate responsibility and the
fulfillment of our purpose. But it is more than just a document—
everything we do as an organization related to corporate responsibility
now flows from this comprehensive and ambitious plan. Through
collaboration between CR, B2C, B2B, technical, procurement, facilities,
environmental, human resources and other teams globally and at the
country level, we brought the framework to life by co-creating specific
goals and metrics so that responsible practices are fully integrated
into our business and drive our community and industry leadership.
Regional Impact
As part of our integration efforts, we significantly scaled our activities
and impact by building on the insights gained from experience and
successful pilots to address key socio-economic challenges facing
women, children and communities. We leveraged the lessons learned
through a multi-year process to replicate and adapt country-level
programs to larger regions, advancing each facet of our CR
Framework. Our more cohesive and structured approach has already
created a greater positive impact in communities—helping people
move out of poverty and into the mainstream economy, enhancing
quality of life through improved access to education, financial services,
and employment. (See stories on pages 43 to 48).
Powerful Partnerships
We know we can achieve greater impact and transform more lives
when we partner with others, so in 2019 we ramped up our work with
regional and local partners like UNICEF and the Crecer Foundation to
channel our products, services, financial resources and employees’
talents where they are most effective in elevating communities.
Whether it’s women entrepreneurs earning more income, or children
learning how to code and responsibly use the internet, stories in
following pages provide examples of how, working together with
partners, we can move the needle on priority issues for the countries
we serve and bring positive benefits to our business as well.
“Millicom is leading by
example by integrating child
rights in its CR framework…
We are working together to
make digital spaces for
children and young people a
safe place to learn, to play,
and to connect with other
children and young people.”
Charlotte Petri Gornitzka
Deputy Executive Director, United Nations Children’s Fund
“
35
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our CR Framework
Anchored by Millicom’s core purpose, our CR Framework spans five CR Fundamentals within our business
and three Responsible Leadership in Action pillars to benefit children, women and communities. Across
each of these areas, we have set a Five-Year Plan with specific goals for measuring our progress.
Our progress on the CR Fundamentals and Responsible Leadership in Action pillars is featured in this
section as well as under Supporting Our People, pages 15-21; Managing Our Business, page 25;
and Compliance and Business Ethics, page 33. We also present detailed statistics about Millicom’s
CR performance, including how our work aligns with the United Nations Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs), in the tables on pages 50-56.
Responsible
Leadership in Action
CR
Fundamentals
Empowering
Women
Ethics
Environment
Purpose:
Build Digital Highways
that connect people,
improve lives
and develop
communities
Inclusion
Supply
Chain
Protecting
Children
Human
Rights
Connecting
Communities
“Millicom stands out for the way the company’s purpose,
corporate responsibility strategy and reporting are closely
bound together and focused on the long-term.”
Dunstan Allison-Hope
Managing Director, BSR
“
36
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
SEEDING TRANSFORMATIVE CHANGE WITH OUR $211M
SUSTAINABILITY BOND
We believe that by investing to advance socio-economic
progress and environmental stewardship in the
emerging markets that we serve, our actions not only
move communities forward but also sustain our own
future success. With the launch of Millicom’s
Sustainability Bond Framework and the issuance of our
inaugural Sustainability Bond in May 2019, we stepped
up to further align our financing strategy with CR.
Our Sustainability Bond of SEK 2 billion (or about
$211 million) is the first Green and Social Bond issued
from Latin America. It supports initiatives geared
toward reducing our climate footprint and promoting
greater digital and financial inclusion for the
unconnected and underserved as well as the thriving
middle class and businesses in Latin America. To be
eligible for funding through a Sustainability Bond, all
projects must comply with either the Social Bond
Principles or Green Bond Principles published by the
International Capital Markets Association.
We allocated the first year of the bond to a range of
projects that encompass distinct social and
environmental objectives and benefits.
Our projects under the bond include:
» DataCenters: We developed an UPTIME Tier III
certified facility in Bolivia, designed to operate at PUE 1.6
and with an estimated power reduction of 40% when
compared to our previously existing traditional
Datacenter in Santa Cruz. (see related story on page 25).
We’ve also earmarked proceeds from the Sustainability
Bond for a range of projects focused on expanding
digital and financial inclusion, such as:
» Broadening Technology Access: Expand our fixed
and mobile networks that will extend coverage to
unconnected and underserved population.
» Empowering Women: Training more than 200,000
women in El Salvador, Paraguay and Bolivia to use
mobile and internet technology as a pathway to
employment, higher income and greater potential.
» Protecting Children: We have delivered training to
more than 60,000 students, parents and teachers in
El Salvador, Paraguay and Bolivia on digital literacy
and tools, computer and programming skills, robotics
and child online protection.
» Improving Supplier Performance: Training more
than 170 of our suppliers on corporate responsibility
issues including health and safety, compliance, fair
labor, ethics, eco-efficiency and child rights.
The Sustainability Bond Framework gives us a potent
means of attracting capital from investors who share
Millicom’s interest in seeding environmental and
social progress in Latin America through our business.
“At Millicom, corporate
responsibility lies at the heart of
everything we do. Our updated
Corporate Responsibility
Framework sets the scope for our
focus, and we are excited that we
are now able to apply it to our
financing strategy as well.”
Rachel Samrén
Executive VP and Chief External Affairs Officer
“
37
37
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CR Fundamentals
The first element of Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility
Framework involves what we believe are the prerequisites
for the health of Millicom’s business and the societies
where we operate. CR Fundamentals are core to Millicom’s
purpose, culture and relationships. They guide our
employees on how to conduct business in the right way.
Our CR team collaborates with business units across the
company to help ensure Millicom is conducting business
in ways that maximize our positive impact, manage
risk, reduce costs and build lasting trust with key
stakeholders. The consolidated approach we launched
in 2019 and accelerated over the past year is generating
strong results across all five areas of our CR
Fundamentals.
Responsible
Leadership in Action
CR
Fundamentals
Empowering
Women
Ethics
Environment
Purpose:
Build Digital Highways
that connect people,
improve lives
and develop
communities
Inclusion
Supply
Chain
Protecting
Children
Human
Rights
Connecting
Communities
Our CR framework and Sangre Tigo are mutually
reinforced: we put our people’s talent and passion to the
service of fulfilling our purpose and this, in turn, feeds into
our everyday tasks and contribution to creating positive
ripple effects in our communities.
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
38
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Environment
Reducing our environmental footprint and conserving natural
resources isn’t just responsible business. For us, it’s a strategic
imperative as we seek to expand our services and connect more
customers to the digital economy while also managing the associated
operational costs and keeping our technology affordable to
customers. Our 2023 Environmental goals are laid out as stepping
stones towards a comprehensive and robust environmental approach
that we are improving and building day by day, embedding efficiency,
resiliency and circular economy criteria in our key processes and
infrastructure.
From our investments in energy-efficient datacenters (see related
story on page 25) and networking equipment to our e-waste recovery
and reverse logistics initiatives (see sidebar on the right), we are laying
the foundation for sustainable long-term growth and competitive
advantage in our markets. As we improve network efficiency, we’re
also making our operations more resilient in the face of extreme
weather events and power outages that could disrupt vital
communications or information access.
We took big steps in 2019 to more accurately identify and measure
the sources of our electricity and fossil fuel consumption as well as our
carbon emissions. We’re using this knowledge to continue developing
action plans and set reduction targets by 2021.
A worker packing
recovered CPE, ready to
be reinjected in our
market, at our partner
facilities in Bogotá,
Colombia.
NEW LIFE FOR OLD
ELECTRONICS
WHERE: All our Latam operations
WHAT: Retrieving equipment that can be
repaired and reused in our network or
recycled, to reduce waste and save costs.
HOW: Through our reverse logistics and
E-waste recycling program, we recover
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) as
customers upgrade or discontinue our
service. Our Five-Year Plan for CR
Fundamentals set a target of recovering at
least 78% of CPE by 2023 through 3 “R”s:
» Reduce the need for new pieces of CPE
and thereby avoid the cost and energy
consumption associated with
manufacturing new equipment.
» Reuse items recovered from customers
due to service termination or upgrade.
» Recycle as much of our CPE as possible
at the end of the useful life.
When these approaches are not feasible
for the whole piece due to obsolescence or
deterioration, we work with vetted waste
management providers to appropriately
dispose of any remaining materials.
REVERSE LOGISTICS
RESULTS IN 2019
69% of units retrieved
from disconnections
1,751 tons of CO2
emissions avoided
1,084.8 tons of plastic waste
diverted from landfill
1.1 million cubic meters
of water saved
$62 million capital
expenditure savings
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
39
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
El Salvador Tigo campus seen
from the air: the solar panels
cover a vast area of our roof
surfaces, one of the many
environmentally-responsible
features that make this facility
eligible for one of the first
LEED-Platinum certifications
in the country.
“We always strive to do better than the day before, and we
always look to see the big picture. We cannot fulfill our
purpose of connecting people, improving lives and
developing communities unless we also do our part to
protect the environment.”
Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer
“
LEED PLATINUM-CERTIFIED TIGO CAMPUS
WHERE: El Salvador
WHAT: One of our newest offices is also among the
most environmentally sustainable and cost-efficient
commercial buildings in Latin America.
HOW: With an investment of over USD 500,000,
Tuscania Corporate & Business Park (TCBP), the
developer of the corporate campus where Tigo El
Salvador operates, inaugurated the solar energy
plant with which they expect to achieve a significant
reduction in the campus’ carbon footprint while also
reducing reliance on the grid and therefore making
the campus more resilient in case of power outages.
The 1,238 solar panels installed will generate 606,000
Kwh per year—equivalent to the energy consumption
of 200 households—avoiding 413 tons of CO2
emissions every year.
With the installation of the solar energy plant, the
facility met all the requirements to obtain the LEED
(Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design)
Platinum certification, becoming one of the first
projects in El Salvador to achieve this recognition.
40
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Human Rights
We work to respect people’s dignity and safeguard their rights, including freedom of expression (FoE) and privacy.
This extends from our role as a digital services and content provider that handles sensitive data for millions of
customers, to the workplace standards we uphold with our employees and supply chain partners.
To help us follow through on these commitments and identify areas to improve, we regularly seek input from and
share best practices with experts, investors, NGOs, other companies and the academic community.
200
Key Millicom and Tigo staff
trained on Human Rights in
2019
Our Privacy Policy
Our Millicom and country websites provide detailed information to
our customers regarding our policy and practices, including how we
use, process and protect customer data, their rights related to the
use of their data and channels and contact points where they can
raise concens about their privacy.
In December 2018, we updated our Global Privacy Policy to meet
GDPR requirements and best practices and continued its
implementation in 2019.
Our Privacy department in our Miami regional office rolled out a “train
the trainer” program to local privacy officers, almost 200 key staff in
Latam on safeguards related to processing customers’ personal data.
Privacy Protection Tools
We also continued to strengthen our privacy processes by
implementing a privacy management platform that helps our
global and regional legal departments ensure that personal data
processing activities comply with applicable laws and our privacy
policies and procedures.
The platform allows Millicom to determine the types of personal data that are being processed by headquarters
and various Tigo operations. We can perform data mapping to determine what personal data is collected, where it
is stored, whether it is processed by third parties or transferred to other countries and how long it is retained. The
platform creates greater visibility and transparency around how we use personal data across the organization.
Implementation of GNI Principles
As part of the Global Network Initiative (GNI), Millicom contributes to solving complex situations in which people’s
fundamental rights to freedom of expression (FoE) and privacy come into conflict with government measures.
Examples of this include addressing governmental demands to censor content, restrict access to communications
services or hand over user data.
In 2019, we completed our first-ever GNI assessment, which reviewed Millicom’s efforts to implement the GNI
Principles on FoE and Privacy. The assessment report found that Millicom is making good-faith efforts to
implement the GNI Principles and that we are improving over time. This is the first time that telecommunications
companies have been assessed as part of the GNI and we were among the first to complete the assessment.
Human Rights Impact Assessments
Working with Business for Social Responsibility, a global nonprofit consultancy, we began conducting human rights
impact assessments (HRIAs) of Millicom operations in Colombia, Bolivia and Paraguay as part of our Five-Year
Plan benchmarks and our alignment with the UN Guiding Principles for Business and Human Rights. All our CR
teams also received training in human rights issues and the HRIA toolkit process.
Each business unit whose activities may impact human rights also received the training. We will continue these
HRIAs and trainings in 2020.
41
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Ethics
Millicom’s success is grounded in a culture that reinforces and rewards ethical behavior. We strive to lead our
industry in demonstrating the values of integrity, transparency and accountability—not just with each other but
also in our interactions with government representatives, customers, partners and community leaders.
Acting with integrity, which includes zero tolerance for any form of corruption, helps uphold our reputation and
earn stakeholders’ trust. We also recognize that our people can work most effectively in an atmosphere that allows
them to raise ethical concerns without fear of retaliation and feel confident that Millicom will treat those concerns
seriously.
In 2019, members of our CR group assisted the Ethics and Compliance and HR teams with integrating employees
from newly acquired companies into Millicom’s values, culture and compliance practices. We also helped formulate
better ways to encourage, recognize and reward integrity among people at all levels of Millicom. For example, we
built compliance KPIs into remuneration packages for GMs and executive team members.
In addition to our work internally, we collaborate with other companies and government leaders on ethics issues.
Our strides in 2019 included joining the World Economic Forum’s Partnering Against Corruption Initiative, a
cross-industry effort to address corruption, transparency and emerging market risks.
More details about Millicom’s ethics and compliance activities can be found in Our Business Strategy and
Performance on page 33, Supply Chain on page 43, CR Performance Tables on pages 51,58 and 59 and
Governance on pages 67-100,
“We look forward to continuing
our leadership as ambassadors for
anti-corruption activities while we
champion the implementation
of high ethical standards among
partners and stakeholders.”
HL Rogers
EVP Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer
“
42
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Inclusion
We are One Tigo—yet also a vibrant tapestry of backgrounds,
beliefs, experiences and orientations. People of more than 50
nationalities work here. We value employees for who they are
and what they bring to our company, because we recognize that
diverse perspectives lead us toward smarter ways of working and
inspire us to create more innovative products and services. We
all prosper from building an inclusive work environment that not
only reflects, but also celebrates, the broad spectrum of our
workforce, the markets where we operate and the customers
whom we serve.
Our CR group works closely with Millicom’s human resources
leadership on strategies for fostering greater inclusion—from
adapting workspaces for people with disabilities to promoting
gender equality and leadership opportunities for women—as
part of the values, beliefs and practices that shape our Sangre
Tigo company culture.
Learn more about these company-wide efforts and
achievements in Supporting Our People on pages 15-21 and
the CR Performance Tables on page 54 and 61.
One of the engineers in our
technical teams Jenny Carrasco,
Manager Fixed Rollout
Honduras
346
Suppliers trained in the CR
Program since 2017
Supply Chain
How our supply chain partners conduct their business is a direct reflection on Millicom in the eyes of our customers,
shareholders and other stakeholders. As we invest in helping suppliers improve their CR and sustainability practices,
we also strengthen our reputation, long-term stability and overall efficiency.
Our Supplier Code of Conduct requires suppliers to conduct themselves with the highest standards of honesty,
fairness and ethics. The Code of Conduct also sets core expectations in the areas of health & safety, environment,
fair labor and compliance. As part of the updates to our Code, set for release in early 2020, we simplified much of
the language to more clearly state Millicom’s expectations of suppliers and help make our standards more
accessible to them.
2019 was our fifth year working with the platform and methodology of EcoVadis, a third-party ratings provider. We
evaluate suppliers in key CR areas such as environmental stewardship, labor and human rights, ethics and
sustainable procurement. The results enable us to monitor supplier performance in these areas and evolution over
time. They are also a key element in customizing action plans for the suppliers participating in our CR training
program, described below. Based on the 2023 CR goals communicated at the beginning of the year for supply
chain, we are adapting the reporting metrics accordingly.
In Q4 of 2019 we delivered the third edition of our Supplier CR Training Program to 117 key suppliers throughout
Latam on topics such as Health & Safety, Anti-Corruption; Fair Labor Practices; Child Rights; and Eco-Efficiency.
Suppliers each received over 16 hours of direct training aimed at identifying risks and developing action plans to
help improve their corporate responsibility performance over time. We also use feedback from suppliers who have
completed our training to help shape our overall supply chain program and Code.
This year, our local CR and Procurement teams were also trained on responsible supply chain management within
the same program but with focus on their end of the process, monitoring progress on action plans created by the
participating suppliers.
43
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportAuditors’ ReportsFinancial StatementsGovernanceWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Responsible Leadership in Action
There are more than four billion people unconnected in the world, roughly 60 percent of the
global population. Over 95 percent come from emerging markets. These are the people who
stand to benefit the most from online connectivity as a means to improve their quality of life
and economic opportunities.
Once connected, these individuals have the potential to become our new customers and, in many cases, new
employees who will fuel our next waves of business innovation and growth. They join a continuous cycle of
development, prosperity and giving back in our shared communities.
The second element of our Corporate Responsibility Framework focuses on the promotion of a safe and productive
adoption of the digital lifestyle by the company’s customers and the communities where we work. Responsible
Leadership in Action programs channel the power of our products and the talents and passion of our employees into
three initiatives that empower women, protect children and connect communities. These are the areas where we
often see the most profound opportunity gaps that prevent people from thriving in the digital realm.
They are also the areas where we and our stakeholders believe our company is best positioned to make a
distinctive impact.
Responsible
Leadership in Action
CR
Fundamentals
Empowering
Women
Ethics
Environment
Purpose:
Build Digital Highways
that connect people,
improve lives
and develop
communities
Inclusion
Supply
Chain
Protecting
Children
Human
Rights
Connecting
Communities
“To be a volunteer is to
passionately tackle the
work that enhances the
responsible, healthy and
creative use of the
internet. We impact
communities with our
knowledge so that they
can find in technology an
ally for the development
of their lives.”
Hannia Enith Muñoz Rodriguez
Digital Specialist, Colombia
“
In 2019, thousands of Millicom employees helped energize our Responsible Leadership in Action programs,
volunteering over 51,000 hours on projects across the countries where we operate. Along with opening more
avenues for our people to contribute their knowledge and skills in 2019, we also focused on expanding some of the
most successful projects and approaches into more communities.
44
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Protecting Children
Information and communications technologies provide invaluable and nearly boundless learning and
enjoyment opportunities for children. However, young users of technology are also especially
vulnerable to harm from inappropriate digital content, cyberbullying, online predators and other
threats lurking on the Internet.
Our Child Online Protection (COP) efforts help young people understand how to use technology safely
and productively. We teach children to maximize the productive use of technology, and recognize and
avoid potential dangers on the web so they can continue developing their skills in ways that multiply
their lifelong opportunities for education, employment and innovation.
OVER 480,000 CHILDREN LEARN DIGITAL SKILLS, ONLINE SAFETY
Since 2016, through our child online protection
(COP) efforts, we have trained more than
480,000 children in the opportunities and risks
of digital technology.
In 2019, we consolidated and enhanced our regional
COP initiative under the name Conectate Segur@.
Building upon the success of Tigo Colombia’s Contigo
Conectados program, Conectate Segur@ uses
interactive quizzes, games, stories and other
materials—tailored for children as young as eight and
up through high school age—to help young people
develop safe, productive online habits. The curriculum
includes lessons on cyberbullying, appropriate use of
social networking, avoiding illegal and inappropriate
content and recognizing signs of predatory behavior
on the internet.
All our Latam markets have rolled out Conectate
Segur@ initiatives in 2019. We aim to reach 70,000
teachers, 200,000 parents and caregivers and
700,000 children and adolescents by 2023.
For more details on our progress against these and
other COP targets, please see the CR Performance
Tables on page 55.
“ This activity (COP) is very important
for the institution because it
enables parents to understand their
responsibilities regarding their
children’s use of social media and
the internet. For children, it’s also
very important as it can help them
be aware of how they can make
better use of the internet for
academic and learning purposes.”
Luz Nuyereth Vazquez
Coordinator, Antonio Derka School,
Santo Domingo, Colombia
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
45
45
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
UNICEF SCHOOL OF INFLUENCERS
Young people look to each other for cues on
what to do and how to act in almost every
aspect of life. Recognizing that the world of
technology is no exception, we teamed up with
UNICEF last year on a project that trains
young people to guide their peers in staying
safe—online and offline.
Launched in Colombia, the School of Influencers
program is creating a nationwide network of
adolescent leaders who are actively involved in
promoting responsible uses of technology and
deterring harmful behaviors. Participants use an
online platform hosted by Tigo Colombia to build
their knowledge and engage with peers. By the end of
2019, 2,436 Influencers between 10 and 19 years old
had been trained in four cities.
“ We have to be cyber-aware,” says Carolina
Castañeda, a School of Influencers peer leader in
Soacha. “The internet allows us to travel through
different worlds where we can live many emotions,
but we must be cautious and responsible.”
Beyond the School of Influencers program, Millicom
and UNICEF have collaborated since 2012 to promote
and respect the rights of children and adolescents in
every Latin American market where TIGO operates.
Our other joint projects have included:
» The Mobile Industry Child Rights Impact Assessment
(MOCRIA) tool, which helps ICT companies better
understand how our business may affect children
and develop action plans to address key issues
» Helplines in Guatemala and El Salvador that provide
children with professional resources to overcome
abuse and other situations that endanger their
physical or psychological health
Millicom’s CEO, Mauricio Ramos, spoke about the
impact of our work with UNICEF at the organization’s
Executive Board Meeting, which took place during the
UN General Assembly in September 2019. Mr. Ramos
reinforced our company’s commitment to pooling our
resources and skills with UNICEF’s expertise on child
rights and its network of local stakeholders to help
improve conditions for young people.
700,000
Children and adolescents we aim to
reach through our online safety
programs by 2023
“The School of Influencers seeks to promote good use of the internet
through workshops for adolescents, by adolescents. Thus, we
strengthen our leadership abilities and generate safe digital spaces.”
María Fernanda Narváez
National Leader, School of Influerces, Pasto
“
46
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Empowering Women
In many of the communities where Millicom operates, we see a disparity in women’s access to digital tools, content
and technological skills. According to GSMA, in almost all low middle and low income countries, “the mobile gender
gap extends beyond ownership and access—even when women own a mobile phone, they use a smaller range of
mobile services.” 1 We are responding at a company-wide level with services and training specifically aimed at
integrating more girls and women into the digital ecosystem.
Our approach to closing the gender gap includes equipping women with mobile technology tools, digital literacy
and the entrepreneurial skills that will enable them to build lasting prosperity. We’re also broadening women’s
access to financial knowledge and resources, such as microloans, that can serve as the springboard for starting or
growing their own businesses. In all, we have committed to empowering 400,000 Latam women entrepreneurs
between 2019 and 2023 with digital skills to benefit themselves and their families in all of our markets.
Our Conectadas program provides women in our markets with training on how mobile internet can connect them
with the mainstream society and economy and improve their lives.
Initially deployed in Guatemala in partnership with the Sheva Foundation in 2017, we expanded Conectadas to
more of our operations in 2019 with the objective of creating a regional strategy and program.
In 2019, El Salvador, Bolivia and Paraguay rolled out the Conectadas programs under the same concept and methodology
used in Guatemala, and adapted the program to also include women micro-entrepreneurs and Tigo Money
agents.
Through the Conectadas digital literacy programs that we support in partnership with nonprofit organizations such
as Fundemas, women throughout Latin America learn internet and mobile technology skills as well as how to obtain
microfinancing for their small-business ventures. Along with contributing technology and course materials to the
program, we helped train more than 324,000 women from 2017 to 2019.
We have also set a goal to train and empower 26 women micro-entrepreneurs per year in El Salvador to conduct
their business transactions through Tigo Money, a mobile tool that advances the digitalization of small and midsize
enterprises. As Tigo Money agents, these women will be able to help others complete financial transactions—
making them promoters of financial inclusion in their communities.
We see the benefits of this transformation rippling through families and entire communities. With greater digital
inclusion comes greater opportunities for women to rise above poverty, build confidence and become self-
sufficient. The adoption of mobile technology also drives financial inclusion where the unbanked move to safer and
more productive financial practices such as mobile money transfers, remittances and bill payments. Meanwhile, we
also grow the demand for Tigo products and services throughout the developing countries that we serve.
“My life changed after this
training. I learned to
organize, to set targets and
to use technology…so that
my business can do better.”
Sonia Zelada de Girón
Tigo Money agent, Librería Los Héroes, El Salvador
“
1 Source: The Mobile Gender Gap Report, GSMA, 2019, page 3.
https://www.gsma.com/mobilefordevelopment/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/GSMA-The-Mobile-Gender-Gap-Report-2019.pdf
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
47
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
COMMUNAL BANKING HELPS WOMEN ACCESS
MICROFINANCE RESOURCES
Over 159,000 women in Bolivia are gaining
greater financial control and stability through
a new partnership between Tigo and the
Crecer IFD Foundation. Tigo Bolivia’s program
is part of our regional strategy for helping
boost the productivity of women’s businesses
and entrepreneurship through training on
digital tools and technology.
Participants in Bolivia receive training in how to apply
for microfinance opportunities and manage their
money through mobile banking services. Through the
microfinance program, groups of women set up
communal banks through which they can apply for
microloans and distribute the funds to support each
other in launching or growing a small business. These
communal bank members are all accountable for the
repayment of their loans as a group, which helps
strengthen their teamwork and sense of community.
Conectadas and the communal banking program
helped Alejandra Mendoza Perez, 28, gain the skills to
create online advertisements for her small beauty
salon. With higher income from the ads and other
improvements to her business, she became able to pay
her microloan off more quickly.
“I search tutorials to learn new things about products
and on beauty salon management. This helps me a lot
to improve,” Mendoza Perez says of the training she
received through Conectadas. “These sessions also
help us to manage our social media accounts safely.”
324,000+
Adolescent girls and women trained
through our Conectadas digital
inclusion program from 2017 to 2019.
“Women of communal banks are their families’ main productive
engine. Their businesses need to be strengthened. In our times, this
strengthening is more successful if it goes hand in hand with
technology and internet use.”
Isabel Rueda
National Manager of Development Services, Crecer IFD
“
48
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Connecting Communities
We believe that connected communities are resilient communities—
which, in turn, are the best possible environment for people to reach their
full potential. Therefore, this pillar of our strategy encompasses and
reinforces positive results within our other two Responsible Leadership in
Action focus areas.
We achieve progress by providing internet connectivity to organizations
that can be multiplying agents, such as schools, universities, public
institutions and community centers. To step up our work in communities,
however, we must better understand how our programs are impacting
the individuals that are part of them. With this in mind, during 2019 we
looked into ways of assessing the outcomes of our programs and have
developed a pilot program in Paraguay through which we intend to
create a methodology for measuring impact throughout all our
operations.
For this project we partnered with Global Infancia, and will focus on the
impacts that our Telecentros have had on the communities they have
been deployed in. The results, which are expected during Q1 2020, will
give us a clearer view of how our actions can create change in the
communities where we operate, and also provide us with a scalable
methodology to continue to measure the impact of our programs in the
rest of our operations.
Sharing Our Energy as Volunteers
One of the most powerful ways that we connect communities is through
channeling the talents and passion of our employees as volunteers. We
more than doubled our 2018 volunteering hours, with 51,425 hours this
year. This was achieved through a more strategic and focused approach.
For example, Tigo Paraguay organized a company-wide “Dia V”
volunteering event with the goal of bringing together collaborators and
beneficiaries of the country’s Telecentros, or technology access centers.
More than 700 volunteers at 10 Telecentros locations, which are
attended by over 4,000 children, spent the day helping with:
» Games that teach children how to recycle
» Fun activities designed to start meaningful conversations about risks
and opportunities on the Internet
» Repairs, cleaning and beautification projects to improve children’s
everyday surroundings
» Friendly sports competitions to reinforce the value of teamwork and
fair play
Also, in celebration of International Volunteering Day on December 5,
we held simultaneous volunteering activities in all our Latam countries
and our Miami regional office, with the participation of over 500
volunteers and benefiting more than 1,400 people.
TECH SKILL-BUILDING
FOR YOUNG PEOPLE
WHERE: Bolivia
WHAT: Tigo and our employee volunteers
help students learn computer
programming and create projects to
showcase their new-found talents.
HOW: Our Pixel a Pixel teaches
school-age children “computational
thinking” skills such as coding, logical
analysis and problem solving. Since 2017,
more than 64,000 children and hundreds
of teachers from 135 schools have
benefited from Pixel a Pixel. This learning
platform is also accessible online at
www.pixelapixel.org.bo.
In May 2019, we gave children a chance to
test their skills and knowledge at our first
Technological Fair of Coding Education.
Nearly 70 children from 10 communities
presented computer programming projects
that addressed societal problems and needs
in Bolivia. Featured technology creations
included anti-bullying resources, digital
organizational tools for students and
accessibility aids for the visually impaired.
Over 2x
Year-on-year increase in total
employee volunteering hours
49
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Corporate Responsibility
Performance Tables
We report our progress against the Millicom CR Framework and Five-Year CR plan, which are
built on our 2018 Materiality Assessment as well as our ongoing engagements with internal
and external stakeholders.
Our Support for the UNs Sustainable Development Goals
Millicom supports the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) as part of our commitment to a business strategy
that is aligned with the objective of shared and sustainable growth. Our CR framework prioritizes and focuses us on the SDGs that
intersect most directly with Millicom’s resources, expertise and ability to add the greatest value in addressing societal needs. The
performance tables on the following pages indicate how our efforts connect with, and help advance, specific UN SDGs.
This corporate responsibility report includes the Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if fully consolidated in accordance
with our management reporting. Reported indicators exclude Emtelco, Nicaragua, and our recently acquired Telefonica operation
in Panama. Additional exclusions, where applicable, are detailed in footnotes. The majority of our performance data on pages 57
to 63 is reported on the October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019 basis, except where noted.
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
50
50
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CR Fundamentals Overview
Our Goals
5-Y
What we did in 2019
Our performance
SDG
relevance
100% GMs and executive
teams with compliance KPIs
built into remuneration
package by 2020.
100% of the above group
plus their direct reports with
compliance KPIs built into
remuneration package by
2021.
95% Compliance & Ethics
training for active
employees yearly.
Respond within 3 business
days to each Ethics Line
allegation submitted
through hotline.
Provide corrective action
recommendations for each
Ethics Line case
substantiated through the
investigation process.
100% operations with
online platform deployed
and functional for a
high-quality program that
integrates preventive
measures, key controls,
reporting mechanisms and
due diligence processes
capable of detecting and
correcting misconduct and
wrongdoing.
Train 100% of Procurement
staff in responsible supply
chain management issues
related to our core risks by
2023.
Vet all global strategic
suppliers through our
sustainable procurement
platform.
100% of GMs have
compliance KPIs built into
remuneration package.1
Since 2018, we have tied the GM
Compliance objectives with their
bonuses. We want to create the
right incentives where integrity is
recognized, rewarded and
encouraged. Heatmap and KPI
scorecards have been presented
to the Board of Directors, as a
way to assess progress towards
Compliance objectives.
All operations and HQ deployed
training on Code of Conduct and
Anti-Corruption during 2019.
94% of active employees
have received Compliance
& Ethics training.2
The current mechanism allows
for visibility of the date an
allegation is submitted to the
hotline and the date on which a
response is logged.
We are currently responding
to each Ethics Line
allegation within 3 business
days of being submitted
through the hotline.
Where a concern or allegation is
substantiated, investigation
findings and recommendations
for corrective action are provided
to the appropriate review
committee.
This year we completed the
automation of the Conflict of
Interest and Gifts and
Hospitalities forms.
Case-specific
recommendations are
provided as needed and
closely tracked.
All of our operations have
these forms standardized
and accessible.3
16
16
16
16
16
16
We expanded the Supplier
Training Program to Procurement
staff to standardize content
across operations and align
messages and practices with
those delivered to suppliers.
88% of Procurement staff
in Miami headquarters
and Latam operations
reached by the
Responsible Supply Chain
module.
We have assessed the baselines
against our current global
strategic suppliers and identified
among this key group who is
already vetted through the
platform.
Out of this group, 56%
already has taken the
assessment and we are in
the process of revising the
lists and planning for
2020.
Build a strong Corporate
Culture that seeks
Compliance Excellency; an
ethics business culture, where
employees at all levels are
committed to doing what is
right, upholding the
Company’s values and
standards.
s
c
i
h
t
E
Have a Compliance & Ethics
Program that is central to
business strategy, effectively
embedded in the business
processes and procedures,
focusing on the actual impact
the company’s Program has
in the countries it operates in,
on our employees, customers,
stakeholders and
communities.
Extend related training to
Procurement team.
Enhance due diligence
processes by including
sustainable procurement
criteria for global strategic
suppliers.
i
n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S
l
Ensure that 100% Global
strategic suppliers obtain
sustainability assessment
scores of 45 or greater
by 2023.
As part of the above revision, we
assessed how many of our global
strategic suppliers already have a
score of 45 or greater.
46% of our global
strategic suppliers already
have scores of 45 or
greater.
1 Excludes Guatemala JV, as well as newly-acquired operations of Telefonica and Cable Onda.
2 Excludes recently acquired Telefonica operations.
3 Excludes Guatemala JV, as well as newly-acquired Telefonica operations.
51
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CR Fundamentals Overview–continued
SDG
relevance
Our performance
117 suppliers trained
across Latin America.
100% of operations with
environmental impact
assessments conducted.
13
We are on track to meet-
ing these commitments.
13
13
i
n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S
l
Our Goals
Train all suppliers with Group
spend >$1.0m by 2023, and
measure their progress on
corrective action plans
through sustainable
procurement platform and
audits.
5-Y
Train all suppliers with
Group spend >$1.0m by
2023, and measure their
progress on corrective
action plans through
sustainable procurement
platform and audits.
Environmental impact
assessments executed,
reviewed, revised,
standardized and with
action plans consolidated
for regional execution by
January 2021.
Environmental impact
assessments of all operations
executed by 2021, including
issue prioritization and
remediation plans.
Design one pilot project for
emissions reduction and one
for offsetting / carbon
pricing by 2020.
Develop and implement a
comprehensive strategy for
climate change mitigation
and resilience for Tigo
operations and customers.
t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E
Comprehensive strategy for
climate change mitigation
and resilience for Tigo
operations and customers
approved and announced
by Q2, 2022.
What we did in 2019
In 2019 we focused our training
on local suppliers we consider
critical and with greater potential
of improvement- not necessarily
meeting the condition of spend
of over $1M. Further review will be
done to determine the most
strategic prioritization criteria for
supplier selection.
We achieved ISO 14001 standard
certification in all our corporate
offices and in Colombia, Costa
Rica, Paraguay, Guatemala,
Honduras, Bolivia, Panamá, Tigo
Tanzania and Zantel, with Bolivia
and Nicaragua in advanced
stages. Environmental impact
assessments have been
conducted in the framework of
this process.
In addition to different existing
initiatives in our operations, we
are evaluating several
alternatives for feasibility and are
on track to meeting this goal as
scheduled.
We are taking the necessary steps
towards fulfilling this
commitment, internally by
broadening and accelerating
collaboration across the business
functions that manage related
impacts and risks. Externally, in
late 2019 we joined the GSMA
taskforce #BetterFuture in order
to align, leverage and coordinate
target-setting efforts with our
industry peers to maximize our
potential for positive impact.
Baselines have been identified for
energy consumption and scope 1
and scope 2 emissions, against
which we are initiating the
target-setting process.
Enhance data quality and
standardization of calculation
and reporting of baselines and
targets to reduce carbon
footprint and achieve costs
savings and reduce carbon
footprint.
2018 energy consumption,
Scope 1 and Scope 2
baselines identified and
published by 2019.
Our baseline year is 2018
and levels are shared on
page 61 of this report.
Fossil fuel consumption and
energy consumption
reduction targets set
by 2021.
Baselines have been identified for
energy consumption and scope 1
and scope 2 emissions, against
which we are initiating the
target-setting process.
Our baseline year is 2018
and levels are shared on
page 61 of this report.
13
13
52
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CR Fundamentals Overview–continued
SDG
relevance
12
Our Goals
5-Y
What we did in 2019
Our performance
Reach 78% of Consumer
Premise Equipment (CPE)
end to end (E2E) recovery1
by 2023.
We achieved 69% CPE
E2E recovery across
the region, with some
individual countries like
Costa Rica, Bolivia and
Colombia already above
the 77% recovery line.
Ramped up our reverse logistics
process across the Latam region
through standardization of
practices, improved materials
classification and coordinated
tracking of performance from
the supply chain team,
broadening the reach we
already had through a
specialized partner in Colombia,
Costa Rica, El Salvador and
Honduras, including assessment
of in-house practices and other
partners in operations that work
with them.
t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E
Manage and measure waste
streams, and reuse and
recycling of consumer devices.
Conduct an inventory of all
waste generated at
operations and publish
related targets by 2020.
Conducted a deep dive process
to standardize e-waste
management and
measurement practices.
12
An updated scorecard
has been launched in
Q4, which will be a key
input for the 2020
Annual Report.
Corporate and operations
Gap Assessment conducted
by Q3 2019.
Corporate and operations Gap
Assessment conducted by Q3
2019.
Conducted Gap Analysis
of operations policies and
processes against UNGPs.
Develop remediation plan
to cover gaps by Q4 2020
for implementation under
5-year plan.
Develop remediation plan to
cover gaps by Q4 2020 for
implementation under
5-year plan.
Consolidate and enhance
human rights policies and
practices covering privacy,
freedom of expression, supply
chain and vulnerable groups
to meet United Nations
Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights standards.
We rolled out trainings on human
rights and Privacy and the use of
Millicom’s privacy management
tool to designated Privacy
champions in HQ and Latam
operations.
Trained CR Managers and HQ
Legal, Compliance, Procurement
and Business teams in Colombia,
Paraguay and Bolivia.
200 people trained in
Miami HQ, Bolivia, Para-
guay, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Panama, El Salvador
and Honduras.
56 people trained in
HRIA.
Conduct HRIAs in all
operations by Q4 2020.
Conducted HRIAs in Colombia,
Paraguay and Bolivia.
37% of our Latam
operations with HRIA
conducted.
Roll out training on human
rights in all Latam markets
by 2020.
Human rights training to CR
Team by Q4 2019 and
extended to designated
business teams by Q4 2020.
i
s
t
h
g
R
n
a
m
u
H
Develop and deploy Human
Rights Impact Assessment
(HRIA) toolkit in all Latam
markets.
Protect customer rights to
privacy and freedom of
expression in accordance with
Global Network Initiative’s
(GNI) Principles and obtain
positive assessments of our
policies and practices.
Training on HRIA toolkit
conducted in all operations
by Q4 2019.
Develop remediation plan
to cover findings of HRIAs
by Q2 2021.
Develop Grievance
Mechanisms for customer
privacy or freedom of
expression issues by
Q4 2019.
Develop web-based one
stop Privacy Center for
customers on company
policies, terms and
conditions and practices
relative to privacy and
freedom of expression by
Q4 2019.
Conducted gap assessment of
GMs at HQ and operations.
Developed Framework for
GMs for HQ and
Operations levels.
Published Global Policy, User
Terms and Conditions, Cookie
Policy, and Privacy Notices on
MIC and operations’ websites.
Launched a management tool to
assist in the administration of our
Program. Designated Privacy
Officers and Privacy Champions
in HQ and operations.
Obtained favorable
external GNI assessment
report on alignment of
our policies and practices
regarding freedom of
expression and privacy
against GNI principles.
1 End-to-end recovery excludes obsolete equipment that cannot be reinserted
53
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CR Fundamentals Overview–continued
SDG
relevance
5
Our Goals
5-Y
What we did in 2019
Our performance
Build an inclusive work
environment that is
representative of our
workforce, the markets where
we operate and the customers
who we serve.
Promote a culture of inclusion
through policies, procedures,
and regular training, and
activities that foster employee
collaboration.
n
o
i
s
u
c
n
I
l
Enhance employee wellness
and growth through policies,
programs and practices
designed to support their
aspirations professional and
personal development.
» Track progress on inclusive
work environment by our
employee engagement
survey and Tigo culture
diagnostic.
» Increase employee
participation in positive
work environment
trainings and programs.
In 2019, we launched a
multi-year initiative to define and
execute a Diversity and Inclusion
(D&I) global strategy and
framework. Our strategy was
developed pursuant to an
internal audit of our policies and
practices on diversity and
inclusion and included focus
groups of employees throughout
our company.
We analyzed internal data,
considered feedback provided by
more than 6000 employees, and
also reviewed what companies
that have been successful
leading these efforts have done.
This information provided
us significant insights
and gave us the base to
define our aspirations and
strategic priorities. Now
we have a global D&I
framework aligned with
our Sangre Tigo culture.
In the next couple of
years our goal is to “live”
our aspirations, imple-
menting initiatives that
allow us to continue build-
ing an organization that
welcomes diversity that is
inclusive and united.
Starting in 2020 we will
amplify the set of D&I
metrics we disclose based
on the implemented
strategy.
54
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Responsible Leadership Overview
Our Goals
Our targets
What we did in 2019
Our performance
Continue our Child Online
Protection education
program to reach more
children, adolescents,
parents, teachers and
caregivers.
By 2023 reach through our
COP programs:
70,000 teachers.
We rolled out the new, regional
program Conectate Segur@, in
a key step towards broader
impact and collaboration.
n
e
r
d
l
i
h
C
g
n
i
t
c
e
t
o
r
P
200,000 parents and
caregivers.
700,000 children and
adolescents.
Expand Child Online
Protection training program
for our employee volunteer
program by creating online
training platform in all our
operations.
Online training platform live
in all our operations by 2020.
By 2023 reach 120,000
volunteering hours from
COP-related programs.
All countries complete
research on use of
technology by children and
adolescents by Q4 2020.
All countries implement
action plans based on
results of the research by
2020.
All operations implement
CSAM blocking mechanism
by 2020.
Conduct research programs
in each market on the use of
technology by children and
adolescents to tailor content
and adapt Child Online
Protection training based on
results and insights.
Continue our efforts in
preventing access to online
Child Sexual Abuse
Material through our
networks by continuous
implementation of
blocking mechanisms,
region-wide, and
advancing industry
initiatives.
All Latam operations received
training on Colombia’s Contigo
Conectados program which, in
turn, was implemented locally
through volunteer trainers under
the Conectate Segur@ strategy.
This goal has been revised upon
further analysis and has been
refocused towards in-person
training as it was found to be
the most effective methodology
both for attendees and
volunteers.
Based on Colombia’s 2018
research on use of internet by
children and adolescents, all
operations have developed plans
to adapt the study for local roll
out in 2020 using the same
methodology to have
comparable results.
All operations have advanced
the implementation a of new
management system that
includes enhanced blocking
measures. This system will
provide region-wide coverage
using an international validated
list of CSAM sites.
4,540 teachersteachers
74,959 parents and
caregivers
120,099 children and
adolescents reached
through COP programs
18,542 volunteering hours
devoted to COP-related
programs,
All Latam countries are
ready to implement the
methodology
standardized during
2019.
The system is already in
place in 75% of our
Latam operations. We
expect to have full
coverage in the first half
of 2020.
SDG
relevance
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
4, 16
55
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Responsible Leadership Overview–continued
Our Goals
Our targets
What we did in 2019
Our performance
SDG
relevance
5
5
5
9
9
9
Conduct assessments in
Latam markets on
socio-economic conditions
and technological
capabilities of women and
girls who are the
beneficiaries of our programs
to measure benefits
achieved through trainings.
Continue our programs to
reduce the gender gap in the
use of mobile technology.
Implement regional strategy
to advance digital literacy
with educational programs
on basic and advanced
digital knowledge and
entrepreneurial skills.
Measure impacts of
connectivity in
communities targeted by
our programs to assess
improvements in socio-
economic conditions of
beneficiaries, and optimize
program content and
resource allocation.
Continue bringing internet
connections to schools and
public institutions in
vulnerable communities
throughout Latin America
through collaborative
partnerships with local
government and NGOs.
n
e
m
o
W
g
n
i
r
e
w
o
p
m
E
s
e
i
t
i
n
u
m
m
o
C
g
n
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
C
All operations conduct
assessments focused on
socio-economic conditions
and technological
capabilities of women and
girls by 2023.
Through the expansion of the
Conectadas program, we are
identifying benchmarks for the
development of assessments in
the coming years that will allow
by each operation to research
the socio-economic conditions
and technological capabilities of
the participants.
During 2019, we used the
results obtained in
Guatemala to create a
regional framework to use
as foundation for the
program’s next steps.
Close the digital gap in our
Latam operations by 2020 in
line with the acquired
commitments through
GSMA’s Connected Women
initiative.
GSMA extended the Connected
Women initiative until 2023,
Millicom as the only operator in
Latam to have signed to
commitment agreed to the
extension in November 2019.
We maintain the same
objectives, with each
operation’s local goals
depending on their
specific baselines.
400,000 women trained
through our digital inclusion
program by 2023.
We rolled out the CONECTADAS
program in all operations based
on Guatemala´s strategy with
the Sheva Foundation.
Design and planning for
regional Conectadas app
is underway for delivery
during 2020.
Design and roll out to
operations a regional
impact measurement
methodology by 2020.
All countries implement an
impact measurement
methodology related to
connectivity and digital
inclusion by 2022.
Provide internet to 1300
schools and public
institutions by 2023
reaching our set
commitment with the OAS
ICT Alliance.
Provide with digital
platforms and
empowerment programs
through the use of
technology to 1,000
public institutions and
community development
institutions by 2023.
We deployed a pilot program
in Paraguay to create a standard
impact measurement tool. The
results from this assessment will
serve as benchmark for
adaptation and replication in
other operations.
Pending results from Paraguay
assessments, all ops will
implement accordingly.
Operations have ongoing
programs that include provision
of internet access to public
institutions and schools, keeping
us on track with OAS 2030 goal.
We continued the
implementation of programs
with focus on robotics and
empowerment through
technology.
Initial pilot program in
Paraguay in final stages.
The resulting
methodology will be
expanded to all other
Latam countries in 2020.
1,416 schools and public
institutions to date
provided with internet
connection. We have
already exceeded our
2023 goal and are well on
track to meeting the
2030 commitments.
Further review of target is
needed to adjust to new
programs and
development of strategy.
Further opportunities in
combining with
Protecting Children
actions to increase scope
and effectiveness.
56
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance
1. Human Rights
KPI
Total number of law enforcement requests1
Number of major events
Law enforcement requests—LatAm
Interception
Customer metadata
MFS
Content Takedown
2017
41,323
14
2018
45,666
20
2019
40,1322
10
971
2,116
32,340
33,868
181
1
523
0
2,121
37,497
514
0
1 We classify law enforcement requests into three categories: interception, customer metadata, and customer financial data (related to the mobile money services or MFS
services we provide). These three categories encompass the vast majority of requests we receive. We report all other requests outside of the definitions as major events.
2 2019 values only for Latam; see LED report for additional details.
Overview of Major Events by Type1
KPI
2017
2018
2019
Shutdown or restriction of services
Proposals for significant changes in local laws
Proposals for significant changes in technical or operational procedures
Disproportionate interception or customer data requests
Politically motivated messages
Other
1 Data reported for calendar year
2
4
1
2
0
5
7
5
2
2
1
3
8
1
1
0
0
0
57
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance–continued
2. Ethics1
% of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct
% of employees who have completed the Code of Conduct training
KPI
% of procurement staff trained on Anti-Corruption3
% of senior managers trained on Anti-Corruption
% of employees who filled and signed the conflict of interest declaration form
Number of cases of unethical behavior reported and investigated
Investigations resulting in written warning
Investigations resulting in termination of employee contract
% revenue from MFS represented by operations audited for AML controls
% of operations (where) we conducted a compliance risk assessment or audit
Turnover of procurement staff (%)
2017
96
962
96
98
90
164
6
58
27
45
17
2018
2019
91
90
97
99
92
96
94
94
93
94
336
4964
72
31
97
30
28
6
35
95
90
13
1 Ethics metrics are reported on calendar year basis, with the exception of “Turnover of procurement staff” .
1 The percentages of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct and who have completed the Code of Conduct training are the same as both were done
simultaneously for 2017.
3 Formerly ABAC.
4 Incidents reported through Millicom Ethics Line and Linea Etica TigoUne. Incidents reported from Guatemala were channeled through Millicom Ethics Line as
of 2018.
58
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance–continued
2. Ethics1
KPI
2017
2018
2019
Overview of cases reported to Millicom Ethics Line5
Bribery and corruption
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
Discrimination and harassment
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
Human rights and labor
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
Conflict of interest
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
Fraud
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
Other
Number of cases reported and investigated
Cases ending in written warning
Cases resulting in termination
7
0
0
12
0
0
22
2
0
7
0
0
10
0
3
22
4
1
10
2
3
49
16
10
0
0
0
24
4
3
16
3
2
89
21
4
12
0
1
66
3
5
93
2
9
29
0
1
37
0
8
91
1
7
5 The metric “Cases resulting in written warning or termination” reports number of cases with that outcome; not number of written warning and/or terminations.
One case can include warnings and/or terminations to multiple employees.
59
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance–continued
3. Environment
e-waste recycled through responsible waste management program
(tonnes)
KPI
Bolivia
Colombia
Costa Rica
El Salvador
Guatemala
Honduras
Paraguay
Panama
Tanzania
Energy use
Total Energy Consumption / Sources of energy by asset type
Base station and fixed network sites
Fuel (000 l)
Energy from fuel (MWh)
Electricity (MWh)
Our fleet
Fuel (000 l)
Energy from fuel (MWh)
Electricity (MWh)
Datacenters and offices4
Fuel (000 l)
Energy from fuel (MWh)
Electricity (MWh)
Shops
Fuel (000 l)
Energy from fuel (MWh)
Electricity (MWh)
2017
474
77
44.50
162
1,037
3.52
236
2018
7.74
587
310
147
400
0
105.18
2019
5,586
431
118.14
123
1,303
9.81
0.20
Not included
Not included
138.10
462
400
8,800
14,732
147,073
354,949
10,4631
104,4562
4,247
42,685
450,1313
441,336
6,335
60,756
N/A
988
24,082
55,885
332
3,312
4,064
38,609
N/A
450
4,490
3,257
31,230
N/A
293
2,926
89,6885
74,598
23.44
234
71.8
717
15,509
16,8116
11,618
1 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 10,435.35K litres to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
2 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 104,178.29 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
3 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 444,885.99 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
4 Many of our datacenters are co-located with our offices. Therefore, they often do not have separate meters to enable us to report on datacenter consumption
separately.
5 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 89,582.09 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
6 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 16,916.97 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
60
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
3. Environment
Electricity (MWh)
Fuel (000 l)
KPI
Energy from fuel (MWh)
Total Energy Consumption (MWh)
Emissions and e-waste overview
2017
416,343
22,387
235,223
711,566
2018
553,330
14,922
147,789
701,119
2019
527,553
7,869
77,557
605,111
Total weight of e-waste recycled through our responsible e-waste
management program
2,496.02
1,956.92
16,509
Scope 1 emissions1 (Tonnes of CO2e)
Scope 2 emissions3 (Tonnes of CO2e)
Scope 3 emissions (Tonnes of CO2e)
% of operations set up on global responsible e-waste
recycling program
58,787
39,0452
20,553
114,883
140,6054
137,754
N/A
91
N/A
91
3,9945
100
Tonnes of CO2e emissions per USD1,000 revenue
0.029
0.03
0.026
1 Emissions from fuel are calculated using World Resources Institute (2015) GHG Protocol tool for stationary combustion, version 4.1.
2 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 39,181 tCO2e to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
3 Emissions from electricity are calculated using Electricity Emission Factors from IEA, version 2016, except in the case of Paraguay and, in 2017 and 2018, Chad,
where other official sources were used.
4 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 141,439 tCO2e to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
5 We only consider air travel for Scope 3 emissions in 2019. As we standardize and build up our scope 3 calculation and reporting capabilities, we will expand this
scope accordingly.
4. Diversity & Inclusion
KPI
% of women in senior management positions1
% of women across our employee base
1 This metric is reported on a calendar year basis.
2017
33
40
2018
28
41
2019
36
37
61
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance–continued
5. Supply Chain
KPI
2017
2018
2019
% of strategic suppliers1 who signed the supplier code
% of all suppliers who have signed the supplier code
% of spend represented by suppliers who completed assessments on EcoVadis
to date
% of procurement teams trained on responsible supply chain management
89
61
47
96
89
65
42
81
Number of suppliers trained on Millicom’s CR strategy and requirements
121
108
90
68
59
88
117
1 A supplier is considered strategic if they follow one or more of the following: significant spend, multi-year relationship in place or expected, products and services in
a strategic spend category, direct impact on delivery capability, potential impact on brand and reputation and difficulty of switching to alternative suppliers.
6. Protecting Children
% of operations with child risk impact assessments conducted to date
KPI
Volunteering hours from COP-related programs
Number of children reached by COP training (’000)2
% of operations in LatAm blocking child sexual abuse content
2017
57
2018
100
New KPI for
2019
New KPI for
2019
188.60
360.10
71
71
2019
871
18,542
480.20
75
1 The percentage decreased as the 2019 Latam base includes Panama, which has this assessment pending.
2 Cumulative from 2016. From October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019, the number of children reached by COP training was 120,099 in Latam.
62
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our Performance–continued
7. Connecting Women
KPI
Women enrolled in digital inclusion programs
Women enrolled in financial inclusion programs
2017
New KPI for 2018
New KPI for 2018
2018
117,340
97,978
2019
207,0191
See above
1 As of 2019, we will report one unified metric, as our digital inclusion programs often, but not always, include financial inclusion programs but when we run financial
inclusion programs they are always framed from a digital inclusion perspective. The 2018 values partially overlap and therefore should not be combined.
8. Connecting Communities
KPI
Monetary value of employee volunteering
Total cash contributions (’000)
In-kind giving (at cost; ’000)
Schools and public institutions connected to the Internet
Number of volunteering hours
2017
170,000
3,203
6,399
1,259
14,841
2018
235,000
3,776
6,737
1,361
2019
405,503
2,686
6,139
1,416
24,732
51,4251
1 Total volunteering hours. For 2019, this includes the 18,442 hours from COP-related programs as reported on page 62.
9. Health and Safety
KPI1
2017
2018
% of operations certified against ISO 45001
New KPI for 2019
New KPI for 2019
Number of employee fatalities
Number of contractor fatalities
Number of H&S incidents reported
Lost-time injury rate per 1000 workers
Absentee rate4
1
9
387
2.60
0.80
0
2
369
0.54
1.29
2019
100
02
6
460
1.773
1.34
1 Employee and contractor fatalities aligned with reporting period from October 1st 2018 to September 30th, 2019. Previous year fatalities reported under the same
reporting period.
2 Unfortunately an employee fatality occurred in Q4 2019. It is reported in our Q4 earnings release and will be included in our 2020 Annual Report.
3 The increase in this rate is due to the addition of Panama to the scope. In this country, the legal incident classification considers a broader definition of the
incidents that require time off.
4 The absentee rate is the number of unplanned absences versus the average number of workdays in in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage.
63
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Independent Assurance Statement to Millicom
International Cellular S.A
ERM Certification and Verification Services (ERM CVS) was engaged by Millicom International Cellular S.A (further ‘Millicom’)
to provide limited assurance in relation to specified information in the section ‘Corporate Responsibility Performance Tables’
pages 57-63 within Millicom’s 2019 Integrated Annual Report and on Millicom’s website as set out below.
Whether the following 2019 disclosures are fairly presented in all material respects, with the reporting criteria:
Engagement summary
Materiality and stakeholder engagement disclosures found at
https://millicom.com/2019annualreport/ourcrreporting.html
Human Rights
• Number of law enforcement requests (Group)
• Number of major events
Ethics
• % of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct
• % of employees who have completed the Code learning
• % of procurement staff trained on Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption [ABAC]
• % of employees who have filled and signed the conflict of interest declaration form
• Number of cases of unethical behavior reported and investigated
• Turnover of procurement staff [%]
Scope of our
assurance
engagement
Inclusion
• % of women in senior management positions
Environment
• Total electricity consumption [MWh]
• Total fuel consumption [liters]
• Total energy consumption [MWh]
• Scope 1 emissions [metric tonnes CO2e]
• Scope 2 emissions [metric tonnes CO2e]
Supply Chain
• % of strategic suppliers who have signed the Supplier Code
• % of all suppliers who have signed the Supplier Code
• % of procurement teams trained on responsible supply chain management
Taking Care of Our People
• Number of H&S incidents reported
• Number of employee fatalities
• Number of contractor fatalities
• Lost-time injury rate per 1,000 workers
• Absentee rate
Reporting
criteria
Assurance
standard
Millicom’s Reporting Guidelines, as specified in footnotes on Performance Tables.
ERM CVS’ assurance methodology, based on the International Standard on Assurance Engagements ISAE
3000 (Revised).
Assurance level
Limited assurance.
Respective
responsibilities
Millicom is responsible for preparing the data and for its correct presentation in reporting to third parties,
including disclosure of the reporting criteria and boundary.
ERM CVS’s responsibility is to provide conclusions on the agreed scope based on the assurance activities
performed and exercising our professional judgement.
64
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our conclusions
Based on our activities, nothing has come to our attention to indicate that Millicom’s 2019 disclosures, as listed above, are not fairly
presented, in all material respects, with the reporting criteria.
Our assurance activities
Our objective was to assess whether the selected data are reported in accordance with the principles of completeness, comparability
(across the organisation) and accuracy (including calculations, use of appropriate conversion factors and consolidation). We
planned and performed our work to obtain all the information and explanations that we believe were necessary to provide a basis
for our assurance conclusions.
A multi-disciplinary team of EHS and assurance specialists performed the following activities:
• Interviews with relevant staff to understand and evaluate the data management systems and processes (including IT systems
and internal review processes) used for collecting and reporting the selected data;
• A review of the internal indicator definitions and conversion factors;
• A review of the inputs of the 2018 Materiality Assessment and stakeholder engagement activities in relation to disclosures on the
ongoing Five-Year CR plan;
• Visits to two markets (Colombia and Guatemala) to review local reporting processes and consistency of reported annual data
with selected underlying source data for each indicator. We interviewed relevant staff, reviewed site data capture and reporting
methods, checked calculations and assessed the local internal quality and assurance processes;
• An analytical review of the data from all sites and a check on the completeness and accuracy of the corporate data
consolidation;
• Year-end assurance activities at corporate level including the results of internal review procedures and the accuracy of the
consolidation of the data for the selected indicators from the site data;
• A review of samples of documentary evidence, including internal and external documents, to support key assertions related to
assured indicators; and,
• Reviewing the presentation of information relevant to the scope of our work in the Report to ensure consistency with our findings.
The limitations of our engagement
The reliability of the assured data is subject to inherent uncertainties, given the available methods for determining, calculating
or estimating the underlying information. It is important to understand our assurance conclusions in this context. We have not
reviewed any of the data for years prior to 2019.
Jennifer Iansen-Rogers
Head of Corporate Assurance
28 Feb 2020
ERM Certification and Verification Services, London
www.ermcvs.com; email: post@ermcvs.com
ERM CVS is a member of the ERM Group. The work that ERM CVS conducts for clients is solely related to independent assurance
activities and auditor training. Our processes are designed and implemented to ensure that the work we undertake with
clients is free from bias and conflict of interest. ERM CVS and the ERM staff that have undertaken this engagement work have
provided no consultancy related services to Millicom in any respect
65
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
GOVERNANCE:
Governance
and Business
Ethics
66
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Growing our connections and impact.
Chairman’s Report
Millicom’s Board of Directors (“the Board”) and its committees dealt with many
significant strategic, operational and compliance matters in 2019. These included:
• Enhancing and adapting our governance structures, and strengthening our
controls and processes in connection with the listing of Millicom’s shares on the
Nasdaq Stock Market in the U.S.
• Acquiring and integrating mobile businesses in Central America
• Overseeing capital allocation and our strategic focus on mobile and cable
businesses in Latin America
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for approving Millicom’s strategy,
financial objectives, and operating plans, as well as for
overseeing risk and governance. The Board also plans for CEO
succession and reviews plans for other senior management
positions.
Board Changes
In January we welcomed Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg and Mr. James
Thompson to the Board. Both are also members of the Audit
Committee. Ms. Erenbjerg, who is Deputy Chairman of the Board,
• Mr. Anders Jensen, who served the Board and its
Compensation Committee from May 2017 to January 2019
• Mr. Roger Solé Rafols, who served the Board from May 2017
to May 2019.
Strength through Diversity, Teamwork and Sharing
The diverse people in our operating countries, offices, and
headquarters comprise a key strength for Millicom. We value
different perspectives, encourage the sharing of alternate
viewpoints, and promote equal opportunity. These remain
core elements that contribute of Millicom’s corporate culture.
brings years of experience from operating a converged provider
We are proud of our success in fostering strong workplace
of communication and entertainment services, as well as from
environments and the accolades received in this respect.
driving transformational processes in complex organizations,
both organically and through M&A. Mr. Thompson brings
extensive investment management experience to the Board and
will contribute significantly to discussions on Millicom’s long-term
strategy and capital allocation.
In May 2019 we welcomed Ms. Mercedes Johnson to the
Board. Ms. Johnson brings significant experience gained at
technology-oriented multinational U.S. listed companies in
various capacities including Board and Committee roles and
as a Chief Financial Officer.
I would like to thank the Board members who stepped down
during 2019:
• Mr. Tom Boardman, who served as Chairman from May
2016 until January 2019, for his significant contributions to
the Board and its Committees over this time
Compliance and Business Ethics
During 2019, we continued building and refining our
compliance program and culture with support from our
Executive Team and Ethics and Compliance team.
On behalf of the Board, I would like to reaffirm our
commitment to a culture of doing the right things in the right
way, encompassed by “Sangre Tigo”, which builds our strength
and success. We are proud to be a leader on ethics and
compliance in our markets. We look forward to engaging with
you and thank you for being part of the Millicom journey.
José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors
67
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance Framework
Background
Millicom International Cellular S.A.
(“Millicom” or the “Company”) is a public
limited liability company (société
anonyme) governed by the Luxembourg
law of August 10, 1915 on Commercial
Companies (as amended), incorporated
on June 16, 1992, and registered with
the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’
Register (Registre du Commerce et des
Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number
B 40 630. The Millicom Group comprises
Millicom and its subsidiaries, joint
ventures and associates.
Millicom’s shares are listed on Nasdaq
Stockholm, in the form of Swedish
Depository Receipts and on the Nasdaq
Stock Market in the U.S. since January 9,
2019, where Millicom is registered as a
foreign private issuer.
Millicom’s Corporate Governance Framework is primarily based on the following legislation, principles and regulations:
Publication
Swedish Code of Corporate Governance
Luxembourg Law
EU Directives and Regulations
Nasdaq Stockholm Issuer Rule Book
Nasdaq Stock Market Rules
U.S. Securities Laws
Good Stock Market Practice
Authority
Guiding Principles
Legislation
Legislation
Regulation
Regulation
Regulation
Guiding Principles
Philosophy
Comply or Explain
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Corporate Citizenship
Millicom governance deviated in 2019 in relation to the Swedish Code in the following areas:
Code requirement
1.5–A shareholder, or a proxy representative
of a shareholder, who is neither a member
of the board nor an employee of the
company is to be appointed to verify and
sign the minutes of the shareholders’
meeting.
9.7–Vesting of share-related incentive
programs to be no less than three years.
Millicom practice
Minutes are signed by the chairman of
the shareholders’ meeting (who is not a
member of the Board or an employee
of the Company), the meeting
Secretary and an appointed Scrutineer.
Explanation
While this represents a deviation from
the Swedish Code, Millicom follows
Luxembourg Law in connection with
procedures and rules for its
shareholders’ meetings.
Deferred share incentive plans contain
vesting of 16.5–30% of granted
shares after one year, 16.5–30% after
two years, and 40–67% after three
years.
The Company believes that this vesting
schedule ensures alignment between
the interests of the Company’s
shareholders and its employees.
Within these frameworks, the Board
develops and continuously evaluates
internal guidelines and procedures, as
further described below, to ensure the
quality and transparency of Millicom’s
corporate governance practices.
Swedish Corporate Governance Code
The Swedish Corporate Governance
Code (the “Swedish Code”) promotes
positive development of corporate
governance. The Code complements
laws and regulations and sets its good
practice level above regulatory
requirements. The Swedish Corporate
Governance Board states that self-
regulation is often preferable to
mandatory legislation and therefore
allows companies to deviate from its
rules, following a “comply or explain”
philosophy.
Compliance with Applicable Stock
Exchange Rules
Neither the Nasdaq Stockholm’s
disciplinary committee nor the Swedish
Securities Council reported any
infringement of applicable stock
exchange rules or breach of good
practice on the securities market by
Millicom in 2019.
68
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance Structure
Millicom’s Corporate Governance structure comprises the following three levels:
1.
Shareholders and representatives
of shareholders.
2.
Board of Directors and Committees
appointed by the Board from among
its members.
Shareholders’ meeting
Nomination Committee
Board of Directors
Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee
Compensation Committee
Audit Committee
3.
CEO and Executive management,
and its main functions managing
governance, risk, compliance and
ethics (including security), corporate
responsibility, controls.
Chief Executive Officer
Internal Audit
Executive Management Team
Compliance and
Business Ethics
Business Control
Legal and
Governance
Risk Management
Corporate
Responsibility
1. Shareholders and shareholders’
meeting
The shareholders’ meeting is Millicom’s
highest decision-making body and a
forum for shareholders to exercise
influence. Each shareholder has the
right to participate in the shareholders’
meeting and to vote according to the
number of shares owned. Shareholders
unable to attend in person may exercise
their rights by proxy/vote in writing.
Millicom’s articles of association
(consolidated as at amended on
January 7, 2019) (the “Articles of
Association”) set the Annual General
Meeting of Shareholders (“AGM”) to be
held in Luxembourg within six months
of the close of the financial year.
Millicom’s Articles of Association are
available in the governance section of
our website at www.millicom.com/
our-company/governance/governance-
reports/. Unless otherwise required
under Luxembourg law, an
extraordinary general meeting (“EGM”)
must be convened to amend the
Articles of Association.
At the 2019 AGM, held on May 2, 2019,
shareholders decided the following key
items:
• Approval of the 2018 Consolidated
Financial Statements and the
distribution of a dividend of $2.64
per share
• Election and re-election of the
Directors until the date of the 2020
AGM
• Reappointment of Ernst & Young
(“EY”) as the external auditor
• Approval of remuneration to the
Board and auditor and procedures
for the Nomination Committee
• Approval of guidelines for the
remuneration of senior
management
• Approval of a Share Repurchase Plan
At the EGM, held on January 7, 2019,
shareholders decided the following key
items:
• Resignation and election of two
directors
• Amendment of the Articles of
Association regarding the procedure
for nomination of directors
69
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Nomination Committee
Member
Mr. John Hernander
Mr. Dan Sievers
Mr. Peter Guve
Ms. Juanjuan Niska
On behalf of:
Nordea Investment Funds
Fiduciary Management Ltd
AMF Pensionsförsäkring AB
Wellington Management
Position
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
The Nomination Committee is
appointed by the major shareholders of
Millicom and is not a Board committee.
Its role is to propose decisions to the
shareholders’ meeting in a manner that
promotes all shareholders’ common
interests. Nomination Committee
members’ term of office typically begins
at the time of the announcement of the
interim report covering the period
January to September of each year and
ends when a new Nomination
Committee is formed.
At the January 7, 2019 EGM,
shareholders resolved that the Articles
of Association be amended to stipulate
that the Nomination Committee rules
and procedures of the Swedish Code of
Corporate Governance shall be applied
for the election of Directors to the
Board of Directors of the Company, as
long as such compliance does not
conflict with applicable mandatory law,
or regulation or the mandatory rules of
any stock exchange on which the
Company’s shares are listed.
Nomination Committee proposals to
the AGM include:
• Election and remuneration of
Directors of the Board, and
Chairman of the Board
• Appointment and remuneration of
the external auditor
• Proposal of the Chairman of the
AGM
Under the terms of the Nomination
Committee charter, the committee
consists of at least three members, with
a majority representing the larger
shareholders of the Company. The
current Nomination Committee was
formed in October 2019, in consultation
with larger shareholders of the Company
at May 31, 2019 and in accordance with
the resolution of the 2019 AGM.
The table below sets out beneficial
ownership of Millicom common shares,
par value $1.50 each, by each person
who beneficially owns more than 5%
of Millicom common stock at
December 31, 2019.
Shareholder
Dodge & Cox
Swedbank Robur Fonder AB
Number of
shares
9,380,493
5,276,526
%
Shareholding
9.2
5.2
Footnote: Except as otherwise indicated, the holders listed above (“holders”) have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by
them. The holders have the same voting rights as all other holders of Millicom common stock. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to
have “beneficial ownership” of any shares as of a given date which such person or group of persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For
purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by the holders on a given date, any security which such holder has the right to acquire within 60
days after such date (including shares which may be acquired upon exercise of vested portions of share options) is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to
be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Promoting Board Diversity
Millicom’s Nomination Committee
recognizes the importance of diversity
for promoting strong corporate
governance, competitive advantage,
and effective decision-making. The
Nomination Committee is responsible
for periodically determining the
appropriate skills, perspectives,
experiences, and characteristics
required of Board candidate based on
the Company’s needs and the current
Board composition. This determination
will include knowledge, experience, and
skills in areas that are critical to
understanding the Company and its
business; richness of views brought by
different personal attributes such as
gender, race, age, and nationality; and
other personal characteristics, such as
integrity and judgment; and
candidates’ commitment to the boards
of other publicly held companies.
In its work, the Nomination Committee
applies rule 4.1 of the Swedish
Corporate Governance Code as its
diversity policy.
70
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
2. Board of Directors and Board
committees
The Chairman convenes the Board and
leads its work. The Chairman is
accountable to the Board and acts as a
direct liaison between the Board and
the management of the Company,
through the CEO. Meeting agendas are
set with the CEO, and the Chairman
communicates Board decisions where
appropriate.
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for approving
Millicom’s strategy, financial objectives,
and operating plans, and for oversight
of governance. The Board also plans for
succession of the CEO and reviews other
senior management positions.
As set forth in the Company’s Articles
of Association, the Board must be
composed of at least six members. The
2019 AGM set the number of Directors
at eight, comprising a Chairman, a
Deputy Chairman and six members
(none of whom are Executive Directors).
The Board selects the CEO, who is
charged with the daily management of
the Company and its business. The CEO
is responsible for recruiting the senior
management of the Company. The
Board reviews plans for key senior
management positions, supervises,
supports and empowers the senior
management team, and monitors
senior managers’ performance. In
accordance with the Swedish Code, the
division of work between the Board and
the CEO is set out in “The Rules of
Procedure, Instructions to the CEO, and
Reporting Instructions”.
Further details on the roles and
activities of the various committees, as
well as their responsibilities and
activities, appear later in this section.
Independence of the Board
Board of Directors
Chairman, Deputy Chairman and
six members
Non-Executive Directors
Independent from the Company and its
Executive Management
100%
José Antonio Ríos García
Pernille Erenbjerg
Odilon Almeida
Janet Davidson
Tomas Eliasson
Mercedes Johnson
Lars-Åke Norling*
James Thompson
* From September 2019 Mr. Norling is no longer an employee of Kinnevik AB, and in November 2019
Kinnevik AB distributed its 37.2% shareholding in Millicom to its own shareholders.
Powers and Limitations of the Board
Borrowing powers—The Board has
unrestricted borrowing powers on behalf
of, and for the benefit of Millicom.
Time and age limit—No age limit
exists for being a Director of Millicom.
Directors can be elected for a maximum
period of six years before either being
re-elected or ending their service.
Directors are typically elected annually.
There are no restrictions on the
maximum continuous period that a
Director can serve. Directors hold office
until a successor is elected.
Restrictions on voting—No contract or
other transaction between the
Company and any other person shall be
affected or invalidated by the fact that
any Director, officer or employee of the
Company has a personal interest in, or
is a director, officer, or employee of such
other person. However, the following
conditions apply:
• The contract or transaction shall be
negotiated on an arm’s-length basis
on terms no less favorable to the
Company than could have been
obtained from an unrelated third
party and, in the case of a Director,
he or she shall abstain from
deliberating and voting on any
matters that pertain to such contract
or transaction at any meeting of the
Board.
• Any such personal interest shall be
fully disclosed to the Company by
the relevant Director, officer or
employee.
If any Director or officer of the
Company should have any personal
interest in any transaction of the
Company, the Director shall make
known to the Board such personal
interest and shall not consider or vote
on any such transaction. The
transaction and the Director’s or
officer’s interest therein shall be
reported at the next general meeting of
shareholders.
71
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Share Ownership Requirements
Directors are not required to be
shareholders of the Company. Share
ownership of Directors is included in the
Director biographies set out on the
following pages.
Roles
Chairman of the Board
The Chairman is elected by the AGM. If
the Chairman relinquishes the position
during the mandate period, the Board
elects a new Chairman from among its
members to serve until the end of the
next AGM.
Deputy Chairman of the Board
If elected by the Board, the Deputy
Chairman acts as a sounding board and
provides support for the Chairman. The
Deputy Chairman convenes Board
meetings in accordance with the
Company’s Articles of Association, and
leads its work in the event the Chairman
is unavailable or is excused from a
Board meeting. The Deputy Chairman
may act as an intermediary in any
conflicts among Board members or
between the Chairman and the CEO.
The Board can designate additional
roles and responsibilities of the Deputy
Chairman.
Corporate Secretary
The Corporate Secretary is appointed
by the Board to ensure that Board
members have the proper advice and
resources for performing their duties.
The Corporate Secretary is also
responsible for organizing and
coordinating Board and Committee
meetings and ensuring that the minutes
of those meetings reflect the proper
exercise of Board duties.
The Corporate Secretary is also a
confidante and resource to the Board
and senior management, providing
advice and counsel on Board
responsibilities and logistics.
Chief Executive Officer
Together with the management team,
the CEO leads the development and
execution of the Company’s strategy
with a view to creating shareholder
value. The CEO is responsible for
day-to-day activities and management
decisions, both operating and
financial. The CEO is a liaison between
the Board and management and
communicates to the Board on behalf
of management.
The CEO also leads Millicom’s
communications with shareholders,
employees, government authorities,
other stakeholders, and the public.
Board Membership, Balance and
Independence
The Nomination Committee and the
Board periodically review the size and
balance of the Board to determine
whether any changes are appropriate.
At the AGM, held annually within six
months of the end of the financial year,
or at any other general meeting,
shareholders may vote for or against
the Directors proposed by the
Nomination Committee or may elect
different Directors.
The Board has adopted the qualification
guidelines of an “independent director”
as defined by the Swedish Code, and
with consideration of the specific
independence requirements within the
Nasdaq Stock Market rules. A director’s
independence is determined by a
general assessment of all factors that
may give cause to question the individual
Director’s independence of the Company
or its Executive Management.
Such factors include whether the
individual:
•
is the CEO, or has been the CEO, of
the Company or a closely related
company within the past five years
•
is employed, or has been employed,
by the Company or a closely related
company, within the last three years
• receives a not insignificant
remuneration for advice or other
services beyond the remit of the
Board position from the Company, a
closely related company or a person
in the executive management of
the Company
• has, or has within the last year, had a
significant business relationship or
other significant financial dealings
with the Company or a closely
related company as a client, supplier
or partner, either individually or as a
member of the executive
management team, a member of
the Board or a major shareholder in
a company with such a business
relationship with the Company
•
•
is or has within the last three years
been a partner at, or has, as an
employee, participated in an audit
of the Company conducted by, the
Company’s or a closely related
company’s current or then auditor
is a member of the executive
management of another company
if a member of the board of that
company is a member of the
executive management of
the Company
• has a close family relationship with a
person in the executive
management or with another
person named in the points above, if
that person’s direct or indirect
business with the Company is of
such magnitude or significance as to
justify the opinion that the Board
member is not to be regarded as
independent.
72
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
In accordance with the Swedish Code:
• The majority of Millicom’s Board must be independent
from the Company and its executive management team
(all Millicom Directors meet this criterion)
• At least two of those independent Directors must also be
independent from the Company’s major shareholders (all
of Millicom’s Directors meet this criterion)
• Not more than one member of the Board may be part of
the executive management team of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries (no Millicom Board members are part of
the executive management team).
• The majority of the members of the Audit Committee are
to be independent in relation to the Company and its
executive management. At least one of the members who
is independent in relation to the Company and its
executive management is also to be independent in
relation to the Company’s major shareholders.
• The Chairman of the board may chair the Compensation
Committee. The other members of the committee are to
be independent of the Company and its executive
management.
In addition, in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules:
• The Audit Committee must have at least three members,
all of whom meet the Nasdaq Stock Market and the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission definitions of
independence.
Female
38%
Gender of the
Board
Male
62%
1st year
3
6th year
1
5th year
1
Tenure of
Directors
2nd year
1
4th year
1
3rd year
1
American
4
Brazilian
1
Danish
1
Nationalities
Swedish
2
73
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Board Profile: Skills and Experience
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García
(Venezuelan and American)
Chairman, Non-Executive Director
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
(Danish)
Deputy Chairman, Non-Executive Director
Mr. Odilon Almeida
(Brazilian)
Non-Executive Director
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2017)
(FIRST APPOINTED: JANUARY 2019)
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2015)
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García was
re-elected as Chairman of the Board in
May 2019.
Mr. Ríos (1945), a U.S. citizen, is
Chairman and CEO of Celistics
Holdings, a leading provider of
distribution and intelligent logistics
solutions for the consumer technology
industry in Latin America. Prior to
joining Celistics in 2012, he was the
International President of Global
Crossing, the telecommunications
company later acquired by Level 3
Communications.
Between 1999 and 2001, Mr. Ríos
served on the Global Management
Committee of Telefónica and as
President and CEO of Telefónica Media.
Prior to joining Telefónica he served as
Vice President of Hughes Electronics
Corporation, was the founding
President and CEO of Galaxy Latin
America (DirecTV Latin America), and
served as Chief Operating Officer and
Corporate Vice President at the Cisneros
Group of Companies for 14 years.
Mr. Ríos brings to the Millicom Board his
significant experience in leading a
variety of consumer technology
businesses in Latin America, including
those in the telecommunications and
electronics industries.
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,814 shares.
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg was re-elected as
Deputy Chairman of the Board in May
2019. She is Chairman of the
Compensation Committee, and a
member of the Audit Committee.
Ms. Erenbjerg (1967), a Danish citizen,
until December 2018 served as
President and Group Chief Executive
Officer of TDC, the leading provider of
integrated communications and
entertainment solutions in Denmark
and Norway. Previously, she served as
TDC’s Chief Financial Officer and as
Executive Vice President of Corporate
Finance. Ms. Erenbjerg also serves on
the Boards of Nordea, the largest
financial services group in the Nordic
region, and Genmab, a Danish
international biotechnology company.
She holds an MSc in Business Economics
and Auditing from Copenhagen
Business School.
Ms. Erenbjerg brings years of experience
from operating a converged provider of
communication and entertainment
services as well as from driving
transformational processes in complex
organizations, both organically and
through M&A.
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 3,320 shares.
Mr. Odilon Almeida was re-elected to
the Board in May 2019. He is a member
of the Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee.
Mr. Almeida (1961), a citizen of Brazil, was
recently appointed as President and Chief
Executive Officer, of ACI Worldwide Inc,
effective March 9, 2020 and will also be
appointed the Board of ACI. Mr. Almeida
joins ACI having most recently served as an
Operating Partner at Advent International,
supporting business development at the
fund’s portfolio companies. Previously
Mr. Almeida served as President of Western
Union Global Money Transfer, where he led
Western Union’s global consumer omni-
channel business across more than 200
countries and territories. His global business
leadership and board experience at
Western Union, Millicom, BankBoston (now
Bank of America), The Coca-Cola Company
and Colgate-Palmolive give him deep
knowledge of corporate governance,
general management, technology
platforms, regulatory and compliance
issues and consumer insights in developed
and emerging nations.
Mr. Almeida holds a Bachelor of Civil
Engineering from the Maua Engineering
School in São Paulo, Brazil, a Bachelor of
Business Administration from the University
of São Paulo, and an MBA with specialization
in Marketing from the Getulio Vargas
Foundation in São Paulo. He further advanced
his education at IMD Lausanne, The Wharton
School, and Harvard Business School.
Mr. Almeida strengthens the Millicom
Board with decades of experience in the
financial services and fintech sectors, and a
leadership style anchored in growth
acceleration and business turnarounds
involving retail and digital transformation,
organic growth and successful M&A.
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,086 shares.
74
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Board Profile: Skills and Experience–continued
Ms. Janet Davidson
(American)
Non-Executive Director
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
(Swedish)
Non-Executive Director
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
(Swedish)
Non-Executive Director
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2016)
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2014)
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2018)
Mr. Tomas Eliasson was re-elected to
the Board in May 2019. He is the
Chairman of the Audit Committee.
Mr. Eliasson (1962), a Swedish
citizen, is Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer at
Sandvik.
Previously Mr. Eliasson served as
Chief Financial Officer and Senior
Vice- President at Electrolux, a
Swedish appliances manufacturer.
Mr. Eliasson has also held various
management positions in Sweden
and abroad, including at ABB Group,
Seco Tools AB and Assa Abloy AB.
He holds a Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration and
Economics from the University of
Uppsala.
Mr. Eliasson brings to the Millicom
Board his significant experience as a
CFO for multinational and global
Swedish companies in roles that
span governance and oversight over
financial reporting, internal control,
and risk management processes and
procedures within global finance
functions.
INDEPENDENT from the Company,
its Executive Management, and its
major shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,703 shares.
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling was re-elected to
the Board in May 2019 . He is a member
of the Compensation Committee and a
member of the Compliance and
Business Conduct Committee.
Mr. Norling (1968), a Swedish citizen,
became CEO of Nordnet in September
2019 and previously served as an
Investment Director and Sector Head of
TMT at Kinnevik. Prior to that,
Mr. Norling was CEO of Total Access
Communications (dtac) in Thailand
where he executed a digital
transformation and led a turnaround of
the company’s financial performance.
He also served as EVP of Developed
Asia at Telenor, CEO of
DigiTelecommunications Malaysia and
CEO of Telenor Sweden.
Mr. Norling holds an MBA from
Gothenburg School of Economics, an
MSc in Engineering Physics from
Uppsala University, and an MSc in
Systems Engineering from Case
Western Reserve University.
He brings to Millicom’s Board his
extensive experience in leading
telecommunications and media
businesses and digital transformation in
emerging markets.
INDEPENDENT from the Company
and its Executive Management, and its
major shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 2,836 shares.
Ms. Janet Davidson was re-elected to
the Board in May 2019. She is the
Chairman of the Compliance and
Business Conduct Committee.
Ms. Davidson (1956), a U.S. citizen, is a
Supervisory Board member of
STMicroelectronics and a Director at
AES Corporation. She held various
managerial positions in Alcatel Lucent
from 1979 to 2011, including Chief
Strategy Officer, Chief Compliance
Officer, and Executive Vice President of
Quality & Customer Care.
Ms. Davidson was appointed to the Board
of AES Corporation in February 2019 and
serves on its Financial Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee, and
Innovation and Technology Committee.
She has served on the Supervisory Board
of STMicroelectronics since June 2013
and is a member of its Audit Committee
and Strategy Committee. Working
Woman Foundation presented Ms.
Davidson with one of its first Women
Enabling Science and Technology awards
in 2001. In 1999, she was inducted into
the Academy of Women Achievers of the
YWCA of the City of New York.
She brings to Millicom’s Board her long
experience in the telecommunications
and IT sectors.
Ms. Davidson received a Bachelor of
Science in physics from Lehigh
University, a Master of Science in
Electrical Engineering from Georgia
Tech, and a Master of Science in
Computer Science through Bell
Laboratories.
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 4,431 shares.
75
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Board Profile: Skills and Experience–continued
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
(American)
Non-Executive Director
Mr. James Thompson
(American)
Non-Executive Director
(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2019)
(FIRST APPOINTED: JANUARY 2019)
Ms. Mercedes Johnson joined the Board
in May 2019 and is a member of the
Audit Committee.
Ms. Johnson (1954) is a U.S. citizen and
currently serves on the Boards of three
other NASDAQ or NYSE listed
technology companies: Synopsys, a
provider of solutions for designing and
verifying advanced silicon chips;
Teradyne, a developer and supplier of
automated semiconductor test
equipment; and Maxim Integrated
Products, an integrated circuits designer
and producer.
Previously she served as Chief Financial
Officer of Avago Technologies (now
Broadcom) and Chief Financial Officer
at LAM Research Corporation. Ms.
Johnson holds a degree in Accounting
from the University of Buenos Aires.
She brings to the Millicom Board years
of experience at technology-oriented
multinational U.S. listed companies in
various capacities
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 1,748 shares.
Mr. James Thompson was re-elected to
the Board in May 2019. He is a member
of the Audit Committee and the
Compensation Committee.
Mr. Thompson (1961), a U.S. citizen, is a
Managing Principal at Kingfisher Family
Office, where he manages a portfolio
focused on value-oriented investment
strategies. He is also a Non-Executive
Director at C&C Group plc and serves
on its Audit Committee. Previously, he
was a Managing Principal at
Southeastern Asset Management,
where he was responsible for the
operations of the firm and was a senior
member of the team responsible for
firm-wide investment decisions.
Between 2001 and 2006,
Mr. Thompson opened and managed
Southeastern Asset Management’s
London research office. He holds an
MBA from Darden School at the
University of Virginia and a Bachelor’s
degree in Business Administration from
the University of North Carolina.
Mr. Thompson brings extensive
investment management experience to
the Millicom Board and contributes
significantly to the Board’s discussions
of Millicom’s long-term strategy and
capital allocation.
INDEPENDENT from the Company, its
Executive Management, and its major
shareholders.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 9,155 shares.
76
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Board Program
The Board’s annual program includes:
1
Company strategy and
strategic direction;
2
Operating and financial
performance review;
3
Governance and
compliance matters;
4
External affairs;
5
Corporate culture;
7
Risk management;
8
Dividend policy;
6
External financial
reporting;
9
Acquisitions and
divestments;
10
Evaluation of CEO and
self-evaluation; and
11
Human Resource matters,
including compensation,
health, safety, and
well-being.
Summary of Board Activities in 2019
The Board of Directors has an annual program consisting of specific areas of
focus on which the Board has a role to oversee and advise the Company.
Specific projects and topics arise in the normal course of business which are
added to the program of the Board; some of these are handled by specific
Board committees.
77
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Summary of Areas of Focus in 2019
Activity/issues covered
Board actions
Reports of committees
• Regularly reviewed reports from its Audit, Compliance and Business Conduct, and
Compensation Committees on recent activities
• Discussed Nomination Committee Director appointment proposals
Operational review
• Discussed priorities and challenges for each of the Latin American and African
Strategic review
Organizational structure and
culture
businesses, including development of cable and mobile data businesses, efficiency
measures, and capital expenditure allocation
• Discussed and approved the 2020 budget
• Reviewed and approved spectrum acquisition, including in Colombia in December 2019
• Discussed, reviewed and approved the strategy
• Discussed with the Executive Team industry and geographic trends and the operational and
financial strategy for each region, including the portfolio strategy
• Participated in performance reviews of the Executive Team, and of the management
organizational and reporting structures
• Reviewed cultural initiatives including ‘Sangre Tigo’
Review and approval of capital
structure and dividend
• Approved issuance of the $750 million bond to partly finance acquisition of the
Telefonica businesses in Central America
• Approval of additional financing and refinancing for both the Group and operating
companies in several markets
• Approval of additional financing and refinancing for in several markets
• Recommended the dividend of $2.64 per share to the 2019 AGM
• Approved issuance of SEK 2 billion Sustainability Bond
Review and approval of corporate
governance
• Revisions to the Corporate Policy Manual (including Board and Committee charters)
• Updated the authority matrix
• Elected the Deputy Chairman and Committee members
Mergers, acquisitions, disposals,
and joint ventures
• Discussed acquisition and disposal developments across the Group, including approval
of transactions such as acquisition of the Telefonica business in Central America and the
disposition of the business in Chad
Review and approval of financial
reports
• 2018 Annual Report including the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Group, and interim consolidated financial statements
• Standalone financial statements of Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the parent
Risk management
External affairs
company)
• Reviewed the key risks facing the Group and its approach to managing risks
• Set the risk appetite of the Group
• Reviewed the external affairs strategic framework, and implementation activities
• Periodically reviewed the political situation by market with a specific focus on election
periods and advice on related risk management requirements
• Reviewed regulatory and engagement challenges with advice from the Board on
best-practice engagement strategy
• Reviewed the state of government relations in our markets and internationally
Non-financial performance
• Reviewed the main non-financial performance and trends, including corporate
responsibility
• Recommendations for continued focus in line with existing non-financial focus areas
Shareholder structure
• Support Kinnevik AB in the divestiture of its shareholding in Millicom
78
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Induction and Training
Millicom provides incoming Board
members with information on their
roles and responsibilities, the Board’s
operating procedures, and Millicom’s
business and industry. We provide
access to governance documents,
policies, and procedures, meeting
materials and Company information
through a secure online tool, in
meetings set with the Executive
Management Team, and through
ongoing dissemination of information.
Millicom provides training on topics
such as anti-bribery and corruption,
ethics, independence, and insider
trading. The Board regularly receives
detailed reports on specific areas that
support their understanding of
Millicom’s business and operating
environment.
Directors also participate in at least one
annual visit to Millicom’s operations
(Colombia and Panama in 2019) to
learn about the characteristics of the
local market, see aspects of the
business in operation, participate in
social and corporate responsibility
projects, and interact with local
management.
Board Effectiveness
The Board conducts an annual
performance review process, wherein
each Board member’s personal
performance is also reviewed. This
involves assessing Board and
committee actions and activities
against the Board’s mandate as
determined in the Board Charter and
those of its various committees.
In 2019, the Board used a questionnaire
to assess its performance against the
Board’s key duties, it’s composition, and
processes, and the performance of
individual Board members. The results
of the evaluation were presented to the
Nomination Committee.
Board Meetings/Attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board in the 2019 financial year
Director
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Attendance
Former Directors (until May 2019)
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols
Overall attendance
Meeting
Attendance
7/7
7/7
6/7
7/7
6/7
4/4
7/7
7/7
50/52
3/3
53/55
%
100
100
86
100
86
100
100
100
96
100
96
79
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Board Committees
Written charters set out the objectives,
limits of authority, organization, and
roles and responsibilities of the Board
and each of its Committees. The charters
are available at www.millicom.com/
our-company/governance/board-
committees/. Details of Board roles and
responsibilities, activities in 2019, and
Directors’ emoluments are set out on the
following pages.
I. Audit Committee
2019 was a very active year for the
Audit Committee, with specific
attention paid to enhancing and
expanding Millicom’s internal control
environment in the context of the first
year of its compliance with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We provided
oversight over implementation projects
of new accounting standards, regular
reporting, internal control, risk
management, and internal audit
activities. The Committee convened
eight scheduled meetings during the
year and covered internal audit and
internal control activities during all
meetings. We held another six meetings
to review the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the progress of
the Group on this program.
The committee also reviewed and
discussed actions and activities related
to the important regulatory updates
and upcoming changes in financial
reporting, treasury, tax, risk
management, revenue assurance and
compliance. We continue to standardize
and implement best practices both in
controls and assurance across the
Group’s footprint.
I would like to thank my fellow
Committee members for their
dedication and commitment to the
activities of the Audit Committee. I look
forward to continuing our mandate
through to the 2020 AGM.
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Audit Committee membership and attendance at regularly scheduled meetings in 2019
Audit Committee
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. James Thompson
Overall attendance
Position
Chairman*
Member
Member
Member
First appointment
May 2014
January 2019
May 2019
January 2019
Meeting
Attendance
8/8
6/8
5/5
8/8
29/31
%
100
75
100
100
94
*Designated as having specific accounting competence as per the EU Directive.
In addition, the Chairman of the Board,
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia attended all
of the regularly scheduled meetings of
the Audit Committee.
Appointment and role of the Audit
Committee
The Audit Committee is composed solely
of non-executive Directors, all of whom
were independent Directors in 2019.
Members are appointed to ensure there
is a mixture of relevant experience in
both finance and broader commercial
matters. The Board is confident that the
collective experience of the members
enables them to act as an effective
Audit Committee. The Committee is also
satisfied that it has the expertise and
resources available for it to fulfill its
responsibilities.
The Board has delegated responsibility
to the Audit Committee for overseeing
the robustness, integrity, and
effectiveness of financial reporting, risk
management, internal controls, internal
audit and external audit processes, and
pre-approval of certain audit and
non-audit services provided by the
external auditor. The Audit Committee
also oversees the establishment of
accounting-related policies and
procedures, procedure for dealing with
certain other types of complaints or
concerns, and compliance with related
laws and regulations.
The Audit Committee focuses on
compliance with financial requirements,
accounting standards and judgments;
appointment, oversight and
independence of the external auditors
and appointment and oversight of
certain other accounting firms that may
be retained from time to time;
transactions with related parties
(including major shareholders); the
effectiveness of the Internal Audit
function; the Group’s approach to risk
management; and ensuring an efficient
and effective system of internal controls.
Ultimate responsibility for reviewing and
approving Millicom’s Annual Report and
Accounts remains with the Board.
The Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Group Financial
Controller, Head of Internal Audit, Head
of Business Controls, Head of Risk
Management, and representatives from
EY, the Company’s external auditor, are
invited to attend Committee meetings.
The Audit Committee Chairman
prepares the meeting agenda in
conjunction with the Chief Financial
Officer. Each meeting includes a private
session, attended only by Audit
Committee members and the external
auditor, to provide an opportunity for
open dialogue without management
present.
At each regularly scheduled meeting, the
Audit Committee receives reports from
the Chief Financial Officer, the External
Auditor, the Head of Internal Audit, the
Head of Business Controls, and the Head
of Risk Management. Additional reports
from other officers of the Company as
required. The Audit Committee received
the required information from the
external auditor in accordance with
Luxembourg regulations.
80
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Summary of Areas of Focus and Actions in 2019
Governance
• Reviewed and amended the Audit Committee Charter
Financial reporting
• Reviewed key accounting and reporting issues at each meeting
• Reviewed and approved each quarter’s earnings release, the 2018 annual earnings release and
summary financial statements, and the 2019 half-year earnings release and interim financial
statements
• Reviewed status of the finance onboarding of the acquisitions made in 2018 and 2019
• Reviewed and discussed transition impact of IFRS 16 (“Leases”) and other changes in the
financial reporting landscape and accounting policy changes/ updates
External auditor
• Received reports from the external auditor at each meeting covering important financial
reporting, accounting and audit issues
• Received reports from the external auditor in compliance with EU regulations
• Reviewed and approved all non-audit services rendered by the external auditors
• Approved the 2019 external audit strategy and fees
• Considered the results of control testing performed by the external auditor and feedback on
preparedness for the first Sarbanes-Oxley attestation
• Considered the performance of the external auditor and independence, including monitoring of
the nature and value of non-audit services, as well as approved the related fees
• Received reports and updates on SEC rules and developments
Internal audit activities
• Approved the 2020 Internal Audit plan
• Oversaw the appointment of a new Head of Internal Audit
• Reviewed Internal Audit findings arising from the delivery of the 2019 audit plan
Financing, treasury
and tax
• Reviewed the Group’s tax strategy and structure and approved the tax policy
• Approved the updated Group treasury and related policies, including the policy on financial risk
Risk management
Internal controls
management
• Provided guidance and oversight over risk management processes
• Reviewed alignment of top risks with strategy
• Reviewed regular risk reports and remediation plans
• Reviewed the remit and activities of the Business Controls team
• Reviewed the Group’s Sarbanes-Oxley implementation plan related to the U.S. listing and
received regular progress reports from the implementation team and external advisors
• Received, reviewed findings and monitored progress in the design and operating effectiveness
of internal controls over financial reporting
Fraud management
• Reviewed fraud policies and quarterly fraud reports, as well as proposed actions to remediate
identified cases
Revenue assurance
• Received quarterly updates on revenue assurance activities
• Reviewed trends and actions taken to minimize loss and revenue leakage
Related party transactions
• Reviewed related party transactions that were performed at each meeting
2019 Meetings
The Audit Committee held eight regular
meetings that mainly coinciding with key
dates in Millicom’s external reporting:
Financial reporting
The Audit Committee reviewed earnings
releases for each quarter and financial
statements, having received reports from
management and the external auditor. In
2019, the committee mainly focused on:
• Significant accounting issues where
judgment has been applied
• The review of the effectiveness of
internal financial control and the
Group’s Sarbanes-Oxley
implementation plan and progress
• The acquisitions and integration
plans of Cable Onda and the
Telefonica assets in Central America
• The transition impacts of the new
lease standard, IFRS 16
• The appropriateness of and
application of the Group’s accounting
policies and practices
• Compliance with financial reporting
standards and other financial
reporting requirements
• The completeness and compliance of
all structural disclosures made in the
financial statements
• Financial reporting and other
implications of the U.S. listing
A summary of all related party
transactions was reviewed and approved
at each quarterly meeting.
Significant issues considered by the Audit
Committee in relation to the financial
statements for the year ended
December 31, 2019 included:
1 Acquisition of the Telefonica assets in
Central America and finalization of
the purchase accounting of Cable
Onda—refer to note A.1.2. of the
consolidated financial statements
The Group completed the acquisitions
of Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua
(“Nicaragua”) and Telefonica Moviles
Panama, S.A. (“Panama”) on May 16
and August 29, 2019, respectively, for a
total cash consideration of
$1.02 billion. The provisional goodwill
for both acquisitions amount to
$646 million. The purchase accounting
of Cable Onda has been finalized
during 2019 and the final goodwill
amounts to $504 million. The
acquisition of Telefonica de Costa Rica
81
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
TC, S.A. (“Costa Rica”) remains subject
to regulatory approvals as of
December 31, 2019.
2 Application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’—refer
to Introduction note and notes C.4.
and E.3. of the consolidated
financial statements
The Group had to change its
accounting policies as a result of
adopting IFRS 16 Leases. On
adoption, on January 1, 2019, an
additional lease liability of
$545 million was recognized. The
application of the new standard
decreased operating expenses by
$149 million, respectively, as
compared to what our results would
have been if we had continued to
follow IAS 17 for the three and twelve
months ended December 31, 2019.
3. Africa divestment—refer to
note A.1.3. of the consolidated
financial statements
On June 26, 2019, the Group
completed the disposal of its
operations in Chad for a cash
consideration of $110 million. On the
same date, Chad was
deconsolidated and a net gain of
$69,547 million has been recognized
in the Group’s statement of income.
4. Effect of listing of the shares held
by the Group in Jumia Technologies
AG and Helios Towers Plc—refer to
note C.7.3. of the consolidated
financial statements
Jumia Technologies AG and Helios
Towers Plc became listed in April and
October 2019, respectively. On
listing dates, the Group recognized
these investments at fair value with
a corresponding total gain of
$242 million. As at December 31,
2019, the fair value of these
investments amounts to
$371 million.
5. Impairment testing—refer to
note E.1.6. of the consolidated
financial statements
In 2019, the Group did not recognize
any goodwill impairment losses, but
disclosed potential impairment for
our operations in Nicaragua that
would have to be recorded in case of
certain reasonable changes in key
assumptions.
6. Tax provisions and contingencies—
refer to note G.3.2. of the
consolidated financial statements
The Group operates in many countries
where the tax and legal system is less
mature and may be less predictable.
There are a number of matters
therefore relating to tax contingencies
which require judgment as to the likely
probability of cash outflow or the
potential amount of any outflow. The
Audit Committee therefore received
regular reports from the Group Tax
Director as to the status of each of
these matters, the likely outcome, the
provision required, if any, and
proposed disclosure in the financial
statements. Analysis of judgmental
tax matters was also presented by the
external auditor.
7. Revenue recognition—refer to
note B.1. of the consolidated
financial statements
Judgment is required in assessing
the application of revenue
recognition principles. This includes
the application of revenue between
multiple deliverables, such as the
sale of a handsets with service in a
bundled package, or managed
services contracts that have complex
contractual agreements. The Audit
Committee received regular updates
on revenue recognition matters.
8. Capitalization and assets useful lives—
refer to notes E.1.1. and E.2.1. of the
consolidated financial statements
The assessment and timing of
whether assets meet the
capitalization criteria set out in the
relevant accounting standards, the
estimation of appropriate useful
economic lives and the assessment of
whether any impairment indicators
are present, such as redundant assets,
as well as the identification of leases,
all require judgment. In addition,
Management regularly review and
benchmark its assets useful lives with
peers. Once a year, Management
presents its conclusions to the Audit
Committee.
Management Disclosure Committee
To assist with all matters related to
earnings releases and financial
statement disclosures, Millicom has a
Disclosure Committee comprising senior
management from Finance, Legal,
Communications, Investor Relations and
other functions as and when required.
The Disclosure Committee identifies and
considers disclosure matters in market
releases, including releases that may
contain material financial and other
information.
Risk management
The Audit Committee received
regular reports on the Group’s risk
management framework and process,
including the formation and operation
of a Management Risk Committee, as
well as reports on changes to
significant risks at both operational and
Group level and how these risks are
managed. Further information is set
out in the risk management section of
this Annual Report.
In addition, the Audit Committee
reviewed financial risk, tax risk and
strategy, treasury policy and risks, and
Group insurance coverage.
Internal control
As a consequence of the U.S. listing, the
Company commenced a program in
2018 to comply with the internal control
over financial reporting requirements of
the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Group
Head of Business Controls, together
with the Group’s external advisors,
delivered progress reports on the
Sarbanes-Oxley program.
The Audit Committee reviewed the
Company’s internal control framework
and the enhancements required as part
of the internal control requirements of
Sarbanes-Oxley. The planned scope of
the program was discussed and agreed.
Regular reports on the results of
management testing of key internal
controls and the progress made to
address any control gaps identified were
received.
At the meeting of February 2020, the
Committee received the final results of
management’s testing of key controls
together with the results of testing by
the external auditors. Management
concluded that the Group had
maintained effective internal controls
over financial reporting.
Those involved provided regular
updates on the Group’s program of
Internal Control Self-Assessment and
the status of ongoing control
improvement projects.
Internal Audit
Execution of the 2019 Internal Audit
Plan provided the Executive
Management Team and the Audit
Committee an independent view on the
effectiveness of Millicom’s internal
control environment and governance
processes. The plan was developed to
ensure alignment with the strategic
risks of the Millicom Group, as well as
consideration of the overall Group
strategy, input from senior
management across multiple
82
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
geographies and functions, external
audit findings and Internal Audit’s
knowledge of the business.
In December 2019, the Audit
Committee approved the Internal Audit
Plan for 2020, which included reviews
focusing on Mobile and B2B revenue
streams, information security, IT and
network resilience, key financial
processes, compliance and ethics
activities—including the anti-money
laundering (“AML”) program—and
management and governance
supporting outsourced service contracts.
We also built follow-up audits into
the Internal Audit Plan to provide
independent assurance that
management actions from previous
audits had been addressed effectively.
The plan was primarily executed by the
in-house Internal Audit team based in
London, Luxembourg and Miami, with
support from specialists at one of the
“Big 4” accounting firms. At each
meeting, the Audit Committee received
an update on Internal Audit activities,
progress against the plan and results of
the audits completed in the period,
including associated recommendations
and management action plans where
findings had been identified.
In December 2019 a new Head of
Internal Audit joined the Company. The
Audit Committee oversaw the
recruitment and transition process.
Fraud risk and whistleblowing
The Audit Committee received and
reviewed quarterly fraud reports in
accordance with the Group’s Fraud policy.
The Group provides an ethics helpline
that is administered by an independent
third party and is available to all
employees, contractors and third parties.
External Audit effectiveness
The quality and effectiveness of the
external audit matters greatly to the
Audit Committee. A detailed audit plan
outlining the key risks and proposed
geographical coverage is prepared and
discussed with the Audit Committee at
the start of each annual audit cycle.
We assess audit quality by referring to
the standard of the reports received by
the Audit Committee, the caliber of
senior members of the audit team and
the level of challenge provided to
Executive Management. Also,
management provides feedback to the
Audit Committee. In addition,
management regularly reviews the
performance of the external auditors
both centrally and in each of Millicom’s
operating countries. This feedback
allows the Committee to monitor and
assess the performance of the external
auditor as part of making a
recommendation to the Board
regarding the auditor’s appointment.
Auditor independence
The Audit Committee has established
policies to maintain the independence
of the external auditor and to govern
the provision of audit and non-audit
services. The policies and approval
process of non-audit services and
audit-related services comply with SEC
independence rules and with the latest
EU and local regulations. Under these
rules, the Audit Committee pre-approves
a list of services that can be rendered by
the audit firm. If services to be rendered
are pre-approved in nature, these can be
approved by management when
requested (following an established
authority matrix) and then presented to
the Audit Committee on a quarterly
basis for formal approval. If services to
be rendered are not pre-approved, they
should be pre-approved by the
Chairman of the Audit Committee when
requested and then submitted to the
next full audit committee for formal
approval. A schedule of all non-audit
engagements with the external auditor
is reviewed at each meeting.
For the year ended December 31, 2019,
the Audit Committee approved fees for
audit and audit related services of
$8.1 million, together with fees for
non-audit work of $0.7 million.
In compliance with independence rules,
the previous audit partner rotated off
the audit in 2019 and the current audit
partner will rotate off for the audit of
the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2025, at the latest.
Audit tendering
Millicom first appointed EY as external
auditor of the Company for the
year ended December 31, 2012,
following a competitive tender. Based
on the most restrictive EU audit
regulations, and applicable
Luxembourg law, EY would have to
rotate off the audit by 2032 (20 years
after initial appointment) at the latest,
with a mandatory tender for the audit
to occur in 2022 (ten years after initial
appointment).
II. Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee
The Compliance and Business Conduct
Committee oversees the Group’s Ethics
& Compliance Program, and reports on
the Program’s status and development
to the full Board of Directors.
During 2019, we continued building and
refining our Ethics & Compliance
Program, supported by the Executive
Team’s relentless commitment to
maintain our culture, Sangre Tigo, which
is centered around doing business the
right way, with the application of ethics
and compliance in our everyday
interactions. Our Sangre Tigo signifies
high integrity and zero tolerance for any
form of corruption, and a commitment
to doing business the right way.
On behalf of the Board, I would like to
reconfirm our commitment to a culture
of ethics and strong compliance that
leads to success for the business and
pride for our company.
We are proud to be a compliance leader
in our markets and look forward to
engaging with our customers as well as
our stakeholders by making it happen
the right way.
Ms. Janet Davidson
Chairman of the Compliance and
Business Conduct Committee
Compliance and Business Conduct Committee Membership and Attendance 2019
Committee
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Overall attendance
Position
Chairman
Member
Member
First
appointment
May 2016
May 2018
November 2015
Meeting
Attendance
3/4
4/4
3/4
10/12
%
75
100
75
83
83
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
In addition, the Chairman of the Board,
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia, attended
three of the four regularly scheduled
meetings of the Compliance and
Business Conduct Committee.
Appointment and Role of the
Compliance and Business Conduct
Committee
Millicom’s Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee oversees and makes
recommendations to the Board
regarding the Group’s compliance
programs and standards of business
conduct. More specifically, the
Compliance and Business Conduct
Committee:
• Monitors the Group’s Compliance
program, including the activities
performed by the Compliance Team
and its interaction with the rest of
the organization
• Monitors the investigations resulting
from cases brought through the
Group’s ethics line or otherwise
• Oversees allocation of resources and
personnel to the Compliance area
• Assesses the Group’s performance in
the Compliance area
• Ensures that the Group maintains
proper standards of business
conduct
Management representatives invited to
attend the Compliance and Business
Conduct Committee include the Group
CEO, Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer,
General Counsel, Group CFO, Chief
External Affairs Officer, Head of Internal
Audit and Head of Risk Management.
Summary of Committee Activities
in 2019
The Committee Chairman prepares the
agenda in conjunction with the Chief
Ethics and Compliance Officer. During
meetings, the Committee reviews the
status of the Ethics & Compliance
Program, compliance-related issues,
Strategic Responses (such as
investigations) to any alleged violations
of law or policy, (AML) initiatives,
information security topics, and any
Internal Audit Reports and remediation
plans that concern the Ethics &
Compliance Program.
The CEO and Executive Team are
committed to our Sangre Tigo and are
actively involved in fostering a culture
of ethics and compliance from the top
across all our lines of business.
Summary of Areas of Focus and Action Items in 2019
Program elements reviewed
• Refined third party management through a centralized due diligence program
• Anti-corruption program policies and automated procedures including those covering
new and emerging areas of risk and strengthening of the overall program
• Revision of compliance policies and procedures, and communication to the whole
organization
• Training completion rates on company compliance policies as part of select
managers’ KPIs
• Results of continuing review of the compliance framework by Internal Audit as well as
remediation actions and status
• Improved communication campaigns on various compliance subjects
• Compliance Risk Assessment—established proactive compliance risk management
process. Regularly monitor, collect and analyze data to identify and remediate gaps
• Resources: hired three new compliance officers.
• A number of GMs were given a set of compliance KPIs to meet during the year for
year-end bonus award
• Integration of compliance program in newly acquired entities in Central America
• Incentives program—Compliance factors were incorporated into executives’
incentives program for the second consecutive year. Bonus awards are now tied to
achievement of all compliance KPIs
Reporting & Investigations
• “SpeakUp” Campaign—continued to encourage employees to use the system to
Global Anti-money laundering (AML)
program
report issues of perceived non-compliance with our policies and values
• Strengthened investigations team, and further developed investigations resources
centrally and in the operations
• Continued to align investigation procedures across the countries
• Continued effective case management, including by taking reasonable steps after
detection of misconduct
• Continued enhanced country review methodology with the implementation of a new
Country Review Sheet
• Completed implementation of new monitoring systems in Honduras and El Salvador,
with Bolivia and Paraguay in progress. Enhanced monitoring tool in Tanzania in progress.
• Deployed updated AML training and AML campaign
• Created and hired a new AML Risk Management position
• Conducted external assessments of central and operations, and continued to
implement recommendations based on the results of the assessment
84
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
III. Compensation Committee
In 2019, the Compensation Committee
continued to focus on reviewing
Millicom’s reward strategy to ensure
that senior management compensation
closely reflects company performance.
The design of our employee and
executive compensation programs
supports three main goals:
1. Attract and retain great talent
2. Support our culture of
entrepreneurship and performance,
with an increased focus on pay
based on geographical / line-of-
business accountability
3. Align employee and shareholder
interests
We pay employees competitively
compared with other opportunities they
might have in their respective local
markets. We also offer competitive
benefits to promote the health and
happiness of our employees and create
a fun and invigorating work culture. Our
compensation program plays a key role
in promoting our company’s operating
and financial success and provides
incentives for our management team to
execute our financial and operational
goals creating a supportive environment
around pay for performance.
We achieved much this year, re-listing
on NASDAQ in the U.S., acquiring new
assets in Latin America, and selling
one of our African operations, and we
consider these and other
developments in our shareholder base
and the external marketplace in the
setting of remuneration philosophy
and practices.
The Compensation Committee regularly
reviews best practices in executive
compensation and governance and
revises our policies and practices when
appropriate. For example, in 2019 we
revised our change in control
agreements for eligible executives to
include “double-trigger” provisions,
which require an involuntary termination
(in addition to change in control) for
accelerated vesting of awards.
An important portion of compensation
is tied to performance for all senior
Compensation Committee Membership and Attendance in 2019
management, including at each of our
operations. The proportion of overall
pay tied to performance is higher for
employees at more senior levels in the
organization, reflecting their
opportunity for broader impact on
company performance. We use equity
awards to align employee and
shareholder interests. We have share
ownership requirements for our top 50
roles and track the status of each role
annually. This encourages our top
leaders to take a longer-term view on
positive business performance in
alignment with company and
shareholder interests.
I would like to thank my fellow
members for their dedication and
commitment to the activities of the
Compensation Committee and look
forward to continuing our mandate
through to the 2020 AGM.
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Chairman of the Compensation
Committee
Committee
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Mr. Lars-Ake Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Overall attendance
Position
Chairman
Member
Member
First
appointment
January 2019
May 2019
January 2019
Meeting
Attendance
5/5
4/5
5/5
14/15
%
100
80
100
93
In addition, the Chairman of the Board, Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia, attended all of the regularly scheduled meetings of the
Compensation Committee.
85
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Appointment and Role of the
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee reviews
and makes recommendations to the
Board of Directors regarding the
compensation of the CEO and other
senior managers as well as management
succession planning.
The Board, based on guidelines by the
Compensation Committee, proposes the
remuneration of senior management.
The guidelines ensure that Millicom can
attract, motivate and retain executives,
within the context of Millicom’s
international talent pool, which primarily
consists of telecom, media, and FMCG
companies. Remuneration of the CEO
requires Board approval. Guidelines for
remuneration of senior management
and for employees’ share-based
incentive plans are approved by the
shareholders at the AGM.
The Compensation Committee monitor
and evaluate programs for variable
remuneration to the senior
management, both ongoing programs
and those that have ended during the
year and monitor and evaluate the
application of the guidelines for
remuneration to the board and senior
management that the shareholders’
meeting has established, as well as the
current remuneration structures and
levels in the Company.
The evaluation of the CEO is conducted
by the Compensation Committee. The
evaluation criteria and the results of
the evaluation are then discussed by
the Chairman with the entire Board.
The Board considered that the CEO
provided strong leadership for the
Company during 2019. The Chairman
of the Board conveyed the results of
the review and evaluation to the CEO.
Main Activities of the Committee
during 2019
The Compensation Committee met five
times in 2019.
Summary of Areas of Focus and Action Items in 2019
Bonus and performance reports
• Received and reviewed senior executive 2018 performance reports and Executive
Committee individual payouts STI/LTI (cash /equity)
• Reviewed and approved the 2019 variable compensation target and performance
results
Compensation review
• Approved all payments for Executive Committee members, including base
Share-based incentive plans
Global reward strategy and
executive remuneration review
Variable pay design
Other
Compensation Committee
governance
pay increases
• Reviewed executive remuneration and governance trends and developments
• Conducted a review of gender equity across all operations
• Reviewed and approved the peer group for executive benchmarking
• Approved changes to CEO and Executive Committee compensation elements based
on market competitiveness
• Reviewed and approved the 2019 Share Plan Rules
• Approved the 2016 LTI (PSP) vesting
• Reviewed and approved all equity grants
• Reviewed the treasury shares’ balance reserved for share-based incentive plans and
the period they cover
• Reviewed shared ownership guidelines and the compliance of each covered executive
• Reviewed performance and projections of outstanding LTI plans
• Reviewed Remuneration/C&B Philosophy & Strategy
• Reviewed and approved incorporation of M&A financials into the ongoing STI and LTI
• Implemented 2020 STI metrics—IFRS 16
• Discussed and approved STI/LTI design for 2019
• Reviewed and approved STI and LTI performance measures for 2020
• Following U.S. best practices implemented a double-trigger change in control
• Reviewed and approved exceptional items, new hire equity grants, etc
• Approved LTI retirement eligibility approach
• Reviewed GSMT severance plan payout
• Reviewed budget for the upcoming year
• Discussed diversity and Inclusion Strategy
• Reviewed and updated Compensation Committee Remit and Obligations
• Review and approved the Compensation Committee annual meeting cycle and calendar
• Reviewed the Compensation Committee charter
• Updated Executive Compensation dashboard
• Reviewed of composition of the Compensation Committee
• Reviewed and approved an external compensation consultant
86
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Remuneration Guidelines
The Board proposes to the AGM
guidelines for remuneration and other
employment terms for senior
management. The annual base salary
and other benefits of the CEO is
proposed by the Compensation
Committee and approved by the Board.
Remuneration Policy
Remuneration packages for members
of the Executive Team at Millicom
comprise an annual base salary, an
annual bonus, share-based
compensation, social security
contributions, pension contributions
and other benefits. Bonus and share-
based compensation plans (see note
B.4. to the consolidated financial
statements) are based on actual
performance. Share-based
compensation is granted once a year by
the Compensation Committee.
Base salary: The Executives’ base
salaries are competitive and based on
each individual Executive’s
responsibilities and performance.
Variable STI (Short-Term Incentive)
cash remuneration: The Executives
may receive variable remuneration in
addition to base salary. The maximum
target variable remuneration in any
Executive’s contract is 100% of the
base salary and, in case of exceptional
business and personal performance, up
to two times that target. The variable
amounts or percentages are considered
to be competitive within market
standards at total compensation levels.
The variable remuneration is based on
performance of the Executives in
relation to established goals and
targets along with Millicom’s financial
performance (see table below).
Use and relative weighting of financial
performance target measures under
the variable compensation rules are
equal to all employees regardless of
seniority.
Variable STI share-based
remuneration: A portion of the STI is
paid in the form of deferred shares with
a three-year pro-rated vesting,
strengthening our pay for performance
and retention incentives.
Long-term share-based incentive plans
(“ LTIPs ”): The aim of the LTIPs is to
support Millicom’s long-term business
view and strategy. The plans and the
amounts need to be competitive in order
to attract and retain key executives.
These incentives are targeted toward a
selected group of employees only,
approximately the top 50 roles and have
a three-year cliff vesting.
Other benefits: These can include a car
allowance, medical coverage, and in
cases of expatriate assignments, a
housing allowance, school fees, home
leave, and other travel expenses.
Pension: The Executives are eligible to
participate in a global pension plan, in
accordance with market standards. The
global pension plan is secured through
premiums paid to reputable insurance
companies.
Deviations from the guidelines: In
special circumstances, the Board may
deviate from the above guidelines, such
as additional variable remuneration in
the case of exceptional performance. In
these instances, the Board of Directors
will explain the reason for the deviation
at the following AGM.
Payment for loss of office: In the event
of a company-initiated termination,
other than for cause, of someone on
our Executive Team (e.g., the CEO and
his/her direct reports), a notice period
of up to 12 months potentially applies.
Bonus measurements
Personal performance
Service Revenue
EBITDA
Operating Free Cash Flow
Net Promoter Score
Total
Rationale
The individual goals and objectives of Millicom management and employees are
critical in achieving its financial objectives and in long-term value creation.
Recurring revenue is a key growth measure used by the Group as it seeks to monetize
opportunities in all countries and all business units.
EBITDA is used as a measurement of ongoing earning power/value creation in the
Group and of how well management controls the operational cost of growing revenue.
Operating Free Cash Flow is OCF (EBITDA less Capex) less changes in working capital
and other non-cash items and taxes paid. It is used to measure how efficiently
management are generating cash flow.
The Net Promoter Score is an index that measures the willingness of customers to
recommend a company’s products or services to others.
Weighting
30%
20%
20%
20%
10%
100%
87
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Executive Team Remuneration
Compensation of the Executive Team 2019
Cash Compensation ($ ‘000)*
Base salary
Bonus (for 2019 performance)
Pension
Other benefits*
Termination benefits
Total salary and benefits
Equity Compensation (number of shares)
Performance share plan(i)
Deferred share plan(ii) (for 2019 performance)
Total shares (number)
Value of shares(iii) ($ ’000)
CEO
CFO
Executives
(8 members)
1,167
1,428
279
50
0
2,924
654
626
98
260
0
1,639
40,565
31,126
71,691
3,383
20,030
13,657
33,687
1,592
3,498
2,098
798
1,521
863
8,779
55,756
41,285
97,041
4,582
(i) Vesting amounts relating to the 2017 performance share plan based on the estimated performance over the three year period. The value of shares is based on
the closing market value of Millicom shares at December 31, 2019 of $48.23. These shares will vest on March 2020. Final performance metrics will be approved
by the Remuneration Committee in March 2020.
(ii) Amounts to be granted relating to the 2020 deferred share plan (awarded in 2020 based on 2019 results). The value of shares is based on the average Q4 2019
closing market value of Millicom shares of $45.86. These shares will vest over three years from the award date with a vesting schedule 30%/30%/40%,
dependent on continued service of the employee.
(iii) The value is calculated on the basis described above which differs from the value calculated for the IFRS financial statements.
* ‘Other Benefits’ for ‘Other Executives’ include medical and dental insurance for former CHRO.
Compensation of the Executive Team 2018
Cash Compensation ($ ‘000)*
Base salary
Bonus (for 2018 performance)
Pension
Other benefits
Termination benefits
Total salary and benefits
Equity Compensation (number of shares)*
Performance share plan(i)
Deferred share plan(ii) (for 2017 performance)
Total shares (number)
Value of shares(iii) ($ ’000)
CEO
CFO
Other
Executives
(9 members)
1,112
1,492
247
66
0
2,918
673
557
101
63
0
1,393
34,154
25,011
59,165
3,628
17,716
9,339
27,055
1,665
3,930
2,445
962
805
301
8,444
41,710
40,988
82,698
5,053
(i) Amounts relating to the 2016 performance share plan based on the estimated performance over the three year period. The value of shares is based on the
closing market value of Millicom shares in $ at 28 December 2018 of $62.53. These shares will vest on 1 March 2019. Final performance metrics will be approved
by the Remuneration Committee on March 5, 2019.
(ii) Amounts relating to the 2019 deferred share plan (awarded in 2019 based on 2018 results). The value of shares is based on the average Q4 closing market value
of Millicom shares of $59.65. These shares will vest over three years from the award date with a vesting schedule 30%/30%/40%, dependent on continued
service of the employee.
(iii) The value is calculated on the basis described above which differs from the value calculated for the IFRS financial statements.
* ‘Other Executives’ includes compensation related to former EVP strategy and former EVP CHRO.
** ‘Other Benefits’ include relocation support when applicable with an average amount of $25K.
88
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Share-based Incentive Plans
The share-based incentive plans currently
consist of a Deferred Share Plan (DSP) and a
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”).
The 2020 DSP represents the portion of the
STI (based on 2019 performance) that will
be granted in deferred shares in Q1 2020.
The 2019 PSP (LTIP) represents the grant of
performance shares in Q1 2019, linked to
performance for the period from 2019-2021
and vesting in Q1 2022.
Shares granted under the 2020 DSP are based
on personal and corporate performance in
2019 and vest over three years (30% after one
year, 30% after two years and 40% after
three years). Shares granted under the 2019
PSP vest at the end of a three-year period,
whereby vesting is subject to certain company
performance conditions.
The CEO and CFO participate in the Group’s
2019 PSP, with target opportunities as per
the table below. For the 2019 year, we
offered equity-based incentive plans to the
CEO, the CFO, members of the executive
management, other senior management,
and high-potential employees and
employees in key roles (by nomination
exception) under the plans set out in the
following table.
In addition, the rules of the plans set out
certain criteria and conditions in which new
employees can receive sign-on awards. In
countries where Millicom has a local partner,
in certain cases, the same eligibility and
rules apply for the incentive plans, except
that instead of being granted awards
denominated in Millicom shares, the
executives receive deferred cash awards.
LTIP
2020 Deferred Share Plan
(DSP)
2019 Performance Share
Plan (PSP)
Eligibility
CEO, CFO, other
executives and other
global senior
management
CEO, CFO, other
executives and other
global senior
management
Participants
245
Maximum shares
awarded
for 2019
377,578
Basis for
calculating award
20–100% of base
salary
Comment
44
257,601
400%
175%
50%–160%
of base salary, as
per 01.01.19
CEO
CFO
Global senior
management
team
*A limited number of high-potential employees and employees in key roles can be nominated by exception.
Specific rules of each plan are set out below. Vesting under all plans is conditional upon the participant remaining employed by
the Group at each vesting date. Additional vesting criteria are noted under each plan.
LTIP
2020 Deferred Share Plan (DSP)
2019 Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Additional vesting criteria
(terms and conditions)
0
Achievement of Service Revenue CAGR, Operating Free
Cash Flow CAGR and Relative Total Shareholder Return
targets measured over the three-year vesting period.
Vesting period
2 years
1 year
30.0% 30.0%
0
0
3 years
40%
100%
Measurements used for PSP performance measure
Operating Free Cash Flow (OFCF) with a specific 3-year CAGR target
Service Revenue with a specific 3-year CAGR target
Relative Total Shareholder Return (RTSR) vis-vis a peer group of companies (no award is made for performance below
peer group median. Achieving TSR performance at media of pre-determined peer triggers 25% of the relative TSR
component)
Weighting
50%
25%
25%
89
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
CEO Compensation
The 2019 components of the CEO remuneration package were:
• An annual base salary of $1.173 million;
• Variable cash remuneration with a target of 100% of base salary;
• Participation in Millicom’s share-based compensation plans and;
• Other standard benefits, as described under the senior management
remuneration principles earlier in this report.
CEO Earnings Opportunity from 2019 Award Levels
The tables below provide estimates of the potential future remuneration
for the CEO based on the remuneration opportunity granted in the 2019
financial year. Potential outcomes are based on different performance
scenarios.
Assumptions underlying each scenario are described below.
Fixed
• Fixed income consists of base salary, employment benefits and
company pension contributions.
• Base salary is at December 31, 2019.
• Benefits and pension are valued using the figures in the total
remuneration for the 2019 financial year table detailed below.
• Pension contributions are made at 15% of base salary as at
December of the preceding year.
Base
($ ’000)
1,173
Benefits
($ ’000)
50
Pension
($ ’000)
279
Total Fixed
($ ’000)
1,502
Mauricio Ramos
Variables on target
• Values are based on what the CEO would receive if performance were
to align with Incentive Performance Targets.
• The target award opportunity for the annual cash bonus is 100% of
base salary.
• The target award opportunity for the Deferred Share Plan (DSP) is
100% of base salary for the CEO.
• The target award opportunity for the Performance Share Plan (PSP) is
400% of base salary for the CEO, assuming Relative TSR
performance is at peer group median and the CAGR for both Service
Revenue and OFCF are at target.
Variables at maximum
• Maximum award opportunity under the annual cash bonus is 200%
of base salary.
• Maximum award for performance under the DSP is 200% of base
salary.
• Maximum award for performance under the PSP is 800% of base
salary.
• The maximum award would be achieved when relative total
shareholder return (“RTSR”) outperforms the peer group median by
20% and the CAGR for both Service Revenue and OFCF are at 120%
of target.
At target
US$000
69%
30%
1%
•Cash $2,562 + •Benefits $51 + •Shares $5,750
TOTAL $8,363
17%
At target
US$000
83%
•Fixed $1,463 + •Variable $6,900
TOTAL $8,363
24%
At maximum
US$000
0.3%
75%
•Cash $ 3,712 + •Benefits $51 + •Shares $11,500
TOTAL $15,263
10%
At maximum
US$000
90%
•Fixed $ 1,463 + •Variable $13,800
TOTAL $15,263
90
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Details of Share Purchase and Sale
Activity
During 2019, Millicom’s CEO,
Mr. Mauricio Ramos, acquired 45,000
Millicom shares.
Shareholding Requirements
Millicom’s share ownership policy sets
out the Compensation Committee’s
requirements on Global Senior
Managers to retain and hold a personal
holding of common shares in the
Company in order to align their
interests with those of our shareholders.
All Share Plan participants in the Global
Senior Management Team (including all
Executives) are required to own Millicom
shares to a value of a percentage of
their respective base salary as of
January of the calendar year.
Global Senior Management Level
CEO
CFO
EVPs
General managers and VPs
2019
%
400
200
100
50
Unless this requirement is met each
year, no vested Millicom shares can be
sold by the individual.
Share ownership and unvested share awards granted from company equity plans
(number of shares)
December 31, 2019
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired)
Share awards not vested
December 31, 2018
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired)
Share awards not vested
CEO
CFO and
EVPs
Total
190,577
236,211
136,306
334,193
326,883
570,404
122,310
172,485
84,782
339,726
207,092
512,211
2019 Remuneration for the
Chairman, Deputy Chairman and
Non-Executive Directors
Decisions on annual remuneration of
Directors (“tantièmes”) are reserved by
the Articles of Association to the
general meeting of shareholders.
Directors are therefore prevented from
voting on their own compensation. The
Nomination Committee reviews and
recommends the Directors’ fees, which
are approved by the shareholders at the
AGM or EGM. Fees are set based on the
role (Chairman, Deputy Chairman), and
for participation in and roles of
Chairman of the Audit Committee, the
Compliance and Business Conduct
Committee, and Compensation
Committee.
The remuneration of Directors comprises
an annual fee and shares denominated
in U.S. dollars (USD). Director
remuneration for the period is as follows:
Board and committees
Directors
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia (Chairman)
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg (Deputy Chairman)
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Former Director (until May 2019):
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols
Former Directors (until January 2019):
Mr. Tom Boardman (former Chairman)
Mr. Anders Jensen
Total ($ ’000)(i)
Remuneration
2019
USD 000s(i)
Remuneration
2018
USD 000s(ii)
366
350
173
186
211
173
206
242
16
—
—
1,923
124
—
121
125
144
—
87(iii)
—
98
169(iv)
75(iv)
943
(i) Remuneration covers the period from January 7, 2019 to the date of the AGM in May 2020 as resolved at the shareholder meetings on January 7, 2019 and May
2, 2019 respectively. Share based compensation for the period from May 2, 2019 to May 2020 based on the market value of Millicom shares on May 6, 2019 (in
total 16,607 shares). Net remuneration for the period from May 2, 2019 to May 2020 comprised 73% in shares and 27% in cash (2018: 51% in shares and 49%
in cash).
(ii) Cash compensation was denominated in SEK in 2018 and was converted from SEK to USD at exchange rates on payments dates each year.
(iii) From the period from September 1, 2018 to the 2019 AGM on May 2, 2019.
(iv) From the period from the 2018 AGM to the date of the EGM in January 2019.
91
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Millicom CEO and Executive Team
CEO
Mr. Mauricio Ramos
Position
CEO
Role and responsibilities
• Leading the development and execution of the Company’s strategy.
• Day-to-day activities and management decisions, both operating and financial.
• Liaison between the Board and Management of the Company.
• Leading the Executive Team.
Mauricio Ramos, born in 1968, joined Millicom in April 2015 as CEO. Previously he
was President of Liberty Global’s Latin American division from 2006 until February
2015.
Mauricio held several leadership roles at Liberty Global, including Chairman and CEO
of VTR in Chile, Chief Financial Officer of Liberty’s Latin American division and
President of Liberty Puerto Rico.
Mauricio is also a Member of the Board of Directors of Charter Communications
(U.S.).
Mr. Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer
He is a dual Colombian and U.S. citizen who received a degree in Economics, a degree
in Law and a postgraduate degree in Financial Law from Universidad de Los Andes in
Bogota.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 190,577 shares
Millicom’s Executive Team members support the CEO in the day-to-day operation and management of the Group, within
their specific areas of expertise. The team meets at least monthly and more frequently when required. Millicom’s Executive
Team is as follows:
Executive
Team
Role Responsibilities
Mr. Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Esteban Iriarte
Chief Operating Officer–Latam
Finance and financial planning. Reporting financial
performance, including external financial reporting.
Budgeting and forecasting, monitoring expenditures
and costs. Implementation and enhancement of
related controls. Risk management. Oversight of the
African businesses.
Operations and development of the Latin American
businesses.
Mr. Xavier Rocoplan
Chief Technology and Information Officer Networks, information technology and procurement
Ms. Rachel Samrén
Chief External Affairs Officer
Mr. Salvador Escalón
General Counsel
Ms. Susy Bobenrieth
Chief Human Resources Officer
Ms. Cara Viglucci
Interim Head of Ethics and Compliance
Officer
within the Group.
Government relations, regulatory affairs, corporate
communications, corporate responsibility and
corporate security.
Legal and corporate governance matters including
oversight, identification, and management of legal
issues and cases of the Group, as well as legal aspects
of mergers and acquisitions and other corporate
transactions.
Human resource matters including talent acquisition
and management, compensation, diversity, and
inclusion.
Compliance matters including ethics, anti-bribery,
anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and related
compliance programs. Also information security.
92
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
The profiles of the CFO and Executive Team members are provided below:
Mr. Tim Pennington
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Esteban Iriarte
Mr. Xavier Rocoplan
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer, Latin America
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology
and Information Officer
Tim Pennington joined Millicom in June
2014 as Senior Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer.
Previously, he was the Chief Financial
Officer at Cable and Wireless
Communications plc, Group Finance
Director for Cable and Wireless plc and
CFO of Hutchison Telecommunications
International Ltd, based in Hong Kong.
Tim also served as Finance Director of
Hutchison 3G (UK), Hutchison
Whampoa’s British mobile business. He
also has corporate finance experience,
firstly as a Director at Samuel Montagu &
Co. Limited, and as Managing Director of
HSBC Investment Bank within its
Corporate Finance and Advisory
Department.
Tim is also a Member of the Board of
Directors of Euromoney Institutional
Investor plc.
He is a British national and holds a BA
(Honors) degree in Economics and
Social Studies from the University of
Manchester.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 28,378 shares
Esteban Iriarte was appointed as
Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer (COO), Latin America
in August 2016.
Xavier Rocoplan started at Millicom in
2000 and joined the Executive Team as
Chief Technology and Information
Technology Officer in December 2012.
Previously, Esteban was General
Manager of Millicom’s Colombian
businesses where, in 2014, he led the
merger and integration of Tigo and the
fixed-line company UNE.
Prior to leading Tigo Colombia, Esteban
was head of Millicom’s regional Home
and B2B divisions.
From 2009 to 2011, he was CEO of
Amnet, a leading service provider in
Central America for broadband, cable
TV, fixed line, and data services, which
Millicom acquired in 2008.
In 2016, Esteban joined the Board of
Directors of Sura Asset Management,
one of Latin America’s leading financial
groups.
Esteban is from Argentina. He received
a degree in Business Administration
from the Pontificia Universidad Catolica
Argentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos
Aires”, and an MBA from the
Universidad Austral in Buenos Aires.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 29,657 shares
Xavier currently leads all mobile and
fixed network and IT and procurement
and supply chain activities across the
Group.
Xavier initially served as Millicom’s CTO in
Vietnam and subsequently in Southeast
Asia. In 2004, he became CEO of Paktel,
Millicom’s subsidiary in Pakistan where he
launched Paktel’s GSM operation and led
the process that concluded with the
disposal of the business in 2007. ). Xavier
then served as head of Corporate
Business Development, where he
managed the disposal of various Millicom
operations in Asia, the monetization of
Millicom infrastructure assets (towers) as
well as numerous spectrum acquisitions
and license renewal processes in Africa
and in Latin America.
Xavier is a French national, holds
Masters degrees in engineering from
Ecole Nationale Supérieure des
Télécommunications de Paris and in
economics from Université Paris IX
Dauphine.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 38,533 shares
93
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Ms. Rachel Samrén
Executive Vice President,
Chief External Affairs Officer
Mr. Salvador Escalón
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel
Ms. Susy Bobenrieth
Executive Vice President,
Chief Human Resources Officer
Rachel joined Millicom in July 2014 and
manages the group’s Government
Relations, Regulatory Affairs, Corporate
Communications, Corporate
Responsibility, and Security & Crisis
Management functions.
Her focus is on developing and driving
Millicom’s global engagement with
particular responsibility for special
situation strategies.
Rachel’s background is in the risk
management consulting sector
including serving as Head of Business
Intelligence at The Risk Advisory Group
plc. Previously, she worked for Citigroup
as well as non- governmental and
governmental organizations.
Rachel currently serves on the Board of
MIC Tanzania Limited. She holds a BSc in
International Relations from the London
School of Economics and an MLitt in
International Security Studies from the
University of St Andrews.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 10,309 shares
Salvador Escalón became Millicom’s
General Counsel in March 2013 and
Executive Vice President in July 2015.
He leads Millicom’s legal team and
advises the Board of Directors and
senior management on legal and
governance matters.
Salvador joined Millicom as Associate
General Counsel Latin America in April
2010. In this role, he led legal
negotiations for the merger of Millicom’s
Colombian operations with UNE-EPM
Telecomunicaciones S.A., as well as the
acquisition of Cablevision Paraguay.
As Senior Counsel at Chevron
Corporation from January 2006 to
March 2010, Salvador oversaw legal
matters related to Chevron’s
downstream operations in Latin
America. Previously, he practiced at the
law firms Skadden, Morgan Lewis, and
Akerman Senterfitt.
Salvador is an American national, holds
a J.D. from Columbia Law School and a
B.B.A. in Finance and International
Business from Florida International
University.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: 28,940 shares
Susy Bobenrieth, a global human
resource professional, joined Millicom
with over 25 years of experience in
major multi-national companies that
include Nike Inc., American President
Lines, and IBM.
As an ex-Nike executive, she has
extensive international knowledge and
proven results in leading large-scale
organizational transformations, driving
talent-management agendas and
leading teams. She is passionate about
building great businesses and winning
with high- performing teams.
Susy is one of eight children raised in
the U.S. by Chilean immigrant parents.
She has deep international experience
having lived and worked in Mexico, the
U.S., Brazil, the Netherlands, and Spain.
She holds a degree from the University
of Maryland, University College in 1989.
MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT
JANUARY 31, 2020: no shares
94
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Management Governance
The Group seeks to embed governance
activities in the daily operations of all
businesses and in the Group’s corporate
functions. The role of the Group’s
governance functions is to set policies
and procedures in accordance with our
obligations and international best
practices. These functions then ensure
policies and procedures are embedded
in our businesses and serve to monitor
compliance.
Each function has clear reporting lines
through to the Executive Management
Team and the CEO. Functions report to
the Board committees, as previously
described, based on the responsibilities of
each committee. For instance, the Chief
Ethics and Compliance Officer reports
directly to the relevant Board committee
with a dotted-line report to the CEO.
In addition, the Group has a dedicated
Internal Audit function to provide
independent assurance over all
businesses and corporate functions
through a program of risk-based internal
audits. Internal Audit reports to the Audit
Committee of the Board with a dotted
line to Executive Management. This
function identifies areas for improvement,
assigns management actions, and
monitors implementation progress.
Business Control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s
system of internal control, which is
designed to manage, rather than
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve
business objectives. This system can
only provide reasonable, but not
absolute, assurance against material
misstatement or loss. The concept of
reasonable assurance recognizes that
the cost of control procedures should
not exceed the expected benefits.
Responsibility for maintaining effective
internal controls is delegated to the CEO
and the Executive Team with oversight
provided by the Audit Committee. The
Executive Team are supported by a
dedicated Business Control team
responsible for the Internal Control
framework. Each country also has its
own dedicated, local Business Control
team responsible for monitoring and
development of the local internal
control environment.
Millicom continued investing significantly
in 2019 to further strengthen its internal
control framework in particular in relation
to controls over financial reporting to
prepare for the first Sarbanes-Oxley
attestation as at December 31, 2019. An
extensive work program was undertaken
to assess the existing Millicom control
framework and develop it further to meet
the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley. We
designed and implemented a process for
management testing of key financial
controls during the year. The updated
control framework and management
testing program was rolled out across our
largest markets, headquarters and our
shared service functions and represents a
significant further investment in our
Internal Controls capabilities.
In order to support our Sarbanes Oxley
program, we established a Group Steering
Committee comprising members of the
Executive Team and other senior
management in order to oversee the
program, evaluate the findings of
management testing and ensure the
availability of appropriate resources.
Monitoring Systems
Aligned with our Sarbanes-Oxley
program, we implemented a program of
management testing of key financial
controls. Eight management testing
cycles were run during the year for our
largest markets covering both business
processes and IT general controls. The
results, including remediation actions
where required, were reported and
discussed with the Executive
management, the Sarbanes-Oxley
Steering Committee and with the Audit
Committee.
We also invested in a new Governance,
Risk and Compliance (“GRC”) tool to
manage and monitor internal control
compliance and reporting. The scope
of the GRC tool will be expanded in
2020 to other assurance functions.
We also have an established process of
internal control self-assessment which
requires self-certification of the design
and operation of key controls. Self-
certified responses are then subject to
review and challenge by the Group
Business Controls team and Global
Process Owners. We use internal control
self-assessment for our smaller markets,
excluding those acquired during the
year, which are not directly within
Sarbanes-Oxley scope.
Fraud Management and Reporting
Business Control is responsible for fraud
risk management. We continued our
education activities, including an
awareness campaign aligned with
International Fraud Awareness Week in
November 2019.
Each operation prepares a quarterly
fraud report and a summary of this is
presented to the Audit Committee
along with the key actions taken.
Quantitative and qualitative thresholds
govern the reporting of individual fraud
incidents to the Group CFO, CEO, and
Audit Committee.
Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
The management of Millicom is
responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting. The process of
internal control over financial reporting is
designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external reporting
purposes in conformity with International
Financial Reporting Standards. Due to its
inherent limitations, internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements.
In May 2019, the Company completed its
acquisition of 100 percent of the shares of
Telefonía Celular de Nicaragua, S.A. In
August 2019, Cable Onda S.A. acquired 100
percent of the shares of Telefonica Moviles
Panama, S.A. The Company is engaged in
refining and harmonizing the internal
controls and processes of the acquired
businesses with those of the Company.
Management has assessed the
effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31,
2019 and concluded that it was
effective. The foregoing assessment
does not constitute and is not meant to
be an assessment of Millicom’s internal
control over financial reporting for
purposes of the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Risk Management
The risk function identifies, analyzes,
measures, and monitors Millicom’s risks.
The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for
providing risk owners at the central
functional and country levels with a
methodology and tools needed to
balance risk with return. A Management
Risk Committee, comprising members of
the Executive Team and functions
responsible for key risk meets on a
regular basis to provide oversight on the
evolution of risk and the approach taken
to manage risk. The Chief Risk Officer
also reports to the Executive Team and
the Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee, on behalf of the Board,
oversees risk management activities.
95
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Our risk assessment processes, and the
principal risks managed by the Group
are set out in the Risk Management
section of this annual report.
Ethics and Compliance
Our Corporate Ethics & Compliance
Program is central to our business
strategy and is effectively embedded in
the business processes and procedures.
Our program integrates preventive
measures, key controls, reporting
mechanisms and due diligence
processes capable of detecting and
correcting misconduct and wrongdoing.
We measure the actual impact of this
program on our employees, customers,
stakeholders, and communities in the
countries where we operate.
Our Ethics and Compliance function
consists of global resources responsible
for the Group’s Anti-Corruption,
Anti-Money Laundering, and
Information Security Programs, as well
as having a Compliance Officer in each
market.
Management and Governance of
Compliance Activities
Millicom has set the goal of building a
strong corporate culture that seeks
compliance excellence; and in which
employees at all levels are committed
to doing what is right and upholding
the Company’s values and standards.
To measure progress, our Great Places
to Work (“GPTW”) annual survey now
includes questions to evaluate the
culture of compliance in the Company.
Millicom has used the GPTW survey
with all employees to measure our
workplace culture since 2015. We
enhanced Ethics and Compliance
knowledge through consolidated
training provided in English and Spanish.
All employees receive mandatory
training on the Code of Conduct,
Anti-Corruption, and AML policies in
order to reinforce the most important
compliance concepts, influence
employee behavior and prevent
misconduct through practice examples.
Our Compliance Communication Plan for
2019 included weekly newsletters that
highlighted latest corporate enforcement
actions, lessons learned, monthly
campaigns on various compliance
policies, and the celebration of the annual
Corporate & Ethics Compliance Week in
November 2019.
Aligned with our motto,
#IntegrityStartsWithYou, and for the
second year in a row, executive financial
incentives and rewards include
compliance goals and clear
performance KPIs are built into the
remuneration package of our General
Managers in each operation.
Speak Up Policy and Issue
Management
Continuing with our compliance education
program, we reinforced our Speak Up
Policy and launched a new Ethics Line
Campaign. The Executive Team and the
Compliance & Business Conduct
Committee of the Board received regular
updates on cases raised through the Ethics
Line or through other channels.
Corporate Responsibility
This is the fourth year that Millicom has
integrated corporate responsibility-related
performance data and information into
our annual report to demonstrate how
managing responsible growth and key
risks support the successful delivery of our
business strategy.
Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility (“CR”)
team sets CR strategy, drives best-in-class
policies and processes for CR governance,
guides and coordinates CR performance
across business functions, and publishes
CR-related performance data and
information in the annual report. Our
integrated report continues to promote
transparency towards investors and other
key stakeholders on CR risks and
opportunities.
The CR team constantly engages with
internal and external stakeholders to ensure
Millicom understands and addresses CR
issues that are important to our business
and relevant to our stakeholders.
Stakeholder engagement occurs through
a biennial materiality analysis and
through ongoing interaction with our key
stakeholders. In addition to anticipating
and better preparing for risks, the CR
function also adds value by seeking
responsible leadership opportunities to
assess where the Group can make the
greatest positive impact on society, the
environment and to our business.
Corporate Responsibility Governance
The Board oversees the Government
Relations, Regulatory Affairs and CR
functions, which fall under the umbrella of
External Affairs. This structure signifies
the depth and materiality of these topics
and the importance of monitoring their
interconnected risks and opportunities.
The Director of Corporate Responsibility
reports to the Executive Vice President
(“EVP”) Chief External Affairs Officer, who
reports directly to the CEO and is
accountable for delivering updates on the
CR strategy to the Board. We also report
progress on CR strategy implementation
and issues management to the Executive
Team on a monthly basis, either through
the EVP Chief External Affairs Officer or
directly in specific cases.
Health, Safety & Environment
Integrated Services
The global Integrated Services (“IS”)
team continues to develop and mature
its compliance and risk mitigation
controls. Country-specific IS teams
have transitioned well throughout the
year from the previous OHSAS 18001
health and safety standard to the new
international ISO 45001 standard.
Millicom agreed to complete the
transition within a two-year period,
although we are allowed 3 years to
switch between certifications. To date,
operations across Africa and Central
America have not only transitioned but
also achieved certification to the new
standard. This is a remarkable result for
the local countries and Millicom.
The remainder of our Latin American
operations along with the Group,
completed the gap analysis and
certification reviews during Q4 2019. We
expect to have all country operations
certified by the end of Q2 2020.
IS oversees the implementation of
policy and Group standards in health,
safety and environment as well as
facilities management, fleet
management, and fuel and energy
resources. Teams responded quickly and
professionally to several major incidents
and events during 2019, including the
successful evacuation of staff and
families during a cyclone in Tanzania.
Teams also provide effective and
efficient solutions to support the Group
Carbon Disclosure Program (“CDP”) and
environmental energy efficiency plan.
Throughout 2019 we prevented any
employee fatalities or major losses to
the Group. Unfortunately there were 6
fatalities in our contracted services.
In September 2019, Millicom hired a
Chief Security and Crisis Management
Officer to oversee physical security, asset
protection and crisis management. We
created this role to prepare for our
increased footprint in the Latin American
region through acquisitions of the
Telefonica and Cable Onda businesses
as well as to establish a clear distinction
between the health and safety and
information security management roles.
The Chief Security and Crisis
96
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
How CR is governed
Role
As part of the External Affairs
function, CR oversees, advises
and makes recommendations to
Management regarding our
CR strategies and activities.
Board of Directors
Chief
Executive
Officer
Executive Management Team
sponsors for managing CR
Chief Ethics and
Compliance Officer
EVP
Chief External
Affairs Officer
Direct reports
to the CEO
EVP
Chief Technology
and Information
Officer
Senior
management
Corporate
Compliance
Corporate
Anti-Money
Laundering
Corporate
Information
Security
Corporate Responsibility,
Sustainability and Environmental
Corporate Security & Crisis
Management
Vice President
Supply Chain
Responsible for:
Responsible supply
chain management
Management Officer leads our global
Crisis Management Team and reports to
the Chief External Affairs Officer.
The Vice President of Compliance
Strategic Response oversees the IS
team and reports to the EVP Chief
Ethics & Compliance Officer.
Business Continuity and Crisis
Management
We designed our global and operational
business continuity and crisis
management system to address any
significant disruption that might affect
critical day-to-day activities. This
system continues to mature but has
already responded to events such as
extreme weather, civil unrest, and
criminal and political activities in some
of the countries where we operate.
Risk assessment is a continuous process
that starts with a business impact
analysis of all critical services and
business processes that require a
disaster recovery and business
continuity plan. After performing a risk
assessment on all critical assets
identified in the analysis, we address
every relevant operational threat in a
formal risk mitigation plan.
Millicom crisis management defines the
proper response to, and management
of, an intense, unexpected, and
unstable situation that disrupts normal
operations and has highly undesirable
outcomes that require extraordinary
measures to restore normal operations.
Crisis management aims to protect the
safety of our staff and our reputation,
together with continuous and reliable
delivery of service to customers, while
also maintaining contractual, legal, and
regulatory compliance.
In parallel, Millicom has physical
security and loss prevention standards
that set minimum acceptable levels of
critical site protection, as defined by
industry best practice. All activities
undergo monitoring and compliance
activities.
Information Security
At Millicom, our Global Chief
Information Security Officer (“CISO”)
manages the information security
program and reports to the EVP Chief
Ethics & Compliance Officer. The CISO is
responsible for identifying, managing
and mitigating technology-centric risks
throughout the entire company.
The CISO oversees regional information
security teams to ensure the
confidentiality, integrity, and availability
of all business-critical systems and assets.
Other responsibilities include identifying
potentially detrimental threats and risks
and safeguarding proprietary and
personal customer information.
Additionally, the regional teams work
closely with Millicom business and
technology leaders to ensure compliance
with corporate policies and regional
information security-related regulatory
requirements within the various countries
where we conduct business.
The CISO meets regularly with the
Compliance and Business Conduct
Committee and Audit Committee to
ensure appropriate risks are elevated and
addressed.
97
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Over the past year, the following critical
initiatives were undertaken:
• Formalization of the Global
Information Security Office (“GISO”):
This office is charged with strategy,
tactics, and oversight of all security
efforts with the broader Millicom
environment. The GISO is divided up
into four critical pillars: Risk
Management, Security Engineering,
Vulnerability Management, and the
Global Security Operations Center
(“GSOC”). Lead by the CISO, the GISO
strategy, budget, and activities are
overseen by the Millicom Information
Security Steering Committee. This
committee comprises various
Millicom executives, technical
resources, and business personnel
who meet monthly to discuss
projects, approaches, and
engagement across the company.
• Development of a a Global Security
Operations Center (GSOC): During
2019, all operations moved to a
consolidated, centralizing security
operations center. The Millicom
Information Security teams
integrated business-critical
environments to be monitored
around the clock by the GSOC, with
alerts being delivered in a near
real-time manner. The teams are
focused on continuing the
migration over the upcoming year,
with a goal to have all identified
environments fully monitored by
year-end.
• Development of a Global
Vulnerability Management program:
Due to differences in maturity levels
around operational security, the
global program will identify, report,
and track risks and vulnerabilities
within all operations to provide a
better insight into the technical
security risks of the company. We
completed our roll-out of the
program in Q3 2019.
• Development of a Global Identity
and Access Management program:
In order to effectively manage user
access, especially with respect to U.S.
regulatory requirements, we have
centralized all business and critical
access provisioning into a central
solution. Phase one of this effort
addressed all regulatory
requirements by the end of Q3 2019
and the remaining deployment
schedule will continue through
mid-2020.
98
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Directors’ Financial and
Operating Report
Group Performance
In 2019, total revenue for the Group
was $4,336 million, and gross profit was
$3,135 million, a margin of 72.3 percent.
Operating expenses represented 37%
of revenue, a decrease compared to last
year, mainly due to the adoption of
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ which reduced
operating expenses by $149 million,
partially offset by the additions of our
acquisitions in Panama and Nicaragua.
Our operating profit amounted to
$575 million, a 13.3 percent margin
impacted negatively mainly by lower
gain on tower deals in El Salvador,
Colombia, and Paraguay , higher
amortization expenses due to
acquisitions, as well as the impact of
IFRS 16 additional depreciation
expense of $124 million.
Net financial expenses were
$544 million, higher by $198 million
compared to last year mainly due to
higher levels of gross debt to fund
recent acquisitions, and from the
impact of IFRS 16.
Profit before taxes at $218 million
included the effects of the decrease in
operating profit and interest expense
described above, but positively affected
by an increase in value of our equity
investment in Helios Towers.
The Group net tax charge in 2019 was
$120 million, leaving a net gain for the
year from continuing operations at
$97 million. The gain of $57 million
from discontinued operations mainly
reflected the disposal of our business in
Chad.
As a result, the net profit for the year
was $154 million. The share of gains of
non-controlling interests was $5 million
reflecting our partners’ share of net
results in our subsidiaries in Colombia
and Panama.
The net profit for the year attributable
to Millicom owners was $149 million.
Earnings per share was $1.48.
Share Capital
At December 31, 2019, Millicom had
101.7 million issued and paid up
common shares of par value $1.50
each, of which 580 thousand were held
by the Company as treasury shares
(2018: 914 Thousand). During the year,
the company acquired approximately
132 thousand shares and issued around
465 thousand shares to management
and employees under the LTIP
remuneration plans and approximately
19 thousand shares to Directors as part
of their annual remuneration.
Distribution to Shareholders and
Proposed Distributions
On May 2, 2019, at the Annual General
Meeting of shareholders, a dividend
distribution of $2.64 per share was
approved, and subsequently paid to
shareholders in equal portions in May
and November.
On February 24, 2020, Millicom’s Board
approved to the Annual General
Meeting of the shareholders a share
buyback program to repurchase at least
$500 million over the next three years.
The current shareholder authorization,
which expires on May 5, 2020, allows
for the repurchase of up to 5% of the
outstanding share capital. In addition,
the Board approved to the Annual
General Meeting of the shareholders a
dividend distribution of $1.00 per share
to be paid in 2020. The Annual General
Meeting to vote these matters is
scheduled to May 5, 2020.
On February 25, 2020, Millicom
announced a three year $500 million
share repurchase plan and on 28th
February 2020 it initiated the first
phase of this program comprising the
purchase of not more than 350,000
shares and not more than a maximum
total amount of SEK 107 million
(approximately $11 million). The
purpose of the repurchase program is to
reduce Millicom’s share capital , or to
use the repurchased shares for meeting
obligations arising under Millicom´s
employee share based incentive
programs. The repurchase program
may take place during the period
between February 28, 2020 and May 5,
2020. Payment for the shares will be
made in cash.
Financial Risk Management
Objectives and Policies
Millicom’s financial risk management
policies and objectives, together with a
description of the various risks and
hedging activities undertaken by the
Group, are set out in Section D, financial
risk management, of the consolidated
financial statements.
Internal controls and risk management
on the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements are covered in the
Governance section from pages 57–91.
Non-Financial Information
Non-financial information, such as
environmental, social, human rights,
and the fight against corruption, are
integrated throughout this report, and
in the Appendix.
Management and Employees
Over recent years, the Group has
developed many key functions and
improved support to local operations,
including in the areas of procurement,
network development, marketing, IT,
HR, compliance, and finance.
At December 31, 2019, the Group’s
headcount from continuing operations
reached approximately 22,000, up from
around 21,000 at December 31, 2018,
the increase being mainly related to the
acquisitions in Panama and Nicaragua.
Outlook for the Group
Although many of the macroeconomic
and competitive challenges we faced in
2019 may continue to impact our
performance in the near term, we
continue to invest to capture the long
term growth opportunity before us. In
2020, we expect to make meaningful
progress toward our medium term goal
to deliver mid-single-digit organic
service revenue growth, mid-to-high
single-digit organic EBITDA growth, and
around 10% OCF (EBITDA less Capex)
organic growth for the Latam segment.
99
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Statements included in this report that
are not historical facts, including
without limitation outlook, statements
concerning future strategy, plans,
objectives, expectations and intentions,
projected financial results, liquidity,
growth and prospects, are forward-
looking statements. Such forward-
looking statements involve a number of
risks and uncertainties and are subject
to change at any time. In the event such
risks or uncertainties materialize,
Millicom’s results could be materially
adversely affected. Additional
information on these and other key risks
faced by the Group are set out in the
Risk Management section on pages
22–25. A further list and description of
risks, uncertainties and other matters
can be found in Millicom’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F, including those
outlined in “Item 3. Key
Information—D. Risk Factors,” and in
Millicom’s subsequent U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission filings, all of
which are available at www.sec.gov.
All forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting
on our behalf are expressly qualified in
their entirety by this cautionary
statement. Readers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these
forwardlooking statements that speak
only as of the date hereof. Except to the
extent otherwise required by applicable
law, we do not undertake any obligation
to update or revise forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
Risks and Uncertainty Factors
The Group operates in an industry and
in markets which are characterized by
rapid change and subject to
macroeconomic, competitive and
political uncertainty. This change
creates both opportunities and at the
same time a degree of risk. Many of the
inherent underlying risks in these
markets, including regulatory change
(including tariff controls and taxation),
currency fluctuations, and underlying
macroeconomic conditions, impact on
the level of disposable income and
consumers’ attitudes and demand for
our products and services.
Subsequent Event
On January 28, 2020, Millicom’s
wholly-owned subsidiary Telefónica
Celular del Paraguay S.A.E (“Telecel”),
closed a $250 million re-tap to its senior
unsecured notes due 2027, representing
an additional issuance of Telecel’s
outstanding $300 million 5.875%
Senior Notes due 2027 issued on April 5,
2019. The New notes will be treated as
a single class with the Initial Notes, and
they were priced at 106.375 for an
implied yield to maturity of 4.817%.
José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Luxembourg, February 28, 2020
Management Responsibility
Statement
We, Mauricio Ramos, Chief Executive
Officer, and Tim Pennington, Chief
Financial Officer, confirm, to the best of
our knowledge, that these 2019
consolidated financial statements
which have been prepared in
accordance with the International
Financial Reporting Standards as
adopted by the European Union, give a
true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position, and profit
or loss of the Millicom Group and the
undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole, and
that the Directors’ report includes a fair
review of the development and
performance of the business and the
position of the Millicom Group and the
undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole,
together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that
they face.
Luxembourg, February 28, 2020
Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer
Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer
100
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Disclaimer and
Non-IFRS Reconciliations
101
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Disclaimer
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements included herein that are not historical facts, including without limitation statements concerning future strategy,
plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, projected financial results, liquidity, growth and prospects, are forward-looking
statements. Such forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to change at any time.
In the event such risks or uncertainties materialize, Millicom’s results could be materially adversely affected. The risks and
uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
• global economic conditions and
• relationships with key suppliers and
foreign exchange rate fluctuations as
well as local economic conditions in
the markets we serve;
• telecommunications usage levels,
including traffic and customer
growth;
• competitive forces, including pricing
pressures, the ability to connect to
other operators’ networks and our
ability to retain market share in the
face of competition from existing
and new market entrants as well as
industry consolidation;
•
legal or regulatory developments and
changes, or changes in governmental
policy, including with respect to the
availability of spectrum and licenses,
the level of tariffs, tax matters, the
terms of interconnection, customer
access and international settlement
arrangements;
costs of handsets and other
equipment;
• our ability to successfully pursue
acquisitions, investments or merger
opportunities, integrate any
acquired businesses in a timely and
cost-effective manner and achieve
the expected benefits of such
transactions;
• the availability, terms and use of
capital, the impact of regulatory and
competitive developments on
capital outlays, the ability to achieve
cost savings and realize productivity
improvements;
• technological development and
evolving industry standards,
including challenges in meeting
customer demand for new
technology and the cost of
upgrading existing infrastructure;
• adverse legal or regulatory disputes
• the capacity to upstream cash
A further list and description of risks,
uncertainties and other matters can be
found in Millicom’s Registration
Statement on Form 20-F, including
those risks outlined in “Item 3. Key
Information—D. Risk Factors,” and in
Millicom’s subsequent U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission filings, all of
which are available at www.sec.gov.
All forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting
on our behalf are expressly qualified in
their entirety by this cautionary
statement. Readers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements that speak
only as of the date hereof. Except to the
extent otherwise required by applicable
law, we do not undertake any obligation
to update or revise forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
or proceedings;
• the success of our business, operating
and financing initiatives and
strategies, including partnerships and
capital expenditure plans;
• the level and timing of the growth
and profitability of new initiatives,
start-up costs associated with
entering new markets, the successful
deployment of new systems and
applications to support new initiatives;
generated in operations through
dividends, royalties, management
fees and repayment of shareholder
loans; and
• other factors or trends affecting our
financial condition or results of
operations.
102
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Non IFRS Measures
This report contains financial measures
not prepared in accordance with IFRS.
These measures are referred to as
“non-IFRS” measures and include:
non-IFRS service revenue, non-IFRS
EBITDA, and non-IFRS Capex, among
others defined below. Annual growth
rates for these non-IFRS measures are
often expressed in organic constant
currency terms to exclude the effect of
changes in foreign exchange rates, the
adoption of new accounting standards
such as IFRS 16, and are proforma for
material changes in perimeter due to
acquisitions and divestitures. The
non-IFRS financial measures are
presented in this press release as
Millicom’s management believes they
provide investors with an additional
information for the analysis of
Millicom’s results of operations,
particularly in evaluating performance
from one period to another. Millicom’s
management uses non-IFRS financial
measures to make operating decisions,
as they facilitate additional internal
comparisons of Millicom’s performance
to historical results and to competitors’
results, and provides them to investors
as a supplement to Millicom’s reported
results to provide additional insight into
Millicom’s operating performance.
Millicom’s Remuneration Committee
uses certain non-IFRS measures when
assessing the performance and
compensation of employees, including
Millicom’s executive directors.
The non-IFRS financial measures used
by Millicom may be calculated
differently from, and therefore may not
be comparable to, similarly titled
measures used by other companies -
refer to the section “Non-IFRS Financial
Measure Descriptions” for additional
information. In addition, these
non-IFRS measures should not be
considered in isolation as a substitute
for, or as superior to, financial measures
calculated in accordance with IFRS, and
Millicom’s financial results calculated in
accordance with IFRS and
reconciliations to those financial
statements should be carefully
evaluated.
Financial Measure Descriptions
Service revenue is revenue related to
the provision of ongoing services such
as monthly subscription fees, airtime
and data usage fees, interconnection
fees, roaming fees, mobile finance
service commissions and fees from
other telecommunications services
such as data services, short message
services and other value-added
services excluding telephone and
equipment sales.
EBITDA is operating profit excluding
impairment losses, depreciation and
amortization, and gains/losses on fixed
asset disposals.
Proportionate EBITDA is the sum of the
EBITDA in every country where Millicom
operates, including its Guatemala and
Honduras joint ventures, pro rata for
Millicom’s ownership stake in each
country, less corporate costs that are
not allocated to any country and
inter-company eliminations.
Organic growth represents year-on-year
growth excluding the impact of
changes in FX rates, perimeter, and
accounting. Changes in perimeter are
the result of acquisitions and
divestitures. Results from divested
assets are immediately removed from
both periods, whereas the results from
acquired assets are included in both
periods at the beginning (January 1) of
the first full calendar year of ownership.
Net debt is Gross debt less cash and
pledged and term deposits.
Net financial obligations is Net debt
plus lease obligations.
Proportionate net financial obligations
is the sum of the net financial
obligations in every country where
Millicom operates, including its
Guatemala and Honduras joint
ventures, pro rata for Millicom’s
ownership stake in each country.
Leverage is the ratio of net financial
obligations over LTM (last twelve
month) EBITDA, proforma for
acquisitions made during the last
twelve months.
* This non-IFRS measure is not used in this annual report as this is not directly reconcilable with IFRS measures.
Proportionate leverage to EBITDA is the
ratio of proportionate net debt over
LTM proportionate EBITDA, proforma
for acquisitions made during the last
twelve months.
Capex is balance sheet capital
expenditure excluding spectrum and
license costs and finance lease
capitalizations from tower sale and
leaseback transactions.
Cash Capex represents the cash spent in
relation to capital expenditure,
excluding spectrum and licenses costs
and lease capitalizations from tower
sale and leaseback transactions.
Operating Cash Flow (OCF) is EBITDA
less Capex.
Operating Free Cash Flow is OCF less
changes in working capital and other
non-cash items and taxes paid.
Equity Free Cash Flow is Operating Free
Cash Flow less finance charges paid
(net), less advances for dividends to
non-controlling interests, plus dividends
received from joint ventures.
Operating Profit After Tax displays the
profit generated from the operations of
the company after statutory taxes.
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)* is
used to assess the Group’s efficiency at
allocating the capital under its control
to and is defined as Operating Profit
After Tax, including Guatemala and
Honduras as if fully consolidated,
divided by the average invested Capital
during the period.
Average Invested Capital* is the capital
invested in the company operation
throughout the year and is calculated
with the average of opening and
closing balances of the total assets
minus current liabilities (excluding debt,
joint ventures, accrued interests,
deferred and current tax, cash as well as
investments and non-controlling
interests), less assets and liabilities held
for sale.
Underlying measures, such as
Underlying service revenue, Underlying
EBITDA, Underlying equity free cash
flow, Underlying net debt, etc, include
Guatemala and Honduras, as if fully
consolidated.
103
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations
Reconciliation from Reported Growth to Organic Growth for the Latam and Africa segmentsi
Revenue
Service Revenue
EBITDA
OCF
Latam Segment ($ millions)
FY 2019
FY 2018
FY 2019
FY 2018
FY 2019
FY 2018
FY 2019
FY 2018
A- Current period
B- Prior year period
5,964
5,485
5,485
5,441
5,514
5,069
5,069
5,078
2,443
2,077
2,077
2,022
C- Reported growth (A/B)
D- Accounting change impact
8.7%
—
E- Change in Perimeter impact
11.0%
0.8%
2.4%
—
8.8%
0.0%
11.6%
(0.2)%
17.6%
1.0%
—
8.2%
11.9%
2.7%
0.8%
—
1,442
1,124
28.3%
16.5%
11.2%
1,124
1,116
0.7%
1.4%
—
F- FX impact
G- Other
F- Organic Growth (C-D-E-F-G)
(5.2)%
(5.1)%
(5.2)%
(5.3)%
(5.0)%
(1.1)%
(9.2)%
(3.1)%
0.1%
2.8%
(0.1)%
3.5%
0.1%
2.2%
(0.2)%
4.3%
0.4%
2.1%
(0.4)%
3.5%
1.5%
8.3%
(0.7)%
3.2%
iPlease refer to Note 5 of our Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more details on our segments.
Revenue
Service Revenue
EBITDA
Africa Segment ($ millions)
FY 2019
FY 2018
FY 2019
FY 2018
FY 2019
FY 2018
A- Current period
B- Prior year period
382
399
399
385
382
398
398
385
122
102
102
98
C- Reported growth (A/B)
(4.2)%
3.5%
(4.2)%
3.5%
19.4%
4.3%
D- Accounting change impact
E- Change in Perimeter impact
—
—
(0.2)%
—
—
—
(0.2)% 33.8%
(0.4)%
—
—
—
F- FX impact
G- Other
(1.4)%
(1.7)%
(1.4)%
(1.7)%
(1.8)%
(0.9)%
0.1%
(0.4)%
0.1%
(0.4)%
7.3%
(2.1)%
F- Organic Growth (C-D-E-F-G)
(2.9)%
5.7%
(2.9)%
5.8%
(19.9)%
7.7%
104
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Reconciliation from Reported Growth to Organic Growth for the main Latam markets
Service Revenue ($ millions)
FY 2019
FY2018
Organic
FX
Perimeter
Other
Reported
Guatemala
Colombia
Paraguay
Honduras
Bolivia
Panama
El Salvador
Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Eliminations &
Corporate Costs
1,234
1,432
1,200
1,553
575
551
624
468
348
284
632
555
597
17
371
145
5.3%
2.8%
(1.2)%
1.7%
4.5%
0.4%
(6.2)%
NM
(2.5)%
(10.5)%
(7.9)%
(2.5)%
—
—
—
NM
—
—
—
—
—
NM
—
NM
—
(0.2)%
—
—
—
2.8%
(7.8)%
(9.0)%
(0.8)%
4.5%
9.8%
NM
—
NM
(6.2)%
NM
Latam*
5,514
5,069
2.2%
(5.2)%
11.6%
0.1%
8.8%
* Perimeter impact on Latam segment reflects acquisition of Cable Onda and using service revenue as reported by the company to the Panama Stock Exchange.
Panama performance in 2018 reflects only the results of the last two weeks of the month of December 2018.
EBITDA ($ millions)
FY 2019
FY 2018
Organic
FX
Accounting
Perimeter
Other
Reported
Guatemala
Colombia
Paraguay
Honduras
Bolivia
Panama
El Salvador
Nicaragua, Costa
Rica, Eliminations &
Corporate Costs
748
510
294
280
257
223
140
(8)
689
494
332
268
232
4
133
(75)
4.7%
(2.5)%
3.0% (10.4)%
(5.6)%
(7.7)%
0.5%
6.3%
9.1%
(4.4)%
(2.4)%
—
—
—
NM
NM
6.4%
10.8%
1.7%
6.1%
4.7%
NM
9.5%
NM
—
—
—
—
—
NM
—
NM
—
(0.2)%
8.6%
3.2%
0.2%
(11.5)%
—
—
NM
—
NM
4.2%
11.0%
NM
5.1%
NM
Latam*
2,443
2,077
2.1%
(5.0)%
8.2%
11.9%
0.4%
17.6%
* Perimeter impact on Latam segment reflects acquisition of Cable Onda and using EBITDA as reported by the company to the Panama Stock Exchange.Panama
performance in Q4 2018 reflects only the results of the last two weeks of the month of December 2018.
105
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
ARPU reconciliations
Latam Segment Mobile ARPU Reconciliation
Mobile service revenue ($m)
Mobile Service revenue ($m) from non Tigo customers ($m)*
Mobile Service revenue ($m) from Tigo customers (A)
Mobile customers–end of period (000)
Mobile customers–average (000) (B)**
Mobile ARPU (USD/Month) (A/B/number of months)
2019
3,258
(65)
3,192
39,846
36,636
7.3
2018
3,214
(58)
3,156
33,691
33,186
7.9
*Refers to TV advertising, production services, MVNO, DVNO, equipment rental revenue, call center revenue, national roaming, equipment sales,
visitor roaming, tower rental, DVNE, and other non-customer driven revenue.
**Average of the last five quarters.
Latam Home ARPU Reconciliation
Home service revenue ($m)
Home service revenue ($m) from non Tigo customers ($m)*
Home service revenue ($m) from Tigo customers
Customer Relationships–end of period (000)**
Customer Relationships–average (000)***
Home ARPU (USD/Month) (A/B/12)
2019
1,530
(40)
1,490
4,341
4,242
29.3
2018
1,244
(33)
1,210
4,118
3,587
28.1
*TV advertising, production services, equipment rental revenue, call center revenue, equipment sales and other non customer driven revenue.
**Represented by homes connected all techonologies (HFC + Other Technologies + DTH & Wimax RGUs).
***Average of the last five quarters.
****2019 includes Panama Cable Onda.
106
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Foreign Exchange rates used to support FX impact calculations in the above Organic Growth reconciliations
Average FX rate (vs. USD)
End of period FX rate (vs. USD)
Q4 19
Q4 18
YoY
Q4 19
Q4 18
YoY
Bolivia
BOB
6.91
6.91
0.0%
6.91
6.91
0.0%
Colombia
Costa Rica
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua
Paraguay
Chad
Ghana
Tanzania
COP
CRC
GTQ
HNL
NIO
PYG
XAF
GHS
TZS
3,413
3,166
(7.2)% 3,277
3,250
(0.8)%
578
7.71
599
7.72
3.7%
0.1%
576
7.70
24.72
24.29
(1.7)% 24.72
33.70
33.12
(1.7)% 33.84
6,434
5,946
(7.6)% 6,453
588
5.53
588
(0.1)%
4.85
(12.3)%
588
5.73
608
7.74
24.42
32.33
5,961
580
4.82
5.6%
0.5%
(1.2)%
(4.5)%
(7.6)%
(1.4)%
(15.9)%
2,297
2,294
(0.1)% 2,299
2,299
0.0%
Reconciliation Net debt to EBITDA to Proportionate net debt to EBITDA as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
Debt Information - December 31, 2019
$ millions
Gross Debt
Cash
Net Debt
EBITDA
Proforma
Adjustments*
Proforma
EBITDA
Leverage
Millicom Group (IFRS)
Plus: Guatamala
Plus: Honduras
Less: Corporate Costs
7,036
1,172
423
—
1,166
189
40
—
5,870
1,530
983
383
—
748
280
(36)
Underlying Millicom Group
8,631
1,395
7,236
2,522
(Non-IFRS)
Less: 50% Minority Stake
(606)
(107)
(499)
(255)
in Colombia
Less: 45% Minority Stake
(528)
(85)
(442)
(337)
in Guatemala
Less: 33% Minority Stake
(141)
(13)
(128)
in Honduras
Less: 20% Minority Stake
(201)
(12)
(189)
in Panama
Less: 1.5% Minority Stake
(6)
—
(6)
in Tanzania
(93)
(45)
(2)
Proportionate Millicom Group
7,149
1,177
5,973
1,791
(Non-IFRS)
* Proforma adjusted EBITDA related to mobile acquisitions in Nicaragua and Panama.
—
—
—
—
95
—
—
—
(13)
—
82
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,617
2.76x
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,873
3.19x
107
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Debt Information–December 31, 2018
$ millions
Gross Debt
Cash
Net Debt
EBITDA
Proforma
Adjustments*
Proforma
EBITDA
Leverage
Millicom Group (IFRS)
4,580
Plus: Guatamala
Plus: Honduras
Less: Corporate Costs
927
383
—
Underlying Millicom Group
5,890
(Non-IFRS)
Less: 50% Minority Stake
(508)
in Colombia
Less: 45% Minority Stake
in Guatemala
Less: 33% Minority Stake
in Honduras
Less: 20% Minority Stake
in Panama
Less: 15% Minority Stake
in Zantel
(417)
(128)
(52)
(13)
529
221
25
—
775
(89)
(99)
(8)
(1)
(1)
4,051
1,254
706
358
—
689
268
(35)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,116
2,176
166
2,342
2.18
(419)
(247)
(318)
(310)
(119)
(89)
(51)
(12)
(1)
(1)
—
—
—
(33)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Proportionate Millicom Group
4,772
576
4,197
1,527
133
1,660
2.52
(Non-IFRS)
* Proforma adjusted EBITDA related to Cable Onda acquisition. EBITDA has not been adjusted for disposal of Chad.
Equity Free Cash Flow
Year ended December 31,
Net cash provided by operating activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of towers part of tower sale and leaseback transactions
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
Purchase of spectrum and licenses
Finance charges paid, net
Operating free cash flow
Interest (paid), net
Free cash flow
Dividends received from joint ventures (Guatemala and Honduras)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Equity free cash flow
2019
801
(736)
24
(22)
(171)
—
59
470
425
(470)
(45)
237
(13)
179
2018
792
(632)
154
(142)
(148)
—
61
298
383
(298)
85
243
(2)
326
108
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Fully consolidated P&L reconciliation for IFRS 16 implementation (unaudited)
($millions)
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
EBITDA
Depreciation
Amortization
Share of net profit in Guatemala and Honduras
Other operating income (expenses), net
Operating profit
Net financial expenses
Other non-operating income (expenses), net
Gains (losses) from other JVs and associates, net
Profit (loss) before tax
Net tax credit (charge)
Profit (loss) for the period from continuing ops.
Non-controlling interests
Profit (loss) from discontinued operations
Net profit (loss) for the period
IFRS 16 impact by country
FY 2019
4,336
(1,201)
3,135
(1,604)
1,530
(825)
(275)
179
(34)
575
(544)
227
(40)
218
(120)
97
(5)
57
149
IFRS16
Impact
FY 2019 before
IFRS 16
FY 2018
% change
—
—
—
148
148
(109)
—
(6)
1
35
(72)
(4)
—
(41)
—
(40)
5
—
(36)
4,336
(1,201)
3,135
(1,753)
1,382
(716)
(275)
185
(35)
540
(472)
231
(40)
259
(121)
138
(9)
57
185
3,946
(1,117)
2,829
(1,616)
1,213
(662)
(140)
154
75
640
(346)
(39)
(136)
119
(112)
7
16
(33)
(10)
9.9%
7.5%
10.8%
8.4%
13.9%
8.1%
95.9%
20.0%
NM
(15.6)%
36.3%
NM
(70.3)%
116.9%
7.6%
NM
NM
NM
NM
EBITDA ($ millions)
Guatemala
Colombia
Paraguay
Honduras
Bolivia
Panama
El Salvador
FY 2019
Revenue
FY 2019
EBITDA
IFRS 16
impact
EBITDA
excluding
IFRS 16
FY 2019
EBITDA
Margin
FY 2019
EBITDA
Margin
excluding
IFRS 16
IFRS 16
impact on
margin
1,434
1,532
610
594
639
475
387
748
510
294
280
257
223
140
(8)
44
53
6
16
11
12
13
16
704
457
288
263
246
210
128
52.2%
33.3%
48.2%
47.1%
40.2%
46.9%
36.2%
(24)
NM
49.1%
29.8%
47.2%
44.4%
38.5%
44.3%
33.0%
NM
3.1pt
3.5pt
0.9pt
2.8pt
1.7pt
2.5pt
3.3pt
NM
Nicaragua, Costa Rica,
Eliminations & Corporate Costs
293
Latam
5,964
2,443
171
2,273
41.0%
38.1%
2.9pt
109
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Capex Reconciliation
Capex Reconciliation
Consolidated:
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions
Additions to licenses and other intangibles
Of which spectrum and license costs
Total consolidated additions
Of which is capital expenditures related to the corporate offices
Latin America Segment
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions
Additions to licenses and other intangibles
Of which spectrum and license costs
Latin America Segment total additions (Underlying)
Capex excluding spectrum and lease capitalizations
Africa Segment
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions
Additions to licenses and other intangibles
Of which spectrum and license costs
Africa Segment total additions
Capex excluding spectrum and lease capitalizations
FY 2019
FY 2018
719
—
202
101
921
13
698
25
158
66
856
5
FY 2019
FY 2018
879
—
240
117
1,119
1,002
840
22
200
64
1,040
954
FY 2019
FY 2018
42
—
12
12
54
42
30
—
—
—
30
30
110
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Operating Free Cash Flow Reconciliation
Cash Flow Data
Net cash provided by operating activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets and licenses
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
Net purchase/proceeds for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(Less) Proceeds from sale of towers part of tower sale and leaseback transactions
(Less) Purchase of spectrum and licenses
(Less) Finance charges paid, net
Operating free cash flow
FY 2019
FY 2018
801
(736)
24
(171)
—
(882)
(22)
59
470
425
792
(632)
154
(148)
—
(626)
(142)
61
298
383
OCF (EBITDA- Capex) Reconciliation
Latam OCF Underlying
FY 2019
FY 2018
Latam EBITDA
(–) Capex (Ex. Spectrum)
Latam OCF
2,443
1,002
1,442
2,077
954
1,124
Africa OCF
Africa EBITDA
(–) Capex (Ex. Spectrum)
Africa OCF
FY 2019
FY 2018
122
42
80
102
30
72
111
Millicom 2019 Annual Report
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Underlying financial information
Until 2015, Millicom group results included Guatemala and Honduras on a 100% consolidation basis. Since 2016, these businesses are
treated as joint ventures and are consolidated using the equity method. To aid investors to better track the evolution of the company’s
performance over time, we provide the following indicative unaudited financial statement data for the Millicom group on an
underlying basis which include our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if they had been fully consolidated.
Income statement data FY 2019
($millions)
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
EBITDA
EBITDA margin
Depreciation & amortization
Share of net profit in joint ventures
Other operating income (expenses), net
Operating profit
Net financial expenses
Other non-operating income (expenses), net
Gains (losses) from associates
Profit (loss) before tax
Net tax credit (charge)
Profit (loss) for the period
Profit (loss) from discontinued operations
Non-controlling interests
Net profit (loss) for the period
Millicom
(IFRS)
4,336
(1,201)
3,135
(1,604)
1,530
35.3%
(1,100)
179
(34)
575
(544)
227
(40)
218
(120)
97
57
(5)
149
Guatemala
and Honduras
JVs
Eliminations
Underlying
(non-IFRS)
2,009
(469)
1,540
(549)
992
49.4%
(444)
—
(8)
540
(102)
(12)
—
426
(100)
326
—
(147)
179
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(179)
—
(179)
—
—
—
(179)
—
(179)
—
—
(179)
6,345
(1,670)
4,675
(2,153)
2,522
39.8%
(1,544)
—
(43)
936
(647)
215
(40)
464
(220)
244
57
(152)
149
112
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Balance Sheet data ($ millions)
ASSETS
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Right of Use Assets
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Other non-current assets
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories, net
Trade receivables, net
Other current assets
Restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
Assets held for sale
TOTAL ASSETS
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests
TOTAL EQUITY
Debt and financing
Other non-current liabilities
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Debt and financing
Other current liabilities
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale
TOTAL LIABILITIES
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Millicom IFRS
Guatemala
and Honduras
JVs
Underlying
(non-IFRS)
3,219
2,883
977
2,822
310
10,210
32
371
919
155
1,164
2,641
5
2,851
929
302
(2,797)
172
1,456
38
76
333
14
229
689
—
6,069
3,811
1,279
25
482
11,666
70
447
1,252
169
1,393
3,330
5
12,856
2,145
15,001
2,410
271
2,680
6,753
1,017
7,770
283
2,124
2,406
—
10,176
12,856
(41)
589
548
1,535
(188)
1,347
60
190
250
—
1,597
2,145
2,369
859
3,228
8,288
829
9,117
343
2,313
2,656
—
11,773
15,001
113
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued
Cash Flow Data–FY 2019
($millions)
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations
Profit (loss) before taxes
Net cash provided by operating activities (incl. discontinued ops)
Net cash used in investing activities (incl. discontinued ops)
Net cash from (used by) financing activities (incl. discontinued ops)
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
Millicom IFRS
Guatemala
and Honduras
JVs
Underlying
(non-IFRS)
218
59
276
801
(1,502)
1,355
(8)
645
528
(9)
1,164
247
—
247
782
(544)
(251)
—
(12)
241
—
229
464
59
523
1,583
(2,046)
1,104
(8)
633
769
(9)
1,393
114
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportGovernance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Auditor’s Reports and
Consolidated Financial
Statements
115
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We AreManaging Our BusinessFulfilling Our Corporate ResponsibilityWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Independent auditor’s report
To the Shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.
2, rue du Fort Bourbon L-1249 Luxembourg
Accountants (IESBA Code) as adopted
for Luxembourg by the CSSF together
with the ethical requirements that are
relevant to our audit of the
consolidated financial statements in
Luxembourg, and we have fulfilled our
other ethical responsibilities under
those ethical requirements. We believe
that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate
to provide a basis for our opinion.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters
that, in our professional judgment, were
of most significance in our audit of the
consolidated financial statements of
the current period. These matters were
addressed in the context of our audit of
the consolidated financial statements
as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters.
1. Revenue recognition
Risk identified
The Group’s revenue consists of mobile
and data telephony services, corporate
solutions, fixed-line broadband,
fixed-line telephone, cable TV and
mobile financial services to retail and
business customers.
Revenue from these services is
considered a significant risk due to both
the bundling of these services and the
complexity of the Group’s systems and
processes used to record revenue. Also,
the application of revenue recognition
accounting standards is complex and
involves a number of key judgments
and estimates, especially in the light of
the IFRS 15 application.
Report on the audit of the
consolidated financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying
consolidated financial statements of
Millicom International Cellular S.A.
(“the Group”) included on page 120
to page 213, which comprise the
consolidated statement of financial
position as of December 31, 2019,
the consolidated statement of income,
the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income, the
consolidated statement of cash flows
and the consolidated statement of
changes in equity for the year then
ended, and a summary of significant
accounting policies and other
explanatory information.
In our opinion, the consolidated
financial statements give a true and fair
view of the financial position of
Millicom International Cellular S.A., as
of December 31, 2019, and of its
financial performance and its cash
flows for the year then ended in
accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted by the
European Union.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance
with EU Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law
of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession
(the “Law of 23 July 2016”) and with
International Standards on Auditing
(“ISAs”) as adopted for Luxembourg by
the “Commission de Surveillance du
Secteur Financier” (“CSSF”).
Our responsibilities under those
Regulation, Law and standards are
further described in the “Responsibilities
of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for
the audit of the consolidated financial
statements“ section of our report. We
are also independent of the Group in
accordance with the International
Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’
Code of Ethics for Professional
Our answer
Our audit procedures over revenue
included, among others:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We tested the operating
effectiveness of controls over the
accounting for bundled offers and
principal vs. agent considerations.
We evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of
controls around access rights, system
development, program changes and
IT dependent business controls to
establish that changes to the system
were appropriately authorized
developed and implemented
including those over: set-up of
customer accounts, pricing data,
segregation of duties and the
linkage to usage data that drives
revenue recognition
We tested the end-to-end
reconciliation from the billing
systems to the general ledger
We tested journal entries processed
between the billing systems and
general ledger.
We assessed the accounting for
credits and discounts and tested the
accuracy of customer invoices
We assessed the assumptions used
by management to determine the
allocation of the transaction price,
after consideration of these credits
and discounts, to telecom services
and handsets and tested the
stand-alone selling prices
We obtained a sample of customer
contracts, including modifications to
the contracts, and compared
customer contract terms to the
revenue systems.
We evaluated management’s
Principal vs. Agent considerations
and conclusions.
We evaluated the adequacy of the
Group’s disclosures included in Note
B.1.1. in relation to revenue
recognition matters.
116
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report–continued
To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.
2. Uncertain tax positions
Risk identified
The Group’s operations are subject to
income taxes in various jurisdictions
resulting in different subjective and
complex interpretation of local tax laws
as uncertainty prevails in the emerging
market economies in which Millicom is
operating. In addition, the global tax
environment worldwide continues to
evolve and becomes more complex.
Management exercises judgment in
assessing the level of provision required
for taxation when such taxes are based
on the interpretation of complex tax
laws. The future actual outcome of the
decisions concerning these tax
exposures may result in materially
higher or lower amounts than the
accrual included in the accompanying
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our answer
Our procedures included, amongst
others:
•
•
•
•
•
We tested the Group’s controls that
address the risks of material
misstatement relating to uncertain
tax positions.
We evaluated the assumptions the
Group used to develop its uncertain
tax positions and related
unrecognized income tax benefit
amounts by jurisdiction.
We tested the completeness and
accuracy of the underlying data
used by the Group to calculate its
uncertain tax positions.
We assessed the historical accuracy
of management’s estimates of its
unrecognized income tax benefits by
comparing the estimates with the
resolution of those positions.
We involved our tax professionals to
assist us in evaluating the
application of relevant tax laws in
the Group’s recognition
determination.
•
We evaluated the adequacy of the
Group’s disclosures included in Note
G.3.2. in relation to these tax matters.
3. Accounting for Business
Combinations
Risk identified
The Group acquired control over, and
therefore consolidated Cable Onda S.A.
(“Cable Onda”) in Panama for net
consideration of USD 956 million,
Telefonica Celular de Nicaragua S.A. in
Nicaragua (“Telefonica Nicaragua”) for
net consideration of USD 430 million,
as adjusted, and Telefonica Moviles
Panama S.A. in Panama (“Telefonica
Panama”) for net consideration of USD
594 million as of December 13, 2018,
May 16, 2019 and August 29, 2019,
respectively. These transactions were
accounted for as business
combinations. The purchase accounting
of Cable Onda was provisional as of
December 31, 2018 and had been
finalized as of December 31, 2019.
Management has determined the
purchase accounting for Telefonica
Nicaragua and Telefonica Panama on a
provisional basis as of December 31,
2019. The acquisitions are material,
complex and contains significant
judgment in relation to their purchase
accounting. The Group, assisted by its
external valuation specialists,
determined the fair value of acquired
entities identifiable assets and
liabilities, which included a number of
assumptions such as useful life of
assets, customer churn and contingent
liabilities.
Our answer
Our audit procedures included, amongst
others:
•
•
We evaluated the design and testing
the operating effectiveness of
controls of the Group’s controls over
its accounting for business
combinations.
We inspected the purchase
agreements and evaluating the
terms and conditions and
management’s accounting for such
terms and conditions in its purchase
price allocation.
•
•
•
We involved our valuation specialists
to assist with our audit procedures to
test the estimated cash flows and
management’s valuation
methodologies and assumptions
(e.g. such as the discount rate, churn
rate and EBITDA margin) used to
determine the fair value of the
acquired identifiable assets and
assumed liabilities.
Our valuation specialists assessed
whether the underlying assumptions
used by the management were
consistent with publicly available
information and external market
data.
We evaluated the adequacy of the
related disclosures in Note A.1.2 to
the consolidated financial
statements.
4. Adoption of IFRS 16, leases
Risk Identified
The Group adopted IFRS 16, Leases,
using the modified retrospective
approach with the cumulative effect of
applying the new standard recognized
in retained profits as of January 1, 2019.
At the transition date, the Group
recognized lease liabilities measured at
the present value of the remaining
lease payments, discounted using the
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as
of January 1, 2019. The right-of-use
asset was measured at an amount
equal to the lease liability, adjusted by
the amount of any prepaid or accrued
lease payments. Upon adoption, the
Group recognized lease liabilities of US
898 million and right-of-use assets of
USD 856 million. The application of
IFRS 16 effective from January 1, 2019
was especially challenging and involved
complex auditor judgment particularly
regarding assessing management’s
determination of a complete
population of the Group’s leases,
estimation and evaluation of the
incremental borrowing rates for each of
the leases (including consideration of
industry, country and credit risks) and
117
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report–continued
To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.
estimation of the useful lives, including
consideration of renewal options. These
assumptions have a significant effect
on the right-of-use asset, on the lease
liability and the depreciation and
financing costs.
Our answer
Our audit procedures included, among
others:
•
•
•
•
We evaluated the design and testing
the operating effectiveness of
controls over the completeness and
accuracy of the Group’s lease
population, valuation and
recognition of the right-of-use asset
and the lease liability and the
Group’s determination of their
underlying assumptions (including
renewal assumptions and estimation
of the incremental borrowing rate).
We inspected a sample of the lease
agreements, including modifications
and we assessed management’s
assumptions regarding lease renewal
periods including its determination
that it was highly probable that the
leases would be renewed.
Regarding the incremental
borrowing rates, we involved our
valuation specialists to assist with
our audit procedures to test
management’s assumptions and risk
considerations as described above
used in the measurement process.
We also assessed the adequacy of
the Group’s disclosures in respect
of the adoption of IFRS 16 as set out
in the Introduction and Notes C.4. to
the consolidated financial
statements.
Other information
The Board of Directors is responsible
for the other information. The other
information comprises the information
included in the consolidated
management report on page 99 and the
accompanying corporate governance
statement on pages 66 to 98 but does
not include the consolidated financial
statements and our report of “réviseur
d’entreprises agréé” thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements does not cover the
other information and we do not
express any form of assurance
conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the
consolidated financial statements, our
responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is
materially inconsistent with the
consolidated financial statements or
our knowledge obtained in the audit or
otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If, based on the work we
have performed, we conclude that there
is a material misstatement of this other
information, we are required to report
this fact. We have nothing to report in
this regard.
Responsibilities of the Board of
Directors and of those charged with
governance for the consolidated
financial statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for
the preparation and fair presentation of
the consolidated financial statements in
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by
the European Union, and for such
internal control as management
determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of consolidated financial
statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due
to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial
statements, the Board of Directors is
responsible for assessing the Group’s
ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters
related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting
unless management either intends to
liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or has no realistic
alternative but to do so.
Those charged with governance are
responsible for overseeing the Group’s
financial reporting process.
Responsibilities of the “réviseur
d’entreprises agréé” for the audit of
the consolidated financial
statements
The objectives of our audit are to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether
the consolidated financial statements
as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error, and to issue a report of the
“réviseur d’entreprises agréé” that
includes our opinion. Reasonable
assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit
conducted in accordance with EU
Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law of
23 July 2016 and with the ISAs as
adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF
will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if,
individually or taken together, they
could reasonably be expected to
influence the economic decisions of
users taken on the basis of these
consolidated financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with
EU Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law of
23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted
for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we
exercise professional judgment and
maintain professional skepticism
throughout the audit. We also:
•
Identify and assess the risks of
material misstatement of the
consolidated financial statements,
whether due to fraud or error, design
and perform audit procedures
responsive to those risks, and obtain
audit evidence that is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion. The risk of not detecting a
material misstatement resulting
from fraud is higher than for one
resulting from error, as fraud may
involve collusion, forgery, intentional
omissions, misrepresentations, or the
override of internal control.
118
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report–continued
To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.
We confirm that the audit opinion is
consistent with the additional report to
the audit committee or equivalent.
We confirm that the prohibited
non-audit services referred to in EU
Regulation No 537/2014 were not
provided and that we remained
independent of the Group in
conducting the audit.
Other matter
The corporate governance statement
includes the information required by
article 68ter paragraph (1) of the law of
19 December 2002 on the commercial
and companies register and on the
accounting records and annual
accounts of undertakings, as amended.
Ernst & Young
Société anonyme
Cabinet de révision agréé
Bruno di Bartolomeo
Luxembourg February 28, 2020
•
•
•
•
•
Obtain an understanding of internal
control relevant to the audit in order
to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances,
but not for the purpose of expressing
an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Group’s internal control.
We communicate with those charged
with governance regarding, among
other matters, the planned scope and
timing of the audit and significant audit
findings, including any significant
deficiencies in internal control that we
identify during our audit.
Evaluate the appropriateness of
accounting policies used and the
reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures
made by management.
Conclude on the appropriateness of
management’s use of the going
concern basis of accounting and,
based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material
uncertainty exists related to events
or conditions that may cast
significant doubt on the Group’s
ability to continue as a going
concern. If we conclude that a
material uncertainty exists, we are
required to draw attention in our
report of the “réviseur d’entreprises
agréé” to the related disclosures in
the consolidated financial
statements or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion.
Our conclusions are based on the
audit evidence obtained up to the
date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions
may cause the Group to cease to
continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation,
structure and content of the
consolidated financial statements,
including the disclosures, and
whether the consolidated financial
statements represent the underlying
transactions and events in a manner
that achieves fair presentation.
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit
evidence regarding the consolidated
financial information of the entities
or business activities within the
Group to express an opinion on the
consolidated financial statements.
We are responsible for the direction,
supervision and performance of the
Group audit. We remain solely
responsible for our audit opinion.
We also provide those charged with
governance with a statement that we
have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence,
and to communicate with them all
relationships and other matters that
may reasonably be thought to bear on
our independence, and where
applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with
those charged with governance, we
determine those matters that were of
most significance in the audit of the
consolidated financial statements of
the current period and are therefore the
key audit matters. We describe these
matters in our auditor’s report unless
law or regulation precludes public
disclosure about the matter.
Report on other legal and regulatory
requirements
We have been appointed as “réviseur
d’entreprises agréé” by the General
Meeting of the Shareholders on 2 May
2019 and the duration of our
uninterrupted engagement, including
previous renewals and reappointments,
is 7 years.
The consolidated management report
on pages 99 is consistent with the
consolidated financial statements and
has been prepared in accordance with
applicable legal requirements.
The accompanying corporate
governance statement on pages 66 to
98 is the responsibility of the Board of
Directors. The information required by
article 68ter paragraph (1) letters c) and
d) of the law of 19 December 2002 on
the commercial and companies register
and on the accounting records and
annual accounts of undertakings, as
amended, is consistent with the
consolidated financial statements and
has been prepared in accordance with
applicable legal requirements.
119
Millicom 2019 Annual ReportConsolidated Statement of Income
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017
Revenue ................................................................................................................................................
Cost of sales .........................................................................................................................................
Gross profit.........................................................................................................................................
Operating expenses
Depreciation
Amortization
Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras
Other operating income (expenses), net
Operating profit
Interest and other financial expenses
Interest and other financial income
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net
Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
Charge for taxes, net
Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations
Profit (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net profit (loss) for the year
Attributable to:
The owners of Millicom
Non-controlling interests
Earnings (loss) per common share for profit (loss) attributable to the
owners of the Company:
Basic (US$ per common share):
— from continuing operations
— from discontinued operations
— total
Diluted (US$ per common share):
— from continuing operations
— from discontinued operations
Total
Notes
2019
2018 (i)
2017 (i)
(US$ millions)
B.1.
B.2.
B.2.
E.2.2., E.3.
E.1.3.
A.2.
B.2.
B.3.
C.3.3., E.3.
B.5., C.7.3.
A.3.
B.6.
E.4.2.
A.1.4.
B.7.
B.7.
4,336
(1,201)
3,135
(1,604)
(825)
(275)
179
(34)
575
(564)
20
227
(40)
218
(120)
97
57
154
149
5
0.92
0.56
1.48
0.92
0.56
1.48
3,946
(1,117)
2,829
(1,616)
(662)
(140)
154
75
640
(367)
21
(39)
(136)
119
(112)
7
(33)
(26)
(10)
(16)
0.23
(0.33)
(0.10)
0.23
(0.33)
(0.10)
3,936
(1,169)
2,767
(1,531)
(670)
(142)
140
69
632
(389)
16
(2)
(85)
172
(162)
10
60
69
87
(17)
0.27
0.59
0.86
0.27
0.59
0.86
(i)
Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.) 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and, additionally, 2017
was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
120
Consolidated Statement of Income
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
2019
2018 (i)
2017 (i)
(US$ millions)
Net profit (loss) for the year.............................................................................................................................................
154
Other comprehensive income (to be reclassified to statement of income in subsequent
periods), net of tax:
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations .....................................................................................
Change in value of cash flow hedges, net of tax effects.......................................................................................
Other comprehensive income (not to be reclassified to the statement of income in
subsequent periods), net of tax:
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax effects ...........................................
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year................................................................................................
Attributable to
Owners of the Company ..................................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests.................................................................................................................................................
Total comprehensive income for the period arises from:
Continuing operations......................................................................................................................................................
Discontinued operations..................................................................................................................................................
(4)
(16)
—
133
131
3
76
57
(26)
(81)
(1)
—
(108)
(78)
(30)
(102)
(7)
69
85
4
(2)
158
173
(15)
105
52
(i)
Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.). 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and , additionally,
2017 was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Revenue ................................................................................................................................................
Cost of sales .........................................................................................................................................
Gross profit.........................................................................................................................................
Operating expenses
Depreciation
Amortization
Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras
Other operating income (expenses), net
Operating profit
Interest and other financial expenses
Interest and other financial income
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net
Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
Charge for taxes, net
Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations
Profit (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Earnings (loss) per common share for profit (loss) attributable to the
Net profit (loss) for the year
Attributable to:
The owners of Millicom
Non-controlling interests
owners of the Company:
Basic (US$ per common share):
— from continuing operations
— from discontinued operations
— total
Diluted (US$ per common share):
— from continuing operations
— from discontinued operations
Total
Notes
2019
2018 (i)
2017 (i)
(US$ millions)
E.2.2., E.3.
C.3.3., E.3.
B.5., C.7.3.
B.1.
B.2.
B.2.
E.1.3.
A.2.
B.2.
B.3.
A.3.
B.6.
E.4.2.
A.1.4.
B.7.
B.7.
4,336
(1,201)
3,135
(1,604)
(825)
(275)
179
(34)
575
(564)
20
227
(40)
218
(120)
97
57
154
149
5
0.92
0.56
1.48
0.92
0.56
1.48
3,946
(1,117)
2,829
(1,616)
(662)
(140)
154
75
640
(367)
21
(39)
(136)
119
(112)
7
(33)
(26)
(10)
(16)
0.23
(0.33)
(0.10)
0.23
(0.33)
(0.10)
3,936
(1,169)
2,767
(1,531)
(670)
(142)
140
69
632
(389)
16
(2)
(85)
172
(162)
10
60
69
87
(17)
0.27
0.59
0.86
0.27
0.59
0.86
(i)
Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.) 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and, additionally, 2017
was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
120
121
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2019 and 2018
Notes
December 31
2019
December 31
2018 (i) (ii)
(US$ millions)
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets, net...................................................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................................................................
Right of use assets ........................................................................................................................................................
Investments in joint ventures...................................................................................................................................
Investments in associates ..........................................................................................................................................
Contract costs, net........................................................................................................................................................
Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................................................................
Other non-current assets ...........................................................................................................................................
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS.............................................................................................................................
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories.......................................................................................................................................................................
Trade receivables, net..................................................................................................................................................
Contract assets, net......................................................................................................................................................
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................
Prepayments and accrued income.........................................................................................................................
Current income tax assets..........................................................................................................................................
Supplier advances for capital expenditure..........................................................................................................
Equity investments.......................................................................................................................................................
Other current assets.....................................................................................................................................................
Restricted cash...............................................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................................................................
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................................................................................................................................
E.1.
E.2.
E.3.
A.2.
A.3.
F.5.
B.6.
G.5.
F.2.
F.1.
F.5.
G.5.
C.5.
C.5.
Assets held for sale .......................................................................................................................................................
E.4.2.
TOTAL ASSETS ..............................................................................................................................................................
3,219
2,883
977
2,797
25
5
200
104
2,346
3,071
—
2,867
169
4
202
126
10,210
8,785
32
371
41
29
156
119
22
371
181
155
1,164
2,641
5
12,856
39
343
37
34
129
108
25
—
124
158
528
1,525
3
10,313
(i)
(ii)
Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
(note A.1.2.).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
122
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (continued)
Consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2019 and 2018
Notes
December 31
2019
December 31
2018 (i) (ii)
(US$ millions)
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS.............................................................................................................................
10,210
8,785
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets, net...................................................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................................................................
Right of use assets ........................................................................................................................................................
Investments in joint ventures...................................................................................................................................
Investments in associates ..........................................................................................................................................
Contract costs, net........................................................................................................................................................
Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................................................................
Other non-current assets ...........................................................................................................................................
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories.......................................................................................................................................................................
Trade receivables, net..................................................................................................................................................
Contract assets, net......................................................................................................................................................
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................
Prepayments and accrued income.........................................................................................................................
Current income tax assets..........................................................................................................................................
Supplier advances for capital expenditure..........................................................................................................
Equity investments.......................................................................................................................................................
Other current assets.....................................................................................................................................................
Restricted cash...............................................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................................................................
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................................................................................................................................
Notes
December 31
2019
December 31
2018 (i) (ii)
(US$ millions)
E.1.
E.2.
E.3.
A.2.
A.3.
F.5.
B.6.
G.5.
F.2.
F.1.
F.5.
G.5.
C.5.
C.5.
3,219
2,883
977
2,797
25
5
200
104
32
371
41
29
156
119
22
371
181
155
1,164
2,641
5
12,856
2,346
3,071
—
2,867
169
4
202
126
39
343
37
34
129
108
25
—
124
158
528
1,525
3
10,313
Assets held for sale .......................................................................................................................................................
E.4.2.
TOTAL ASSETS ..............................................................................................................................................................
Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
(i)
(ii)
(note A.1.2.).
The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Share capital and premium..................................................................................................................................
C.1.
Treasury shares.........................................................................................................................................................
Other reserves ..........................................................................................................................................................
C.1.
Retained profits........................................................................................................................................................
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders .............................................................................
Equity attributable to owners of the Company......................................................................................
Non-controlling interests .....................................................................................................................................
A.1.4.
TOTAL EQUITY.........................................................................................................................................................
LIABILITIES
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Debt and financing.................................................................................................................................................
Lease liabilities..........................................................................................................................................................
C.3.
C.4.
Derivative financial instruments ........................................................................................................................
D.1.2.
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................
Provisions and other non-current liabilities ..................................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities............................................................................................................................................
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES ...............................................................................................................
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Debt and financing.................................................................................................................................................
Lease liabilities..........................................................................................................................................................
Put option liability...................................................................................................................................................
Derivative financial instruments ........................................................................................................................
Payables and accruals for capital expenditure .............................................................................................
Other trade payables .............................................................................................................................................
G.5.
F.4.2.
B.6.
C.3.
C.4.
C.7.4.
D.1.2.
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................
G.5.
Accrued interest and other expenses ..............................................................................................................
Current income tax liabilities ..............................................................................................................................
Contract liabilities ...................................................................................................................................................
Provisions and other current liabilities ............................................................................................................
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................................................................................................
F.5.
F.4.1.
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale..............................................................................
E.4.2.
TOTAL LIABILITIES.................................................................................................................................................
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES ....................................................................................................................
633
(51)
(544)
2,222
149
2,410
271
2,680
5,786
967
17
337
383
279
7,770
186
97
264
—
348
289
161
432
75
82
474
2,406
—
10,176
12,856
635
(81)
(538)
2,535
(10)
2,542
251
2,792
4,123
—
—
135
351
236
4,845
458
—
239
—
335
282
348
381
55
87
492
2,676
—
7,521
10,313
(i)
(ii)
Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
(note A.1.2.).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
122
123
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017
Notes
2019
2018(i)
2017(i)
(US$ millions)
Cash flows from operating activities (including discontinued operations)
Profit before taxes from continuing operations ......................................................................
Profit (loss) before taxes from discontinued operations.......................................................
E.4.2.
Profit before taxes ................................................................................................................................
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:
(Finance) Lease interest expense ..................................................................................................
Financial interest expense ...............................................................................................................
Interest and other financial income .............................................................................................
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................
Share of profit in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures.................................................
A.2.
(Gain) on disposal and impairment of assets, net...................................................................
B.2., E.4.2.
Share based compensation.............................................................................................................
Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda ...............................................................................
Loss from other joint ventures and associates,net .................................................................
Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net ......................................................
C.1.
A.1.2.
A.3.
B.5.
Changes in working capital: ....................................................................................................
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current
assets,net...............................................................................................................................................
Decrease in inventories ....................................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables, net ............................................................
Changes in contract assets, liabilities and costs, net .............................................................
Total changes in working capital ..............................................................................................
Interest paid on (finance) leases....................................................................................................
Interest paid on debt and other financing ................................................................................
Interest received..................................................................................................................................
Taxes (paid)............................................................................................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities................................................................................
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities (including discontinued
operations):
218
59
276
157
408
(20)
1,111
(179)
(40)
30
—
40
(227)
(119)
11
(61)
(2)
(172)
(141)
(344)
15
(114)
801
Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired........
A.1.
(1,014)
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed.............. E.4.2., A.3.2.
Purchase of intangible assets and licenses................................................................................
E.1.4.
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets......................................................................................
Purchase of property, plant and equipment.............................................................................
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment .........................................................
Proceeds from disposal of equity investment, net of costs.................................................
E.2.3.
C.3.4.
Dividends received from joint ventures .....................................................................................
A.2.2.
Settlement of financial derivative instruments........................................................................
Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net...................................................
D.1.2.
111
(171)
—
(736)
24
25
237
—
20
119
(29)
91
91
282
(21)
830
(154)
(37)
22
30
136
40
(128)
2
69
(9)
(66)
(89)
(229)
20
(153)
792
(953)
176
(148)
—
(632)
154
—
243
(63)
24
172
55
227
64
352
(16)
879
(140)
(99)
22
—
85
(2)
5
16
(82)
—
(61)
(84)
(288)
16
(132)
820
(22)
22
(133)
4
(650)
179
—
203
—
31
Net cash used in investing activities............................................................................................
(1,502)
(1,199)
(367)
124
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019,
Notes
2019
2018(i)
2017(i)
Cash flows from financing activities (including discontinued operations):
Proceeds from debt and other financing ...................................................................................
Repayment of debt and other financing....................................................................................
(Finance) Lease capital repayment ...............................................................................................
Advances for, and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Dividends paid to owners of the Company...............................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .............................................................
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents,net .............................................................
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year .....................................................
C.3.
C.3.
A.1./A.2.
C.2.
Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................
E.4.2.
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year .................................................................
2,900
(1,157)
(107)
(13)
(268)
1,355
(8)
645
528
(9)
1,164
1,155
(530)
(17)
(2)
(266)
341
(33)
(98)
619
6
528
996
(1,176)
(19)
—
(265)
(464)
4
(8)
646
(19)
619
(i)
Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4. and E.4.2.). 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and ,
additionally,2017 was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
2018 and 2017
Notes
2019
2018(i)
2017(i)
(US$ millions)
Cash flows from operating activities (including discontinued operations)
Profit before taxes from continuing operations ......................................................................
Profit (loss) before taxes from discontinued operations.......................................................
E.4.2.
Profit before taxes ................................................................................................................................
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:
(Finance) Lease interest expense ..................................................................................................
Financial interest expense ...............................................................................................................
Interest and other financial income .............................................................................................
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................
Share of profit in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures.................................................
A.2.
(Gain) on disposal and impairment of assets, net...................................................................
B.2., E.4.2.
Share based compensation.............................................................................................................
Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda ...............................................................................
Loss from other joint ventures and associates,net .................................................................
Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net ......................................................
C.1.
A.1.2.
A.3.
B.5.
Changes in working capital: ....................................................................................................
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current
assets,net...............................................................................................................................................
Decrease in inventories ....................................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables, net ............................................................
Changes in contract assets, liabilities and costs, net .............................................................
Total changes in working capital ..............................................................................................
Interest paid on (finance) leases....................................................................................................
Interest paid on debt and other financing ................................................................................
Interest received..................................................................................................................................
Taxes (paid)............................................................................................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities................................................................................
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities (including discontinued
operations):
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed.............. E.4.2., A.3.2.
Purchase of intangible assets and licenses................................................................................
E.1.4.
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets......................................................................................
Purchase of property, plant and equipment.............................................................................
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment .........................................................
Proceeds from disposal of equity investment, net of costs.................................................
E.2.3.
C.3.4.
Dividends received from joint ventures .....................................................................................
A.2.2.
Settlement of financial derivative instruments........................................................................
Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net...................................................
D.1.2.
218
59
276
157
408
(20)
1,111
(179)
(40)
30
—
40
(227)
(119)
11
(61)
(2)
(172)
(141)
(344)
15
(114)
801
111
(171)
—
(736)
24
25
237
—
20
119
(29)
91
91
282
(21)
830
(154)
(37)
22
30
136
40
(128)
2
69
(9)
(66)
(89)
(229)
20
(153)
792
(953)
176
(148)
—
(632)
154
—
243
(63)
24
172
55
227
64
352
(16)
879
(140)
(99)
22
—
85
(2)
5
16
(82)
—
(61)
(84)
(288)
16
(132)
820
(22)
22
(133)
4
(650)
179
—
203
—
31
Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired........
A.1.
(1,014)
Net cash used in investing activities............................................................................................
(1,502)
(1,199)
(367)
124
125
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017
Number
of
shares
held by
the
Group
(000’s)
Number
of
shares
(000’s)
Share
capita
l(i)
Share
premium
Treasur
y shares
(US$ millions)
Retaine
d profits
(ii)
Other
reserves
(iii)
Total
Non-
controll
ing
interest
s
Total
equity
101,739
(1,395)
153
485
(123)
3,215
(562)
3,167
201
3,368
Balance on January 1, 2017.......................
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
Balance on December 31, 2017 ...............
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15
and IFRS 9 (net of tax) (viii).......................
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Dividends to non controlling interest .......
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
Effect of acquisition of Cable Onda
(vii) ....................................................................
Put option reserve(vii).....................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(32)
—
233
—
—
—
—
—
101,739
(1,195)
153
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(70)
—
351
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Balance on December 31, 2018 ...............
101,739
(914)
153
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Dividends to non controlling interest .......
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
Effect of restructuring in Tanzania(vi)........
Balance on December 31, 2019 ...............
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
101,739
—
—
—
(132)
—
465
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
484
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
482
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
(3)
—
21
86
(265)
—
—
1
87
—
—
22
(18)
173
(265)
(3)
22
1
(15)
158
— (265)
—
—
—
(3)
22
1
(106)
3,035
(472)
3,096
185
3,281
—
—
—
—
(6)
—
31
—
—
10
(10)
(266)
—
—
—
—
(68)
—
—
—
22
(5)
(22)
—
(239)
—
—
10
(4)
6
(78)
(266)
(30)
(108)
— (266)
—
(6)
22
2
—
(13)
—
—
—
(13)
(6)
22
2
113
113
(239)
— (239)
(81)
2,525
(538)
2,542
251
2,792
—
—
—
(12)
—
41
—
(51)
149
(267)
—
4
—
(12)
(27)
(19)
—
—
—
29
(25)
131
(267)
—
(8)
29
1
9
(18)
3
133
— (267)
(1)
—
1
—
18
(1)
(8)
30
1
—
2,372
(544)
2,409
271
2,680
—
(581)
—
153
—
480
(i)
(ii)
Share capital and share premium – see note C.1.
Retained profits – includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders, of which $306 million (2018: $324 million; 2017: $345 million) are not
distributable to equity holders.
(iii) Other reserves – see note C.1.
(iv) Dividends – see note C.2.
(v)
(vi)
(vii) Effect of the acquisition of Cable Onda S.A. See notes A.1.2. and C.7.4. for further details. The consolidated statement of changes in equity at
Share-based compensation – see note C.1.
Effect of the restructuring in Tanzania A.1.2.
December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting (note A.1.2.).
(viii) “IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers” and IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” were adopted effective January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective method. The impact of adoption was recorded as an adjustment to retained profits.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
126
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017
Introduction
Corporate Information
Number
of
shares
held by
the
Group
(000’s)
Number
of
shares
(000’s)
Share
capita
l(i)
Share
premium
Treasur
y shares
(US$ millions)
Retaine
d profits
Other
reserves
(ii)
(iii)
Total
s
Total
equity
Non-
controll
ing
interest
Balance on January 1, 2017.......................
101,739
(1,395)
153
485
(123)
3,215
(562)
3,167
201
3,368
Balance on December 31, 2018 ...............
101,739
(914)
153
(81)
2,525
(538)
2,542
251
2,792
Balance on December 31, 2017 ...............
101,739
(1,195)
153
(106)
3,035
(472)
3,096
185
3,281
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15
and IFRS 9 (net of tax) (viii).......................
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Dividends to non controlling interest .......
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
Effect of acquisition of Cable Onda
(vii) ....................................................................
Put option reserve(vii).....................................
Total comprehensive income for the
year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................
Dividends to non controlling interest .......
Purchase of treasury shares ..........................
Share based compensation (v) ....................
Issuance of shares under share-based
payment schemes .......................................
—
—
(32)
—
233
—
—
—
—
(70)
—
351
—
—
—
—
—
—
(132)
465
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
484
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
482
86
(265)
—
—
1
10
—
—
—
(10)
(266)
—
(239)
149
(267)
—
4
—
(12)
(27)
—
—
(3)
—
21
—
—
—
—
(6)
—
31
—
—
—
—
—
(12)
—
41
—
(51)
87
—
—
22
(18)
—
(68)
—
—
—
22
—
—
(19)
—
—
—
29
(25)
173
(265)
(3)
22
1
—
(6)
22
2
—
131
(267)
—
(8)
29
1
10
(4)
(78)
(266)
(30)
(108)
— (266)
113
113
(239)
— (239)
3
133
— (267)
(15)
158
— (265)
—
—
—
(13)
—
—
—
(1)
—
1
—
18
(3)
22
1
6
(13)
(6)
22
2
(1)
(8)
30
1
—
Effect of restructuring in Tanzania(vi)........
Balance on December 31, 2019 ...............
101,739
—
(581)
—
153
—
480
9
(18)
Retained profits – includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders, of which $306 million (2018: $324 million; 2017: $345 million) are not
Share capital and share premium – see note C.1.
(i)
(ii)
(v)
(vi)
distributable to equity holders.
(iii) Other reserves – see note C.1.
(iv) Dividends – see note C.2.
Share-based compensation – see note C.1.
Effect of the restructuring in Tanzania A.1.2.
(vii) Effect of the acquisition of Cable Onda S.A. See notes A.1.2. and C.7.4. for further details. The consolidated statement of changes in equity at
December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting (note A.1.2.).
(viii) “IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers” and IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” were adopted effective January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective method. The impact of adoption was recorded as an adjustment to retained profits.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “Company” or “MIC S.A.”), a Luxembourg Société Anonyme, and its subsidiaries, joint ventures
and associates (the “Group” or “Millicom”) is an international telecommunications and media group providing digital lifestyle services
in emerging markets, through mobile and fixed telephony, cable, broadband, Pay-TV in Latin America (Latam) and Africa.
The Company’s shares are traded as Swedish Depositary Receipts on the Stockholm stock exchange under the symbol TIGO SDB
(formerly MIC SDB) and, since January 9, 2019, on the Nasdaq Stock Market in the U.S. under the ticker symbol TIGO. The Company
has its registered office at 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and is registered with the
Luxembourg Register of Commerce under the number RCS B 40 630.
On November 14, 2019, Millicom's historical principal shareholder, Kinnevik AB, distributed its entire (approximately 37% of
Millicom's outstanding shares) shareholding in Millicom to its own shareholders through a share redemption plan. Since that date,
Kinnevik is no longer a related party or shareholder in Millicom.
On February 24, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized these consolidated financial statements for issuance.
Business activities
Millicom operates its mobile businesses in Latin America (Bolivia, Colombia, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama
and Paraguay), and in Africa (Ghana and Tanzania).
Millicom operates various cable and fixed line businesses in Latin America (Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala,
Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama and Paraguay). Millicom also provides direct to home satellite service in most of its Latam countries.
On December 31, 2015, Millicom deconsolidated its operations in Guatemala and Honduras which are, since that date and for
accounting purposes, under joint control.
Millicom holds investments in online/e-commerce businesses in several countries in Africa (Jumia), in a tower infrastructure
company in Africa (Helios Towers), as well as other small minority investments in other businesses such as micro-insurance (Milvik).
(5)
(22)
IFRS Consolidated Financial Statements
Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB
(IFRS). They are also compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. This is in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, on the application of
international accounting standards for listed companies domiciled in the European Union.
The financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for certain items including derivative financial
instruments (measured at fair value), financial instruments that contain obligations to purchase own equity instruments (measured
at the present value of the redemption price), and, up to December 31, 2018 prior to the adoption of IFRS 16 'Leases', property, plant
and equipment under finance leases (initially measured at the lower of fair value and present value of the future minimum lease
payments).
This section contains the Group’s significant accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole. Significant
accounting policies specific to one note are included within that note. Accounting policies relating to non-material items are not
included in these financial statements.
2,372
(544)
2,409
271
2,680
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of
December 31 of each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company,
using consistent accounting policies.
All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses, and profits and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are
eliminated.
Foreign currency
Financial information in these financial statements are shown in the US dollar presentation currency of the Group and rounded to
the nearest million (US$ million) except where otherwise indicated. The financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (the functional currency). The
functional currency of each subsidiary, joint venture and associate reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and
126
127
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
circumstances of these entities. Except for El Salvador where the functional currency is US dollar, the functional currency in other
countries is the local currency.
The results and financial position of all Group entities (none of which operate in an economy with a hyperinflationary environment)
with functional currency other than the US dollar presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
(i) Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate on the date of the statement of financial position;
(ii)
Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the
cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates
of the transactions); and
(iii) All resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of equity (currency translation reserve), in the
caption “Other reserves”.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations, and of borrowings and
other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recorded in equity. When the Group disposes of or loses
control or significant influence over a foreign operation, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the
consolidated statement of income as part of gain or loss on sale or loss of control and/or significant influence.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign
operation and translated at the closing rate.
The following table presents functional currency translation rates for the Group’s locations to the US dollar on December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017 and the average rates for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
Exchange Rates to the
US Dollar
Functional Currency
2019 Year-
end Rate
2018 Year-
end Rate
Change %
2019
Average
Rate
2018
Average
Rate
Change %
2017
Average
Rate
— %
n/a
0.8 %
(5.2 )%
n/a
18.9 %
(0.5 )%
1.2 %
2.5 %
4.7 %
n/a
8.3 %
5.8 %
— %
(3.3 )%
6.91
n/a
3,296
588
n/a
5.33
7.71
24.59
0.89
33.12
n/a
6,232
9.43
2,304
0.78
6.91
571
2,973
578
n/a
4.63
7.52
23.99
0.85
31.55
n/a
5,743
8.71
2,274
0.75
—%
n/a
10.9%
1.8%
n/a
15.0%
2.5%
2.5%
5.1%
5.0%
n/a
8.5%
8.3%
1.3%
4.3%
6.91
588
2,961
571
n/a
4.36
7.36
23.58
0.89
30.05
n/a
5,626
8.53
2,233
0.77
Bolivia .................................. Boliviano (BOB)
Chad ..................................... CFA Franc (XAF)
Colombia ............................ Peso (COP)
Costa Rica ...........................
Costa Rican Colon (CRC)
El Salvador.......................... US dollar
Ghana................................... Cedi (GHS)
Guatemala.......................... Quetzal (GTQ)
Honduras ............................ Lempira (HNL)
Luxembourg ...................... Euro (EUR)
Nicaragua ........................... Cordoba (NIO)
Panama................................ Balboa (B/.) (i)
Paraguay ............................. Guarani (PYG)
Sweden................................ Krona (SEK)
Tanzania .............................. Shilling (TZS)
United Kingdom............... Pound (GBP)
6.91
n/a
3,277
576
n/a
5.73
7.70
24.72
0.89
33.84
n/a
6,453
9.365
2,299
0.75
(i) the balboa is tied to the United States dollar at an exchange rate of 1:1.
6.91
580
3,250
608
n/a
4.82
7.74
24.42
0.87
32.33
n/a
5,961
8.85
2,299
0.78
128
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
New and amended IFRS accounting standards
The following changes to standards effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2018 have been adopted by the Group:
IFRS 15 “Contracts with customers” establishes a five-step model related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers.
Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at amounts that reflect the consideration that an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange
for transferring goods or services to a customer. The Group adopted the accounting standard on January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective method which had an immaterial impact on its Group financial statements. IFRS 15 mainly affects the timing of
recognition of revenue as it introduces more differences between the billing and the recognition of the revenue and, in some cases,
the recognition of the revenue as a principal (gross) or as an agent (net). However, it does not affect the cash flows generated by the
Group.
As a consequence of adopting this Standard:
some revenue is recognized earlier, as a larger portion of the total consideration received in a bundled contract is
1)
attributable to the component delivered at contract inception (i.e. typically a subsidized handset). Therefore, this produces a shift
from service revenue (which decreases) to the benefit of Telephone and Equipment revenue. This results in the recognition of a
Contract Asset on the statement of financial position, as more revenue is recognized upfront, while the cash will be received
throughout the subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months). Contract Assets (and liabilities) are reported on a
separate line in current assets / liabilities even if their realization period is longer than 12 months. This is because they are realized /
settled as part of the normal operating cycle of our core business.
the cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions) is now capitalized in the statement of financial position and
2)
amortized over the average contract term. This results in the recognition of Contract Costs being capitalized under non-current
assets on the statement of financial position.
the Group recognizes revenue from its wholesale carrier business on a net basis as an agent rather than as a principal
3)
under the modified retrospective IFRS 15 transition. Except for this effect, there were no other material changes for the purpose of
determining whether the Group acts as principal or an agent in the sale of products.
4)
reflect the terminology of IFRS 15:
the presentation of certain material amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position has been changed to
a.
b.
c.
Contract assets recognized in relation to service contracts.
Contract costs in relation to capitalized cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions).
Contract liabilities in relation to service contracts were previously included in trade and other payables.
The Group has adopted the standard using the modified retrospective method. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the
Standard has been recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and comparative
financial statements have not been restated in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 15. The impact on the opening
balance of retained profits as at January 1, 2018 is summarized in the table set out at the end of this section.
Additionally, the Group has decided to take some of the practical expedients foreseen in the Standard, such as:
•
•
•
•
•
No adjustment to the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer
of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than
one year the financing component is adjusted, if material.
Disclosure in the Group Financial Statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only
for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for
contracts that have an original duration of one year or less are not disclosed).
Application of the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the
consideration from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e, if
billing corresponds to accounting revenue).
Application of the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when
incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less.
Revenue recognition accounting principles are further described in Note B.1.1.
•
IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” addresses the classification, measurement and recognition and impairments of financial assets
and financial liabilities as well as hedge accounting. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and
measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those
measured at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification
129
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
depends on the Group’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of
the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases
where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is
recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. A final
standard on hedging (excluding macro-hedging) was issued in November 2013 which aligns hedge accounting more closely
with risk management and allows to continue hedge accounting under IAS 39. IFRS 9 also clarifies the accounting for certain
modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.
The application of IFRS 9 did not have an impact for the Group on classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets
and financial liabilities compared to IAS 39, but it has an impact on impairment of trade receivables and contracts assets (IFRS 15) as
well as on amounts due from joint ventures and related parties - with the application of the expected credit loss model instead of
the current incurred loss model. As permitted under IFRS 9, the Group adopted the standard without restating comparatives for
classification, measurement and impairment. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard has been recognized as
an adjustment to the opening balance of retained profits at January 1, 2018. The impact on the opening balance of retained profits
at January 1, 2018 is summarized in the table set out at the end of this section. Additionally, the Group continues applying IAS 39
rules with respect to hedge accounting. Finally, the clarification introduced by IFRS 9 on the accounting for certain modifications and
exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost did not have an impact for the Group.
Financial instruments accounting principles are further described in Note C.7.
The application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 had the following impact on the Group financial statements at January 1, 2018:
FINANCIAL POSITION
$ millions
As at January
1, 2018 before
application
Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 15
Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 9
As at January 1,
2018 after
application
Reason
for the
change
ASSETS...................................................................................................
Investment in joint ventures (non-current)...............................
2,966
Contract costs, net (non-current) NEW.......................................
Deferred tax asset...............................................................................
Other non-current assets.................................................................
Trade receivables, net (current) .....................................................
Contract assets, net (current) NEW...............................................
LIABILITIES ..........................................................................................
Contract liabilities (current) NEW..................................................
Provisions and other current liabilities .......................................
Deferred tax liability (non-current) ..............................................
EQUITY...................................................................................................
—
180
113
386
—
—
425
56
Retained profits and loss for the year..........................................
Non-controlling interests.................................................................
3,035
185
27
4
—
—
—
29
51
(46)
7
48
—
(4)
—
10
(1)
(47)
(1)
—
—
(1)
(38)
(5)
2,989
4
191
113
339
28
51
379
62
3,045
181
(i)
(ii)
(viii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(ix)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Impact of application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.
This mainly represents commissions capitalized and amortized over the average contract term.
Effect of the application of the expected credit losses required by IFRS 9 on amounts due from joint ventures.
(iv)
recognition of the receivables.
Effect of the application of the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognized from initial
(v)
subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months).
Contract assets mainly represents subsidized handsets as more revenue is recognized upfront while the cash will be received throughout the
(vi)
This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognized when the goods are
delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the
inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognized over the average customer retention period or the contract term.
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities - see previous paragraph.
Tax effects of the above adjustments.
Cumulative catch-up effect.
As of January 1, 2018, IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 implementations had no impact on the statement of cash flows or on EPS.
130
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The following summarizes the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting year by the
application of IFRS 15 as compared to previous standard and interpretations:
INCOME STATEMENT
$ millions
As
reported
Without adoption of IFRS
15
Effect of Change Higher/
(Lower)
Reason for the change
2018
Total revenue...................................................
Cost of sales .....................................................
Operating expenses......................................
Share of profit in the joint ventures in
Guatemala and Honduras...........................
Tax impact ........................................................
3,946
(1,117)
(1,616)
154
(112)
4,023
(1,165)
(1,656)
152
(111)
(77) (i)
48 (ii)
40 (ii)
2 (iii)
(1) (iv)
(i)
revenue recognition due to the reallocation of revenue from service (over time) to telephone and equipment revenue (point in time).
Mainly for adjustments for "principal vs agent" considerations under IFRS 15 for wholesale carrier business, as well as for the shift in the timing of
(ii)
and amortization of contract costs and for adjustments for "principal vs agent" under IFRS 15 for wholesale carrier business.
Mainly for the reallocation of cost for selling devices due to shift from service revenue to telephone and equipment revenue, for the capitalization
(iii)
(iv)
Impact of IFRS 15 related to our share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.
Tax effects of the above adjustments.
As reported Without adoption of IFRS
15
Effect of Change Higher/
(Lower)
Reason for the change
2018
2,867
2,839
FINANCIAL POSITION
$ millions
ASSETS ...................................................................
Investment in joint ventures (non-
current) ...................................................................
Contract costs, net (non-current) ..................
Deferred tax assets .............................................
Contract assets, net (current)..........................
LIABILITIES ...........................................................
Contract liabilities (current).............................
Provisions and other current liabilities........
Current income tax liabilities ..........................
Deferred tax liabilities (non-current)............
EQUITY ...................................................................
4
202
37
87
492
55
236
Retained profits and loss for the year ..........
Non-controlling interests .................................
2,525
251
—
200
—
—
574
52
229
2,468
248
28 (i)
4 (ii)
2 (vi)
37 (iii)
87 (iv)
(82) (v)
3 (vi)
7 (vi)
57 (vii)
3 (vii)
(i)
(ii)
Impact of application of IFRS 15 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.
This mainly represents commissions capitalized and amortized over the average contract term.
(iii)
Contract assets mainly represents subsidized handsets as more revenue is recognized upfront while the cash will be received throughout the
subscription period (which are usually between 12 to 36 months). Throughout the year ended December 31, 2018 no material impairment loss has been
recognized.
This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognized when the goods are
(iv)
delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises the revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the
inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognized over the average customer retention period or the contract term.
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities - see previous paragraph.
Tax effects of the above adjustments.
Cumulative catch-up effect and IFRS 15 effect in the current year.
131
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The following changes to standards effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2019 have been adopted by the Group:
IFRS 16 "Leases"primarily affects the accounting for the Group’s operating leases. The commitments for operating leases are now
recognized as right of use assets and lease liabilities for future payments. As a result, on adoption, on January 1, 2019, an additional
lease liability of $545 million has been recognized (see note C.4.). The application of the new standard decreased operating
expenses by $149 million, respectively, as compared to what our results would have been if we had continued to follow IAS 17 for
year ended December 31, 2019. The impact of the adoption of the leasing standard and the new accounting policies are further
explained below. The application of this standard also affects the Group’s depreciation, operating and financial expenses, debt and
other financing, and leverage ratios see note C.3.. The change in presentation of operating lease expenses has resulted in a
corresponding increase in cash flows derived from operating activities and a decline in cash flows from financing activities.
Below you will find further details describing the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 "Leases" on the Group’s financial statements. The
amended accounting policies applied from January 1, 2019 are further disclosed in note E.3..
Explanation and effect of adoption of IFRS 16
The Group adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of applying the new
Standard recognized in retained profits as of January 1, 2019. Its application had no significant impact on the Group's retained
profits. Comparatives for the 2018 and 2017 financial statements were not restated.
On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as ‘operating
leases’ under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments,
discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019.
The right-of-use asset was measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued
lease payments relating to the leases recognized in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial
application.
The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on January 1, 2019 was 12.3%. Each lease
commitment was individually discounted using a specific incremental borrowing rate, following a build-up approach including: risk-
free rates, industry risk, country risk, credit risk at cash generating unit level, currency risk and commitment’s maturity.
For leases previously classified as finance leases Millicom recognized the carrying amount of the lease asset and lease liability
immediately before transition as the carrying amount of the right of use asset and the lease liability at the date of initial application.
The measurement principles of IFRS 16 are only applied after that date.
$ millions
Operating lease commitments disclosed as at December 31, 2018
(Plus): Non lease components obligations.........................................................................................................................................................
(Less): Short term leases recognized on a straight line basis as an expense .........................................................................................
(Less): Low value leases recognized on a straight line basis as an expense...........................................................................................
(Less): Contract included in the lease commitments but with starting date in 2019 and not part of the IFRS 16 opening
balances..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(Plus/Less): Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gross lease liabilities...............................................................................................................................................................................................
Discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate at the date of the initial application .................................................
Incremental lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019................................................................................................................
(Plus): Finance lease liabilities recognized at December 31, 2018.............................................................................................................
Lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019
Of which are:
Current lease liabilities .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Non-current lease liabilities..............................................................................................................................................................................
2019
801
57
(3)
(2)
(17)
(9)
828
(283)
545
353
898
86
812
132
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The application of IFRS 16 affected the following items in the statement of financial position on January 1, 2019:
FINANCIAL POSITION
$ millions
As at January 1,
2019 before
application
Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 16
As at January 1,
2019 after
application
Reason
for the
change
ASSETS.....................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................................
Right-of-use asset (non-current) NEW ..........................................................
Prepayments
LIABILITIES.............................................................................................................
Lease liabilities (non-current) NEW ................................................................
Debt and other financing (non-current) ......................................................
Lease liabilities (current) NEW..........................................................................
Debt and other financing (current)................................................................
Other current liabilities.......................................................................................
3,071
—
129
—
4,123
—
458
492
(307)
856
(6)
812
(337)
86
(16)
(2)
2,764
856
123
812
3,786
86
442
490
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Transfer of previously capitalized assets under finance leases to Right-of-Use assets.
Initial recognition of Right-of-Use assets, transfer of previously recognized finance leases and of lease prepayments to the Right-of-Use asset cost
at transition.
Transfer of lease prepayments to the Right-of-Use asset cost at transition.
Initial recognition of lease liabilities and transfer of previously recognized finance lease liabilities.
Transfer of previously recognized finance lease liabilities to new Lease liabilities accounts.
(vi) Reclassification of provisions for onerous contracts to Right-of-Use assets.
The application of IFRS 16 has also impacted classifications within the statement of income, statement of cash flows, segment
information and EPS for the period starting from January 1, 2019.
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics
reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous
the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at January 1, 2019 as short-
term leases
the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and
the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the
lease.
The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for
contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made when applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4
Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.
The following new or amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period and did not have any significant impact on
the Group’s accounting policies or disclosures and did not require retrospective adjustments.
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
Amendments to IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" on prepayment features with negative compensation.
IFRIC 23 "Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments" clarifies how the recognition and measurement requirements of
IAS 12 Income taxes, are applied where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments.
Amendments to IAS 19 "Employee benefits" on plan amendment, curtailment or settlement.
Amendments to IAS 28 "Investments in associates" on long term interests in associates and joint ventures.
Annual improvements 2015-2017.
133
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The following changes to standards, which are not expected to materially affect the Group, will be effective from January 1, 2020:
Amendments to the conceptual
framework
Amendments to IAS 1,
‘Presentation of financial
statements’, and IAS 8,
‘Accounting policies, changes in
accounting estimates and errors’
The IASB has revised its conceptual framework. The Framework is not an
IFRS standard and does not override any standard, so nothing will change
in the short term.The revised Framework will be used in future standard-
setting decisions, but no changes will be made to current IFRS. Preparers
might also use the Framework to assist them in developing accounting
policies where an issue is not addressed by an IFRS.
The Group does not expect these amendments to have a material impact
on the consolidated financial statements as such.
These amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’, and IAS
8, ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’, and
consequential amendments to other IFRSs: i) use a consistent definition
of materiality throughout IFRSs and the Conceptual Framework for
Financial Reporting; ii) clarify the explanation of the definition of material;
and iii) incorporate some of the guidance in IAS 1 about immaterial
information.
The Group does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements.
January 1, 2020
January 1, 2020
Amendments to IFRS 3 - 'Business
Combinations' - definition of a
business
This amendment revises the definition of a business. According to
feedback received by the IASB, application of the current guidance is
commonly thought to be too complex, and it results in too many
transactions qualifying as business combinations.
January 1, 2020
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39
and IFRS 7 - Interest Rate
Benchmark Reform.
IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’
The Group does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements. These amendments have not yet
been endorsed by the EU.
The IASB has embarked on a two-phase project to consider what, if any,
reliefs to give from the effects of IBOR reform. For Phase 1, the IASB has
issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide temporary
relief from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to hedging
relationships directly affected by IBOR reform. The reliefs relate to hedge
accounting and have the effect that IBOR reform should not generally
cause hedge accounting
terminate. However, any hedge
ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement.
Given the pervasive nature of hedges involving IBOR based contracts, the
reliefs will affect companies in all industries.
to
The Group is currently assessing the impact of these amendments on the
consolidated financial statements but do not expect it will have a material
effect.
This standard replaces IFRS 4, which currently permits a wide variety of
practices in accounting for insurance contracts. IFRS 17 will fundamentally
change the accounting by all entities that issue insurance contracts and
investment contracts with discretionary participation features.
IFRS 17 will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 17 has not been yet endorsed by the EU.
January 1, 2020
January 1, 2021
Judgments and critical estimates
The preparation of IFRS financial statements requires management to use judgment in applying accounting policies. It also requires
the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events, actions and
best estimates as of a specified date, and actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates. Areas involving a higher degree of
judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in each
note and are summarized below:
134
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Judgments
Management apply judgment in accounting treatment and accounting policies in preparation of these financial statements. In
particular, a significant level of judgment is applied regarding the following items:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Acquisitions – measurement at fair value of existing and newly identified assets, including the measurement of property,
plant and equipment and intangible assets (e.g. particularly the customer lists being sensitive to significant assumptions as
disclosed in note A.1.2.), liabilities, contingent liabilities and remaining goodwill; the assessment of useful lives; as well as
the accounting treatment for transaction costs (see notes A.1.2., E.1.1., E.1.5., E.2.1.);
Impairment testing – key assumptions related to future business performance, perpetual growth rates and discount rates
(see notes E.1.2., E.1.6., E.2.2.);
Revenue recognition – whether or not the Group acts as principal or as an agent, when there is one or several
performance obligations and the determination of stand alone selling prices (see note B.1.1.);
Contingent liabilities – whether or not a provision should be recorded for any potential liabilities (see note G.3.);
Leases – In determining the lease term, including the assessment of whether the exercise of extension or termination
options is reasonably certain and the corresponding impact on the selected lease term (see note E.3.);
Control – whether Millicom, through voting rights and potential voting rights attached to shares held, or by way of
shareholders’ agreements or other factors, has the ability to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiaries it consolidates,
or jointly direct the relevant activities of its joint ventures (see notes A.1., A.2.);
Discontinued operations and assets held for sale – definition, classification and presentation (see notes A.4., E.4.1.) as
well as measurement of potential provisions related to indemnities;
Deferred tax assets – recognition based on likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax
planning strategies (see notes B.6.3.and G.3.2.);
Defined benefit obligations – key assumptions related to life expectancies, salary increases and leaving rates, mainly
related to UNE Colombia (see note B.4.3.).
Estimates
Estimates are based on historical experience and other factors, including reasonable expectations of future events. These factors are
reviewed in preparation of the financial statements although, due to inherent uncertainties in the evaluation process, actual results
may differ from original estimates. Estimates are subject to change as new information becomes available and may significantly
affect future operating results. Significant estimates have been applied in respect of the following items:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting for property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets in determining fair values at acquisition dates,
particularly for assets acquired in business combinations and sale and leaseback transactions (see notes A.1.and E.2.1.);
Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (see notes E.1.1., E.2.1.);
Provisions, in particular provisions for asset retirement obligations, legal and tax risks (see note F.4.);
Revenue recognition (see note B.1.1.);
Impairment testing including weighted average cost of capital (WACC), EBITDA margins, Capex intensity and long term
growth rates (see note E.1.6.);
For leases, estimates in determining the incremental borrowing rate for discounting the lease payments in case interest
rate implicit in the lease cannot be determined (see note E.3. );
Estimates for defined benefit obligations (see note B.4.3.);
Accounting for share-based compensation in particular estimates of forfeitures and future performance criteria (see notes
B.4.1., B.4.2.).
135
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
A. The Millicom Group
The Group comprises a number of holding companies, operating subsidiaries and joint ventures with various combinations of
mobile, fixed-line telephony, cable and wireless Pay TV, Internet and Mobile Financial Services (MFS) businesses. The Group also
holds other small minority investments in other businesses such as micro-insurance (Milvik).
A.1. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities which Millicom controls. Millicom controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns
from its investment in the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. Millicom has power
over an entity when it has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities, i.e. the activities that
significantly affect the entity’s returns. Generally, control accompanies a shareholding of more than half of the voting rights although
certain other factors (including contractual arrangements with other shareholders, voting and potential voting rights) are
considered when assessing whether Millicom controls an entity. For example, although Millicom holds less than 50 % of the shares in
its Colombian businesses, it holds more than 50 % of shares with voting rights. The contrary may also be true (e.g. Guatemala and
Honduras). In respect of the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras, shareholders’ agreements require unanimous consents for
decisions over the relevant activities of these entities (see also note A.2.2.). Therefore, the Group has joint control over these entities
and accounts for them under the equity method.
Our main subsidiaries are as follows:
Entity
Latin America
Country
Activity
December 31,
2019
December
31, 2018
December
31, 2017
In %
In %
In %
Telemovil El Salvador S.A. de C.V................................. El Salvador
Mobile, MFS, Cable, DTH
Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. ..................................... Costa Rica
Cable, DTH
Telefonica Celular de Bolivia S.A. ................................ Bolivia
Mobile, DTH, MFS, Cable
Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A. .......................... Paraguay
Mobile, MFS, Cable, PayTV
Cable Onda S.A (i)............................................................. Panama
Telefonica Moviles Panama (ii)..................................... Panama
Telefonia Cellular de Nicaragua sa (ii) ....................... Nicaragua
Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P. (iii)....................................... Colombia
Cable, PayTV, Internet, DTH,
Fixed-line
Mobile
Mobile
Mobile
UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A.(iii) ...................... Colombia
Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV,
Mobile
100
100
100
100
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
80
—
—
100
100
100
100
—
—
—
50-1 share
50-1 share
50-1 share
50-1 share
50-1 share
50-1 share
Edatel S.A. E.S.P. (iii) .......................................................... Colombia
Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV, Cable
50-1 share
50-1 share
50-1 share
Africa
Sentel GSM S.A.(v) ............................................................ Senegal
Mobile, MFS
MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company (vi) ............. Tanzania
Mobile, MFS
Millicom Tchad S.A. (v) .................................................... Chad
Millicom Rwanda Limited (v)........................................ Rwanda
Mobile, MFS
Mobile, MFS
Zanzibar Telecom Limited (vi)...................................... Tanzania
Mobile, MFS
Unallocated
Millicom International Operations S.A...................... Luxembourg Holding Company
Millicom International Operations B.V. ..................... Netherlands
Holding Company
Millicom LIH S.A. ............................................................... Luxembourg Holding Company
MIC Latin America B.V. .................................................... Netherlands
Holding Company
Millicom Africa B.V............................................................ Netherlands
Holding Company
Millicom Holding B.V. ...................................................... Netherlands
Holding Company
Millicom International Services LLC........................... USA
Millicom Services UK Ltd (vii) ....................................... UK
Millicom Spain S.L. ........................................................... Spain
Services Company
Services Company
Holding Company
136
—
98.5
—
—
98.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
—
100
100
—
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
(i)
Acquisition completed on December 13, 2018. Cable Onda S.A. is fully consolidated as Millicom has the majority of voting shares to direct the relevant
activities. See note A.1.2..
(ii)
Companies acquired during the year. See note A.1.2.
(iii)
Fully consolidated as Millicom has the majority of voting shares to direct the relevant activities.
(iv) Merged with Airtel Ghana in October 2017 and classified as discontinued operations for the year then ended (see note E.4.2.). Merged entity is accounted
for as a joint venture as from merger date (see note A.2.2.).
(v)
Companies disposed of in 2018 or 2019. See note A.1.3.
(vi) Change in ownership percentages as a result of the in-country restructuring . See note A.1.2.
(vii) Millicom Services UK Ltd with registered number 08330497 will take advantage of an audit exemption to prepare stand alone financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 2019 as set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006.
A.1.1. Accounting for subsidiaries and non-controlling interests
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to Millicom. If facts and circumstances indicate that
there are changes to one or more of the elements of control, a reassessment is performed to determine if control still exists.
Subsidiaries are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Transactions with non-controlling interests are accounted for as
transactions with equity owners of the Group. Gains or losses on disposals of non-controlling interests are recorded in equity. For
purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the
carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is also recorded in equity.
A.1.2. Acquisition of subsidiaries and changes in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Scope changes 2019
1. Telefonica CAM Acquisitions
On February 20, 2019, MIC S.A., Telefonica Centroamerica and Telefonica S.A. entered into 3 separate share purchase agreements (the
“Telefonica CAM Acquisitions”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, Millicom agreed to purchase
100% of the shares of Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Panama, from Telefonica Centroamerica
(the “Panama Acquisition”), 100% of the shares of Telefonica de Costa Rica TC, S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Costa
Rica, from Telefonica (the “Costa Rica Acquisition”) and 100% of the shares of Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua, S.A., a company incorporated
under the laws of Nicaragua, from Telefonica Centroamerica (the “Nicaragua Acquisition”). The Telefonica CAM Acquisitions Share
Purchase Agreements contain customary representations and warranties and termination provisions. The consummation of the Costa
Rica Acquisition is still subject to regulatory approvals and is expected to close in H1 2020.
Acquisition related costs for Nicaragua and Panama acquisitions included in the statement of income under operating expenses were
approximately $16 million for the year.
The aggregate purchase price for the Telefonica CAM Acquisitions is $1.65 billion, subject to potential purchase price adjustments.
a) Nicaragua Acquisition
This transaction closed on May 16, 2019 after receipt of the necessary approvals and, since that date, Millicom holds all voting rights
into Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua ("Nicaragua") and controls it. On the same day, Millicom paid an original cash consideration of $437
million, provisionally adjusted to $430 million as of December 31, 2019 and still subject to final price adjustment expected in Q1 2020.
The purchase consideration also includes potential indemnifications from the sellers (including potential tax contingencies and
litigations). For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the provisional fair values of Nicaragua's identifiable assets and liabilities
based on transaction and relative fair values. The purchase accounting is still provisional at December 31, 2019, particularly in respect
of the final price adjustment and the evaluation of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Management expects to finalize the
purchase accounting in Q1 2020.
137
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The provisional purchase accounting as at December 31, 2019 is as follows
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)
Property, plant and equipment (ii)
Right of use assets (iii)
Other non-current assets
Current assets (excluding cash) (iv)
Trade receivables (v)
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets acquired
Lease liabilities (iii)
Other liabilities (vi)
Total liabilities assumed
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
Acquisition price
Provisional Goodwill
Provisional
Fair values
(100%)
(US$ millions)
131
149
131
2
23
17
7
459
131
118
249
210
430
220
(i)
Intangible assets not previously recognized at the date of acquisition, are mainly customer lists for an amount of $81 million, with estimated useful
lives ranging from 4 to 10 years. In addition, a fair value step-up of $39 million on the spectrum held by Nicaragua has been recognized, with a
remaining useful life of 14 years.
(ii) A fair value step-up of $39 million has been recognized on property, plant and equipment, mainly on the core network ($25 million) and owned land
and buildings ($8 million). The expected remaining useful lives were estimated at 6-7 years on average.
(iii)
The Group measured the lease liability at the present value of the remaining lease payments (as defined in IFRS 16) as if the acquired lease were a new
lease at the acquisition date. The right-of-use assets have been adjusted by $7 million to be measured at the same amount as the lease liabilities.
(iv) Current assets include indemnification assets for tax contingencies at fair value for an amount of $11 million - see (v) below.
(v)
The fair value of trade receivables acquired was $17 million.
(vi) Other liabilities include the fair value of certain possible tax contingent liabilities for $1 million and a deferred tax liability of $50 million resulting from
the above adjustments
The goodwill is currently not expected to be tax deductible, and is attributable to expected synergies and convergence with our legacy
fixed business in the country, as well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. For convenience purposes, the acquisition date
was set on May 1, 2019 as there were no material transactions from this date to May 16, 2019. From May 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019,
Nicaragua contributed $144 million of revenue and a net profit of $5 million to the Group. If the acquisition had occurred on January
1, 2019 incremental revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 for the Group would have been $219 million and incremental net
loss for that period would have been $16 million, including amortization of assets not previously recognized of $12 million (net of tax).
Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation
The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:
Major class of assets
Valuation method
Key assumption 1
Key assumption 2
Key assumption 3
Spectrum
Customer lists
Land and buildings
Market approach -
Market comparable
transactions
Income approach -
Multi-Period
Excess Earnings
Method
Market approach
Core network
Cost approach
Discount rate : 14%
Terminal growth rate:
Estimated duration: 14
2.5%
years
Discount rate: 14-15%
Monthly Churn rate:
From 1.2% for B2B
to 2.9% for B2C
EBITDA margin: ~ 36%
to 41%
Economic useful life
(range): 10-30 years
Price per square meter:
from $2 to $57
Economic useful life
(range): 5-27 years
Remaining useful life
(minimum) : 1.7
years
N/A
N/A
138
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
b) Panama Acquisition
This transaction closed on August 29, 2019 after receipt of the necessary approvals and, since that date, Cable Onda, which is 80%
owned by Millicom, holds all voting rights in Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A. ("Panama") and controls it. On the same day, Cable Onda
paid an original cash consideration of $594 million to acquire 100% of the shares of Panama, subject to a final price adjustment expected
in Q1 2020. The purchase consideration also includes potential indemnifications from the sellers (including potential tax contingencies
and litigations). For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the fair value of Panama's identifiable assets and liabilities based
on transaction and relative fair values. The purchase accounting is still provisional at December 31, 2019, particularly in respect of the
evaluation of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, final price adjustment and their resulting impact
on the current valuation of intangible assets. Management expects to finalize the purchase accounting during the first half of 2020.
No non-controlling interests are recognized at acquisition date as Cable Onda acquired 100% of the shares of Panama. Though, non-
controlling interests are recognized in Panama's results from the date of acquisition.
139
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The provisional purchase accounting as at December 31, 2019 is as follows:
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Other non-current assets
Current assets (excluding cash)
Trade receivables (ii)
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets acquired
Lease liabilities
Other debt and financing
Other liabilities (iii)
Total liabilities assumed
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
Acquisition price
Provisional Goodwill
Provisional Fair values
(100%)
(US$ millions)
169
110
57
3
23
21
10
391
48
74
101
224
167
594
426
(i)
Intangible assets not previously recognized at the date of acquisition, are mainly customer lists for an amount of $58 million, with estimated useful
lives ranging from 3 to 17 years. In addition, a fair value step-up of $3 million on the spectrum held by Panama has been recognized, with a remaining
useful life of 17 years.
(ii)
The fair value of trade receivables acquired was $21 million.
(iii) Other liabilities include a deferred tax liability of $15 million resulting from the above adjustments
The goodwill is currently not expected to be tax deductible and is attributable to expected synergies and convergence with Cable
Onda, as well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. For convenience purposes, the acquisition date was set on September
1, 2019. From September 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, Panama contributed $80 million of revenue and a net profit of $6 million to
the Group. If Panama had been acquired on January 1, 2019 incremental revenue for the twelve-month period ended December 31,
2019 for the Group would have been $158 million and incremental net profit for that period would have been $1 million, including
amortization of assets not previously recognized of $3 million (net of tax).
Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation
The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:
Major class of assets
Valuation method
Key assumption 1
Key assumption 2
Key assumption 3
Spectrum
Customer lists
2. Tanzania restructuring
Market approach -
Market comparable
transactions
Income approach -
Multi-Period
Excess Earnings
Method
Discount rate: 9.8%
Terminal growth rate:
Estimated duration: 17
2.9%
years
Discount rate: 9.8-11%
Monthly Churn rate:
From 0.4% for B2C
postpaid to 3.9% for
B2C prepaid
EBITDA margin: ~ 35%
to 39%
In October 2019, with the view of listing the shares of MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company ('MIC Tanzania') on the local stock exchange
(see note H), Millicom completed the restructuring of its investments in different operations in the country. Mainly, MIC Tanzania acquired
all the shares of Zantel, which was partially held by the Government of Zanzibar (15%). In exchange of the contribution of its 15% shares
in Zantel to MIC Tanzania, the Government of Zanzibar received 1.5% of newly issued shares in MIC Tanzania. This restructuring did not
result in the Group losing control in Zantel nor MIC Tanzania, and has therefore been recognized as an equity transaction. As a
consequence, the Group owners’ equity decreased by a net amount of $18 million as a result of the derecognition of the 15% non-
controlling interests in Zantel and the recognition of 1.5% non-controlling interests in MIC Tanzania.
140
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
3. Others
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group also completed minor additional acquisitions.
Scope changes 2018
1. Cable Onda acquisition
On October 7, 2018, the Company signed an agreement to acquire a controlling 80% stake in Cable Onda, the largest cable and fixed
telecommunications services provider in Panama. The selling shareholders retained a 20% equity stake in the company. The
transaction closed on December 13, 2018 after receipt of necessary approvals, for final cash consideration of $956 million. Millicom
concluded that it controls Cable Onda since closing date and therefore fully consolidates it in its financial statements with a 20%
non-controlling interest. The deal also includes certain liquidity rights such as call and put options that have been amended as a
result of the acquisition of Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A.. See note C.7.4. for further details on the accounting treatment of these
options.
For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the fair value of Cable Onda identifiable assets and liabilities based on
transaction and relative values. The non-controlling interest was measured based on the proportionate share of the fair value of the
net assets of Cable Onda. The exercise has been finalized in December 2019. The main adjustments compared to the provisional fair
values relate to the final valuation of the property, plant and equipment for a net increase of $30 million, as well as its related impact
on the customer list fair value (a decrease of $20 million) and deferred tax liabilities (net increase of $3 million). The remaining
adjustments are linked to reassessment of contingent liabilities and corresponding indemnification assets. As a result, goodwill
decreased by $8 million as follows:
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)
Property, plant and equipment (ii)
Current assets (excluding cash)(iii)
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets acquired
Non-current liabilities(iv)
Current liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda (v)
Fair value of non-controlling interest in Cable Onda (20%)
Millicom’s interest in the fair value of Cable Onda (80%)
Acquisition price
Final Goodwill
..
Provisional
Fair values
(100%)
(US$
millions)
Final Fair
values (100%)
(US$ millions)
Changes
(US$
millions)
673
348
54
12
653
378
50
12
1,088
1,094
422
141
563
525
30
111
444
956
512
425
134
559
535
30
113
452
956
504
(20)
30
(4)
—
6
3
(7)
(4)
10
—
2
8
0
(8)
(i)
(ii)
Intangible assets not previously recognized (or partially recognized as a result of previous acquisitions) are trademarks for an amount of $280 million,
with estimated useful lives of 3 years, a customer list for an amount of $350 million, with estimated useful life of 20 years and favorable content
contracts for $19 million, with a useful life of 10 years.
A net fair value step-up of $30 million has been recognized on property, plant and equipment, mainly on the core network ($11 million). The expected
remaining useful lives were estimated at 5 years on average.
(iii) Current assets include trade receivables amounting to a fair value of $34 million.
(iv) Non-current liabilities include the deferred tax liability of $161 million resulting from the above adjustments.
(v)
Transaction costs of $30 million have been assumed and paid by Cable Onda before the acquisition or by Millicom on the closing date. Because of their
relationship with the acquisition, these costs have been accounted for as post-acquisition costs in the Millicom Group statement of income. These,
together with acquisition-related costs of $11 million, have been recorded under operating expenses in the statement of income of the year.
The completion of the purchase price allocation did not result in any material impact on the statement of income for the years
ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively, in respect of values previously recorded in the provisional purchase
accounting.
141
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The goodwill, which is not expected to be tax deductible, is attributable to Cable Onda’s strong market position and profitability, as
well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. From December 13, 2018 to December 31, 2018, Cable Onda contributed $17
million of revenue and a net loss of $7 million to the Group. If Cable Onda had been acquired on 1 January 2018 incremental revenue
for the 2018 year would have been $403 million and incremental net loss for that period of $59 million, including amortization of
assets not previously recognized of $85 million (net of tax).
Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation
The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:
Major class of assets
Valuation method
Key assumption 1
Key assumption 2
Key assumption 3
Brands
Customer lists
Property, plant & equipment
Income approach -
Relief-from-Royalty
approach
Income approach -
Multi-Period
Excess Earnings
Method
Cost approach
Discount rate: 10%
Royalty rate: 4.5%
Tax rate: 25%
Discount rate: 10%
Economic useful life
(range): 5-15 years
Yearly Churn rate:
5.8% in average
Remaining useful
life (minimum):
2-8 years
EBITDA margin: ~ 48%
N/A
142
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
A.1.3. Disposal of subsidiaries and decreases in non-controlling interests of subsidiaries
Chad
On June 26, 2019, the Group completed the disposal of its operations in Chad for a final cash consideration of $110 million. In
accordance with Group practices, the Chad operation has been classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as from
June 5, 2019 and prior periods restated. On June 26, 2019, Chad was deconsolidated and a gain on disposal of $77 million was
recognized (see also note E.4.).
Rwanda
On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda operations to subsidiaries of
Bharti Airtel Limited for a final cash consideration of $51 million, including a deferred cash payment due in January 2020 for an
amount of $18 million. The transaction also included earn-outs for $7 million that were not recognized by the Group as management
does not believe these will be triggered. The sale was completed on January 31, 2018. In accordance with Group practices, Rwanda
operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on January 23, 2018. Rwanda’s operations also represented a separate
geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations presentation; results were therefore shown on a single line in the
statements of income under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’ (see also note E.4.).
Senegal
On July 28, 2017, Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima
(managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group. In accordance with Group practices, Senegal operations’ assets and liabilities
were classified as held for sale on February 2, 2017. Senegal’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did
qualify for discontinued operations. The sale was completed on April 27, 2018 in exchange of a cash consideration of $151 million.
(see also note E.4.)
Ghana merger
On March 3, 2017, Millicom and Bharti Airtel Limited (Airtel) announced that they had entered into an agreement for Tigo Ghana
Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited to combine their operations in Ghana. In accordance with Group practices, Ghana operations’
assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on September 30, 2017. Ghana’s operations also represented a separate
geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. The transaction was completed on October 12, 2017 (see also note
E.4.).
Other disposals
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, Millicom did not dispose of any other significant investments.
A.1.4. Summarized financial information relating to significant subsidiaries with non-controlling interests
At December 31, 2019 and 2018, Millicom’s subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests were the Group’s operations in
Colombia and Panama.
Balance sheet – non-controlling interests
Colombia
Panama
Others
Total
(i) Restated as a result of the finalization of Cable Onda purchase accounting, see note A.1.2.
December 31,
2019
2018(i)
(US$ millions)
170
99
2
271
161
105
(16)
251
143
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
Colombia
Panama
Others
Total
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
11
(6)
—
5
(5)
(8)
(3)
(16)
(13)
—
(4)
(17)
The summarized financial information for material non-controlling interests in our operations in Colombia and Panama is provided
below. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations.
Colombia
Revenue
Total operating expenses
Operating profit
Net (loss) for the year
50% non-controlling interest in net (loss)
Total assets (excluding goodwill)
Total liabilities
Net assets
50% non-controlling interest in net assets
Consolidation adjustments
Total non-controlling interest
Dividends and advances paid to non-controlling interest
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
1,532
(543)
164
23
11
2,256
1,891
365
183
(13)
170
(12)
363
(260)
(67)
—
36
1,661
1,739
(667)
147
(10)
(5)
1,966
1,620
346
173
(12)
161
(2)
348
(270)
(75)
(18)
(15)
(647)
106
(25)
(13)
2,193
1,771
422
211
(15)
197
0
331
(209)
(46)
3
80
144
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Panama
Revenue
Total operating expenses
Operating profit
Net (loss) for the year
20% non-controlling interest in net (loss)
Total assets (excluding Millicom's goodwill in Cable Onda)
Total liabilities
Net assets
20% non-controlling interest in net assets
Consolidation adjustments
Total non-controlling interest
Dividends and advances paid to non-controlling interest
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from (used in) investing activities (iii)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities (iii)
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
2019 (ii)
2018 (i)
(US$ millions)
475
(148)
(15)
(31)
(6)
1,866
1,372
494
99
—
99
—
167
(693)
580
—
54
17
(8)
(39)
(39)
(8)
1,082
556
526
105
—
105
—
(2)
12
(3)
—
7
(i)
(ii)
Cable Onda was acquired on December 13, 2018 and 2018 figures therefore only include results and cash flows from the date of acquisition.
2019 figures include the full year results and cash flows of Cable Onda, as well as 4 months of Telefonica Panama which was consolidated from
September 1, 2019.
(iii)
In 2019, Cable Onda acquired Telefonica Panama for $594 million (note A.1.2.), financed by issuing a $600 million Senior Notes due 2030 (note C.3.1.)
145
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
A.2. Joint ventures
Joint ventures are businesses over which Millicom exercises joint control as decisions over the relevant activities of each require
unanimous consent of shareholders. Millicom determines the existence of joint control by reference to joint venture agreements,
articles of association, structures and voting protocols of the board of directors of those ventures.
At December 31, 2019, the equity accounted net assets of our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana totaled $3,346
million (December 31, 2018: $3,405 million for Guatemala and Honduras only). These net assets do not necessarily represent
statutory reserves available for distribution as these include consolidation adjustments (such as goodwill and identified assets and
assumed liabilities recognized as part of the purchase accounting). Out of these reserves, $142 million (December 31, 2018: $133
million) represent statutory reserves that are unavailable to be distributed to the Group. During the year ended December 31, 2019,
Millicom’s joint ventures paid $237 million (December 31, 2018: $243 million) as dividends or dividend advances to the Company.
Our main joint ventures are as follows:
Entity
Comunicaciones Celulares S.A(i).
Navega.com S.A.(i)
Telefonica Celular S.A(i).
Navega S.A. de CV(i)
Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V.
Country
Activity
December
31, 2019 %
holding
December
31, 2018 %
holding
Guatemala
Guatemala
Honduras
Honduras
Ghana
Mobile, MFS
Cable, DTH
Mobile, MFS
Cable
Mobile, MFS
55
55
66.7
66.7
50
55
55
66.7
66.7
50
(i) Millicom owns more than 50% of the shares in these entities and has the right to nominate a majority of the directors of each of these entities. However,
key decisions over the relevant activities must be taken by a supermajority vote. This effectively gives either shareholder the ability to veto any decision
and therefore neither shareholder has sole control over the entity. Therefore, the operations of these joint ventures are accounted for under the equity
method.
The carrying values of Millicom’s investments in joint ventures were as follows:
Carrying value of investments in joint ventures at December 31
Honduras operations(i)
Guatemala operations(i)
AirtelTigo Ghana operations
Total
%
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
66.7
55
50
708
2,089
—
2,797
730
2,104
32
2,867
(i)
Includes all the companies under the Honduras and Guatemala groups.
The table below summarizes the movements for the year in respect of the Group’s joint ventures carrying values:
146
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Opening balance at January 1, 2018
Adjustments on adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 (net of tax)
Change in scope
Results for the year
Capital increase
Dividends declared during the year
Currency exchange differences
Closing balance at December 31, 2018
Accounting policy changes
Capital increase
Results for the year
Utilization of past recognized losses
Dividends declared during the year
Currency exchange differences
Closing balance at December 31, 2019
Guatemala(i) Honduras (i)
Ghana(ii)
(US$ millions)
2,145
726
18
—
131
—
(177)
(14)
2,104
—
—
152
—
(170)
2
2,089
5
—
23
3
—
(26)
730
—
—
27
—
(37)
(12)
708
96
0
0
(68)
—
—
3
32
—
5
(40)
(5)
—
8
—
(i)
(ii)
Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras’ in the statement of income.
Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net’ in the statement of income.
At December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Group had not incurred obligations, nor made payments on behalf of the Guatemala, Honduras
or Ghana operations.
A.2.1. Accounting for joint ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost (calculated at fair value if
it was a subsidiary of the Group before becoming a joint venture). The Group’s investments in joint ventures include goodwill (net of
any accumulated impairment loss) on acquisition.
The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses of joint ventures is recognized in the consolidated statement of income and its
share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in reserves. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted
against the carrying amount of the investments. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in
the joint venture, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless the Group has
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures.
Gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint
ventures. Losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting
policies of joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Dilution gains and losses arising in investments in joint ventures are recognized in the statement of income.
After application of the equity method, including recognizing the joint ventures’ losses, the Group applies IFRS 9 to determine
whether it is necessary to recognize any additional impairment loss with respect to its net investment in the joint venture.
A.2.2. Material joint ventures – Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana operations
Summarized financial information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of the Guatemala and Honduras
operations is as follows. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations.
147
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Guatemala
Revenue.................................................................................................................................................................................
1,434
1,373
1,328
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................
Operating profit(i)............................................................................................................................................................
Financial income (expenses), net ..................................................................................................................................
Profit before taxes............................................................................................................................................................
Charge for taxes, net..........................................................................................................................................................
Profit for the year .............................................................................................................................................................
Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom.................................................................................................
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.................................................................................................................
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).........................................................................................................
Total non-current liabilities .............................................................................................................................................
Total current assets.............................................................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities.......................................................................................................................................................
Total net assets
Group's share in %
Group's share in USD millions
Goodwill and consolidation adjustments
Carrying value of investment in joint venture
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – non-current................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – current .........................................................................................................................................
Net cash from operating activities................................................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) investing activities...............................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..............................................................................................................
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net ............................................................................................
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...........................................................................................................
(313)
429
(66)
356
(79)
277
152
209
2,517
1,216
717
251
1,767
55%
972
1,117
2,089
189
1,152
21
588
(205)
(412)
1
(28)
(283)
387
(56)
309
(69)
240
131
211
2,280
981
718
221
1,796
55%
988
1,116
2,104
217
928
—
545
(173)
(455)
(3)
(86)
(295)
352
(60)
305
(74)
230
126
162
2,406
1,052
756
220
1,890
55%
1,040
1,106
2,145
303
995
—
498
(171)
(315)
2
14
(i)
In 2017, operating profit included a provision for impairment of $10 million on the fixed assets related to video surveillance contracts with the Civil
National Police.
Guatemala financing
In 2014, Intertrust SPV (Cayman) Limited, acting as trustee of the Comcel Trust, a trust established and consolidated by Comcel for
the purposes of the transaction, issued $800 million 6.875% Senior Notes to refinance existing local and MIC S.A. corporate debt. The
bond was issued at 98.233% of the principal and has an effective interest rate of 7.168%. The bond is guaranteed by Comcel and
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
148
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Honduras
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Revenue.................................................................................................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................
Operating profit................................................................................................................................................................
Financial income (expenses), net ..................................................................................................................................
Profit before taxes............................................................................................................................................................
Charge for taxes, net..........................................................................................................................................................
Profit for the year .............................................................................................................................................................
Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom.................................................................................................
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.................................................................................................................
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).........................................................................................................
Total non-current liabilities .............................................................................................................................................
Total current assets.............................................................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities.......................................................................................................................................................
Total net assets.....................................................................................................................................................................
594
(132)
102
(37)
60
(21)
39
27
28
516
469
312
183
176
586
(133)
91
(29)
52
(18)
34
23
32
506
386
304
226
198
585
(156)
70
(27)
41
(18)
23
15
40
576
407
208
282
95
Group's share in % ..............................................................................................................................................................
66.7%
66.7%
66.7%
Group's share in USD millions ........................................................................................................................................
Goodwill and consolidation adjustments..................................................................................................................
Carrying value of investment in joint venture..........................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – non-current................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – current .........................................................................................................................................
Net cash from operating activities................................................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) investing activities...............................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..............................................................................................................
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents....................................................................................
117
591
708
40
384
39
169
(77)
(77)
15
132
598
730
25
298
85
147
(87)
(50)
9
63
663
726
16
308
80
152
(74)
(74)
3
Honduras financing
On September 19, 2019, Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V. entered into a new credit agreement with Banco Industrial S.A. and Banco
Pais S.A for an amount up to $185 million, in tranches of $100 million, $60 million and $25 million. The Loan Agreement has a 10-
year maturity and an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.80% per annum, subject to a floor of minimum 5.25%. The new credit agreement
has been used to consolidate the portion of a syndicated $250 million facility with Scotiabank dated March 27, 2015, and $90 million
credit agreement with Banco Industrial S.A. dated March 20, 2018.
On September 19, 2019, Navega S.A. de C.V., entered into new facility agreement with Banco Industrial S.A. for an amount of $20
million and a duration of 10 years. The new agreement bears an annual interest of LIBOR plus 3.80% , subject to a floor of 5.25%. and
will be used to refinance the portion corresponding to it as borrower under the $250 million facility with Scotiabank dated March 27,
2015.
Ghana
As mentioned in note A.1.3., in 2017 Millicom and Airtel signed a Combination Agreement, whereby both investors decided to
combine their respective subsidiaries in Ghana, namely Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited under an existing company –
Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V. (the ‘JV’ or ‘AirtelTigo Ghana’) both Millicom and Airtel each owning 50%. As part of the transaction,
the government of Ghana retained an option to acquire a 25% stake in the newly combined entity for a period of two years. This
option has never been material and expired unexercised in September 2019.
On October 12, 2017, both parties announced the completion of the transaction. As consideration received, each party owns 50% of
the equity capital and voting rights of the JV, and Millicom holds a $40 million loan against Tigo Ghana (the “Millicom Note”), which
149
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
shall rank in priority to all other obligations of the joint venture owed to its shareholders. The Millicom Note bears interest and is
classified under ‘other non-current assets’ in the statement of financial position.
Decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Therefore, based on IFRS 11,
this agreement results in Millicom and Airtel having joint control over the combined entity, which is a joint venture. Millicom
therefore uses the equity method to account for its investment in the combined entity since October 12, 2017.
As a consequence, on October 12, 2017, Millicom deconsolidated its investments in Ghana operations and accounted for its
investment in the combined entity under the equity method, initially at fair value of $102 million, resulting in a net gain on the
deconsolidation of these operations amounting to $36 million, including recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated
in equity of $79 million. The net gain has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’.
AirtelTigo Ghana
Revenue.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization..........................................................................................................................................
Operating loss ........................................................................................................................................................................
Financial income (expenses), net ......................................................................................................................................
Loss before taxes ..................................................................................................................................................................
Charge for taxes, net ..............................................................................................................................................................
Loss for the period ...............................................................................................................................................................
Net loss for the period attributable to Millicom....................................................................................................
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.....................................................................................................................
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).............................................................................................................
Total non-current liabilities..................................................................................................................................................
Total current assets.................................................................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................................................................
Total net assets.........................................................................................................................................................................
Group's share in % ..................................................................................................................................................................
Group's share in USD millions.............................................................................................................................................
Goodwill and consolidation adjustments ......................................................................................................................
Unrecognised losses ..............................................................................................................................................................
Carrying value of investment in joint venture..............................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – non-current ....................................................................................................................................
Debt and financing – current..............................................................................................................................................
Net cash from operating activities....................................................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) investing activities...................................................................................................................
Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..................................................................................................................
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................
2019
(US$ millions)
2018
(US$
millions)
2017
(US$
millions)
142
(69)
(72)
(77)
(123)
—
(123)
(40)
—
168
245
42
187
(223)
50%
(111)
90
(22)
—
5
245
27
(5)
—
(6)
(11)
187
(110)
(100)
(42)
(135)
—
(135)
(68)
—
277
277
71
134
(63)
50%
(31)
63
0
32
19
276
17
(19)
(8)
42
15
58
(11)
(1)
(10)
(12)
—
(12)
(6)
—
184
214
60
106
(76)
50%
(38)
134
0
96
15
145
—
13
—
(3)
10
A.2.3. Impairment of investment in joint ventures
While no impairment triggers were identified for the Group’s investments in joint ventures in 2019, according to its policy,
management have completed an impairment test for its joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana (up to 2018 for Ghana as
investment is nil as of December 31, 2019).
The Group’s investments in Guatemala and Honduras operations were tested for impairment by assessing their recoverable amount
(using a value in use model based on discounted cash flows) against their carrying amounts. The cash flow projections used were
extracted from financial budgets approved by management and the Board covering a period of five years. In respect of Guatemala
150
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
and Honduras, cash flows beyond this period have been extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate of 1.1%–1.2% (2018: 3.2%–
3.0%). Discount rates used in determining recoverable amounts were 9.5% and 9.7%, respectively (2018: 11.0% and 10.3%). For
Ghana, in 2018, management used a perpetual growth rate of 3.8% and a discount rate of 14.4%.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and as a result of the impairment testing described above, management
concluded that none of the Group’s investments in joint ventures should be impaired.
Sensitivity analysis was performed on key assumptions within the impairment tests. The sensitivity analysis determined that
sufficient headroom exists from realistic changes to the assumptions that would not impact the overall results of the testing.
151
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
A.3. Investments in associates
Millicom’s investments in Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA) and in the African online business (AIH) became listed companies during 2019,
and Millicom resigned from its board of directors' positions in both companies, having as an effect the loss of its significant influence.
Both investments are now accounted for as equity instruments (see note C.7.3.). Millicom has significant influence over other immaterial
associates as shown below.
The Group’s associates are as follows:
Entity
Africa
Country
Activity(ies)
% holding
% holding
December
31, 2019
December
31, 2018
Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA)(i)............................................... Mauritius
Africa Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)(i) ................................... Germany
Holding of Tower infrastructure
company
Online marketplace, retail and
services
West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC) ..... Republic of
Mauritius
Telecommunication carriers’ carrier
—
—
9.1
22.83
10.15
9.1
Latin America
MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)
Germany
Online marketplace, retail and
services
35.0
35.0
Unallocated
Milvik AB ........................................................................................... Sweden
Other
11.4
12.3
(i) See note C.7.3..
At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of Millicom’s main associates was as follows:
Carrying value of investments in associates at December 31
African Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)...........................................................................................................................................................
Helios Tower Africa Ltd (HTA)...........................................................................................................................................................................
Milvik AB..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC) ...........................................................................................................................
Total
The summarized financial information for the Group’s main material associates is provided below.
Summary of statement of financial position of associates at December 31,
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
—
—
11
14
25
38
105
13
14
169
Total current assets ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total non-current assets .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total assets.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total non-current liabilities................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total net assets.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in HTA and AIH...................................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in other associates............................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in associates........................................................................................................................................................
2018 (i)
473
717
1,190
343
627
969
221
142
27
169
152
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
(i) The summarized financial information in 2018 includes HTA and AIH. For 2019, Millicom does not disclose such information as its remaining associates are
immaterial to the Group.
Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates
In 2019, the loss shown under this caption in the statement of income mainly relates to the net losses recognised by our joint
venture in Ghana. For further details refer to note A.2..
2018 (i)
2017 (i)
Revenue...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operating expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................
Operating profit (loss) ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Net loss for the year.............................................................................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s share of results from HTA and AIH.............................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s share of results from other associates......................................................................................................................................
Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures (Ghana) .............................................................................................................
Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures and associates ......................................................................................
511
(459)
(214)
(327)
(66)
(2)
(68)
(136)
449
(321)
(148)
(220)
(34)
(45)
(6)
(85)
(i) The summarized financial information in 2018 and 2017 includes HTA and AIH. For 2019, Millicom does not disclose such information as its remaining
associates are immaterial to the Group.
A.3.1. Accounting for investments in associates
The Group accounts for associates in the same way as it accounts for joint ventures.
A.3.2. Acquisitions and disposals of interests in associates
Milvik AB (BIMA)
On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it had sold a portion of its ownership stake in BIMA - a leading emerging market
insurance player - (from 20.4% to 12.0% – on a fully diluted basis) to Kinnevik and a new investor, with the latter contributing $97
million in the micro-insurance business. As a result of the transaction, Millicom received $24 million in cash and recognized a gain on
disposal of $21 million. In addition, and as a consequence of the subsequent capital increase made by the new investor, the Group
recognized a gain on dilution of $11 million. Both gains have been recorded under the caption "Income (loss) from other joint
ventures and associates, net", in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2017. Both transactions were carried out
at the same fair value on an arm’s length basis.
MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)
Millicom’s 35.0% investment in LIH has been fully impaired in two stages (by $40 million in 2016 and $48 million in 2017) mainly as a
result of the decrease in fair value of LIH’s investment in the Global Fashion Group and the results the annual impairment test
conducted in 2017. The impairment test performed in 2019 confirms this conclusion. These losses were recorded under the caption
'Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net' in the year ended December 31, 2017.
A.4. Discontinued operations
A.4.1. Classification of discontinued operations
Discontinued operations are those which have identifiable operations and cash flows (for both operating and management
purposes) and represent a major line of business or geographic area which has been disposed of, or are held for sale. Revenue and
expenses associated with discontinued operations are presented retrospectively in a separate line in the consolidated statement of
income. Millicom determined that the loss of path to control of operations by the termination of a contractual arrangement (e.g.
termination without exercise of an unconditional call option agreement giving path to control, as occurred with the Guatemala and
Honduras operations) does not require presentation as a discontinued operation.
A.4.2. Millicom’s discontinued operations
In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in Chad, Senegal, Tigo Ghana and Tigo Rwanda have been classified as assets held
for sale (respectively on June 5, 2019, February 2, 2017, September 28, 2017 and January 23, 2018) and their results were showed as
153
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
discontinued operations for all years presented in these financial statements. The statement of income comparative figures
presented in the notes to these consolidated financial statements have therefore been restated accordingly and when necessary. For
further details, refer to note E.4.
B. Performance
B.1. Revenue
Millicom’s revenue comprises sale of services from its mobile business (including Mobile Financial Services - MFS) and its cable and
other fixed services, as well as related devices and equipment. Recurring revenue consists of monthly subscription fees, airtime and
data usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees, TV services, B2B contracts, MFS commissions and fees from other
telecommunications services such as data services, short message services and other value added services.
Revenue from continuing operations by category
Mobile .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Cable and other fixed services .......................................................................................................................................
Other .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Service revenue.................................................................................................................................................................
Telephone and equipment and other .........................................................................................................................
Total revenue......................................................................................................................................................................
Revenue from continuing operations by country or operation (i)
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
2,150
1,928
52
4,130
206
4,336
2,126
1,565
43
3,734
212
3,946
2,147
1,551
38
3,737
199
3,936
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Colombia................................................................................................................................................................................
1,532
1,661
1,739
Paraguay.................................................................................................................................................................................
Bolivia......................................................................................................................................................................................
El Salvador .............................................................................................................................................................................
Tanzania..................................................................................................................................................................................
Nicaragua...............................................................................................................................................................................
Costa Rica...............................................................................................................................................................................
Panama ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Other operations.................................................................................................................................................................
609
639
386
382
157
153
475
2
679
614
405
399
13
155
17
5
662
555
422
384
13
153
—
7
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
4,336
3,946
3,936
(i)
The revenue figures above are shown after intercompany eliminations.
B.1.1. Accounting for revenue
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for
transferring goods or services to a customer.
The Group applies the following practical expedients foreseen in IFRS 15:
•
No adjustment to the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer
of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than
one year the financing component is adjusted, if material.
154
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
•
•
•
Disclosure in the Group Financial Statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only
for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for
contracts that have an original duration of one year or less are not disclosed).
Application of the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the
consideration from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e, if
billing corresponds to accounting revenue).
Application of the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when
incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less.
Post-paid connection fees are derived from the payment of a non-refundable / one-time fee charged to customer to connect to the
network (e.g. connection / installation fee). Usually, it does not represent a distinct good or service, and therefore does not give rise
to a separate performance obligation and revenue is recognized over the minimum contract duration. However, if the fee is paid by a
customer to get the right to receive goods or services without having to pay this fee again over his tenure with the Group (e.g. the
customer can readily extend his contract without having to pay the same fee again), it is accounted for as a material right and
revenue should be recognized over the customer retention period.
Post-paid mobile / cable subscription fees are recognized over the relevant enforceable/subscribed service period (recurring
monthly access fees that do not vary based on usage). The service provision is usually considered as a series of distinct services that
have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. Remaining unrecognized subscription fees, which are not refunded to the
customers, are fully recognized once the customer has been disconnected.
Prepaid scratch / SIM cards are services where customers purchase a specified amount of airtime or other credit in advance. Revenue
is recognized as the credit is used. Unused credit is carried in the statement of financial position as a contract liability. Upon
expiration of the validity period, the portion of the contract liability relating to the expiring credit is recognized as revenue, since
there is no longer an obligation to provide those services.
Telephone and equipment sales are recognized as revenue once the customer obtains control of the good. That criteria is fulfilled
when the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good.
Revenue from provision of Mobile Financial Services (MFS) is recognized once the primary service has been provided to the
customer.
Customer premise equipment (CPE) are provided to customers as a prerequisite to receive the subscribed Home services and shall
be returned at the end of the contract duration. Since CPEs provided over the contract term do not provide benefit to the customer
on their own, they do not give rise to separate performance obligations and therefore are accounted for as part of the service
provided to the customers.
Bundled offers are considered arrangements with multiple deliverables or elements, which can lead to the identification of separate
performance obligations. Revenue is recognized in accordance with the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that
reflects the relative standalone selling price of the performance obligation (e.g. sale of telecom services, revenue over time + sale of
handset, revenue at a point in time).
Principal-Agent, some arrangements involve two or more unrelated parties that contribute to providing a specified good or service
to a customer. In these instances, the Group determines whether it has promised to provide the specified good or service itself (as a
principal) or to arrange for those specified goods or services to be provided by another party (as an agent). For example,
performance obligations relating to services provided by third-party content providers (i.e., mobile Value Added Services or “VAS”) or
service providers (i.e., wholesale international traffic) where the Group neither controls a right to the provider’s service nor controls
the underlying service itself are presented net because the Group is acting as an agent. The Group generally acts as a principal for
other types of services where the Group is the primary obligor of the arrangement. In cases the Group determines that it acts as a
principal, revenue is recognized in the gross amount, whereas in cases the Group acts as an agent revenue is recognized in the net
amount.
Revenue from the sale of cables, fiber, wavelength or capacity contracts, when part of the ordinary activities of the operation, is
recognized as recurring revenue. Revenue is recognized when the cable, fiber, wavelength or capacity has been delivered to the
customer, based on the amount expected to be received from the customer.
Revenue from operating lease of tower space is recognized over the period of the underlying lease contracts. Finance leases revenue
is apportioned between lease of tower space and interest income.
Significant judgments
The determination of the standalone selling price for contracts that involve more than one performance obligation may require
significant judgment, such as when the selling price of a good or service is not readily observable.
155
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The Group determines the standalone selling price of each performance obligation in the contract in accordance to the prices that
the Group would apply when selling the same services and/or telephone and equipment included in the obligation to a similar
customer on a standalone basis. When standalone selling price of services and/or telephone and equipment are not directly
observable, the Group maximizes the use of external input and uses the expected cost plus margin approach to estimate the
standalone selling price.
B.2. Expenses
The cost of sales and operating expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows:
Cost of sales
Direct costs of services sold ............................................................................................................................................
Cost of telephone, equipment and other accessories...........................................................................................
Bad debt and obsolescence costs.................................................................................................................................
(878)
(230)
(93)
(799)
(229)
(90)
(881)
(217)
(71)
Cost of sales.........................................................................................................................................................................
(1,201)
(1,117)
(1,169)
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Operating expenses, net
Marketing expenses...........................................................................................................................................................
Site and network maintenance costs ..........................................................................................................................
Employee related costs (B.4.) ..........................................................................................................................................
External and other services .............................................................................................................................................
Rentals and (operating) leases (i) ..................................................................................................................................
Other operating expenses...............................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
(402)
(245)
(496)
(204)
(1)
(257)
(391)
(192)
(500)
(181)
(152)
(201)
(448)
(178)
(434)
(163)
(151)
(156)
Operating expenses, net...............................................................................................................................................
(1,604)
(1,616)
(1,531)
(i)
Decrease is due to IFRS 16 application - see further explanations above in "New and amended IFRS accounting standards" section
The other operating income and expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows:
Other operating income (expenses), net
Notes
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Income from tower deal transactions
C.3.4.
Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment ..........................
E.1., E.2.
Gain (loss) on disposals of intangible assets and property, plant and
equipment ......................................................................................................................................
Loss on disposal of equity investments.....................................................................................
C.7.3.
Other income (expenses)................................................................................................................
Other operating income (expenses), net.............................................................................
5
(8)
—
(32)
1
(34)
61
(6)
7
—
13
75
63
(12)
1
—
17
69
B.2.1. Accounting for cost of sales and operating expenses
Cost of sales
Cost of sales is recorded on an accrual basis.
156
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, including dealer commissions, are capitalized as Contract Costs in the statement of
financial position and amortized in operating expenses over the expected benefit period, which is based on the average duration of
contracts with customer (see practical expedient in note B.1.1.).
Operating leases - until 2018 year-end
Operating leases were all leases that did not qualify as finance leases. Operating lease payments were recognized as expenses in the
consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
B.3. Segmental information
Management determines operating and reportable segments based on information used by the chief operating decision maker
(CODM) to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Group’s risks and rates of
return are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Group has businesses in two main regions:
Latin America ("Latam") and Africa. The Latam figures below include Honduras and Guatemala as if they are fully consolidated by the
Group, as this reflects the way management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions. Honduras and
Guatemala are shown under the Latam segment. The joint venture in Ghana is not reported as if fully consolidated. Revenue,
operating profit (loss), EBITDA and other segment information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, were as
follows:
Latin
America
Africa
Unallocated
Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)
Eliminations
and
Transfers
Total
(US$ millions)
Year ended December 31, 2019
Mobile revenue ................................................................
Cable and other fixed services revenue ..................
Other revenue ..................................................................
Service revenue (i)...........................................................
Telephone and equipment and other
revenue (i).....................................................................
Revenue.............................................................................
Operating profit (loss) ................................................
Add back:
3,258
2,197
60
5,514
449
5,964
1,006
Depreciation and amortization..................................
1,435
Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala
and Honduras..............................................................
Other operating income (expenses), net................
EBITDA (ii).........................................................................
EBITDA from discontinued operations ....................
EBITDA incl discontinued operations .................
Capital expenditure (iii).................................................
Changes in working capital and others (iv) ...........
Taxes paid...........................................................................
Operating free cash flow (v) ....................................
Total Assets (vi) ..............................................................
Total Liabilities...............................................................
—
2
2,443
—
2,443
(1,040)
(86)
(225)
1,093
13,821
8,374
—
—
—
—
—
—
(94)
9
—
42
(43)
—
(43)
(9)
(52)
(8)
(112)
3,715
3,977
(1,480)
(277)
(8)
(1,766)
(243)
(2,009)
(540)
(444)
—
(8)
(992)
—
(992)
261
(18)
129
(619)
(5,465)
(2,119)
—
—
—
—
—
—
179
—
(179)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,150
1,928
52
4,130
206
4,336
575
1,100
(179)
34
1,530
(3)
1,527
(846)
(143)
(114)
425
(151)
(965)
12,856
10,176
372
9
1
382
—
382
24
99
—
(2)
122
(3)
119
(58)
14
(10)
64
936
909
157
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Latin
America
Africa
Unallocated
Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)
Eliminations
and
Transfers
Total
(US$ millions)
Year ended December 31, 2018 (viii)
Mobile revenue ................................................................
Cable and other fixed services revenue ..................
Other revenue ..................................................................
Service revenue (i)...........................................................
Telephone and equipment revenue (i)....................
Revenue.............................................................................
Operating profit (loss) ................................................
Add back:
3,214
1,808
48
5,069
415
5,485
995
Depreciation and amortization..................................
1,133
Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala
and Honduras..............................................................
Other operating income (expenses), net................
EBITDA (ii).........................................................................
EBITDA from discontinued operations ....................
EBITDA incl discontinued operations .................
Capital expenditure (iii).................................................
Changes in working capital and others (iv) ...........
Taxes paid...........................................................................
Operating free cash flow (v) ....................................
Total Assets (vi) ..............................................................
Total Liabilities...............................................................
—
(51)
2,077
—
2,077
(872)
(42)
(264)
899
11,751
6,127
388
10
1
398
—
399
25
80
—
(3)
102
44
146
(59)
28
(24)
91
839
905
—
—
—
—
—
—
(47)
5
—
(2)
(44)
—
(44)
(2)
13
(6)
(39)
(1,475)
(253)
(6)
(1,734)
(203)
(1,937)
(488)
(416)
—
(19)
(922)
—
(922)
225
(12)
142
(568)
—
—
—
—
—
—
154
—
(154)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,126
1,565
43
3,734
212
3,946
640
803
(154)
(75)
1,213
44
1,257
(708)
(13)
(153)
383
2,752
2,953
(5,219)
(1,814)
190
(650)
10,313
7,521
158
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Year ended December 31, 2017 (viii)
Mobile revenue
Cable and other fixed services revenue
Other revenue
Service revenue (i)
Telephone and equipment revenue (i)
Total Revenue
Operating profit (loss)
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization
Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala
and Honduras
Other operating income (expenses), net
EBITDA (ii)
EBITDA from discontinued operations
EBITDA incl discontinued operations
Capital expenditure (iii)
Changes in working capital and others (iv)
Taxes paid
Operating free cash flow (v)
Total Assets (vi)
Total Liabilities
Latin
America
Africa
Unallocated
Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)
Eliminations
and
Transfers
Total
(US$ millions)
3,283
1,755
40
5,078
363
5,441
899
1,174
—
(49)
2,024
—
2,024
(855)
(53)
(239)
877
374
9
2
385
1
386
28
81
—
(11)
97
115
212
(99)
(6)
(18)
89
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5)
6
—
10
12
—
12
(1)
(10)
1
2
10,411
5,484
1,482
1,673
598
1,465
(1,510)
(213)
(4)
(1,727)
(165)
(1,892)
(431)
(450)
—
(18)
(898)
—
(898)
237
27
124
(511)
(5,420)
(1,961)
—
—
—
—
—
—
140
—
(140)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
2,393
(478)
2,147
1,551
38
3,737
199
3,936
632
812
(140)
(69)
1,236
115
1,351
(718)
(43)
(132)
459
9,464
6,183
(i)
(ii)
Service revenue is Group revenue related to the provision of ongoing services such as monthly subscription fees, airtime and data usage fees,
interconnection fees, roaming fees, mobile finance service commissions and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services, SMS
and other value-added services excluding telephone and equipment sales. Revenues from other sources comprises rental, sub-lease rental income and
other non recurring revenues. The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time. Refer to the table
below.
EBITDA is operating profit excluding impairment losses, depreciation and amortization and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets. EBITDA is used
by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the application of
IFRS 16 had a positive impact on EBITDA as compared to what our results would have been if we had continued to follow the IAS 17 standard.
(iii) Cash spent for capex excluding spectrum and licenses of $59 million (2018: $61 million; 2017: $53 million) and cash received on tower deals of $22
million (2018: $141 million; 2017: $161 million).
(iv) Changes in working capital and others include changes in working capital as stated in the cash flow statement, as well as share-based payments
expense and non-cash bonuses.
(v) Operating Free Cash Flow is EBITDA less cash capex (excluding spectrum and license costs) less change in working capital, other non-cash items (share-
based payment expense and non-cash bonuses) and taxes paid.
(vi)
Segment assets include goodwill and other intangible assets.
(vii)
Including eliminations for Guatemala and Honduras as reported in the Latam segment.
(viii) Restated as a result of classification of certain of our African operations as discontinued operations (see notes A.4. and E.4.).
159
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Revenue from contracts with customers from continuing operations:
Twelve months ended December 31, 2019
Twelve months ended December 31, 2018
$ millions
Mobile
Timing of
revenue
recognition
Over time
Mobile Financial Services
Point in time
Cable and other fixed services
Over time
Other
Service Revenue
Over time
Telephone and equipment
Point in time
Revenue from contracts with
customers
Latin
America
Africa
Total Group
Latin
America
Africa
Total Group
1,747
31
1,919
51
3,748
206
3,954
261
112
9
1
382
—
382
2,007
143
1,928
52
4,130
206
1,701
37
1,556
42
3,336
212
4,336
3,548
280
108
10
1
398
—
399
1,981
145
1,565
43
3,734
212
3,946
B.4. People
Number of permanent employees
Continuing operations(i)..................................................................................................................................................
Joint ventures (Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana).................................................................................................
Discontinued operations..................................................................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
17,687
4,688
—
22,375
16,725
4,416
262
21,403
14,134
4,326
667
19,127
(i)
Emtelco headcount are excluded from this disclosure and any internal reporting because their costs are classified as direct costs and not employee
related costs.
Notes
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Wages and salaries ............................................................................................................................
Social security .....................................................................................................................................
Share based compensation ...........................................................................................................
Pension and other long-term benefit costs .............................................................................
Other employees related costs.....................................................................................................
Total .......................................................................................................................................................
B.4.1.
B.4.2.
(358)
(68)
(27)
(4)
(39)
(496)
(346)
(60)
(21)
(7)
(67)
(500)
(308)
(56)
(22)
(8)
(41)
(434)
B.4.1. Share-based compensation
Millicom shares granted to management and key employees includes share-based compensation in the form of long-term share
incentive plans. Since 2016, Millicom has two types of annual plans, a performance share plan and a deferred share plan. The
different plans are further detailed below.
160
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Cost of share based compensation
2016 incentive plans
2017 incentive plans
2018 incentive plans
2019 incentive plans
Total share based compensation
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
—
(7)
(8)
(14)
(27)
(4)
(8)
(11)
—
(21)
(6)
(12)
—
—
(22)
Deferred share plan (unchanged since 2014, except for vesting schedule)
Until 2018 deferred awards plan, participants were granted shares based on past performance, with 16.5% of the shares vesting on
January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 67% on 1 January of year three. Beginning with the 2019 plan, while all
other guidelines remain the same, shares vest with 30% on January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 40% on 1
January of year three. Vesting is conditional upon the participant remaining employed with Millicom at each vesting date. The cost
of this long-term incentive plan, which is not conditional on performance conditions, is calculated as follows:
Fair value (share price) of Millicom’s shares at grant date x number of shares expected to vest.
Performance share plan (issued in 2015)
Under this plan, shares granted did vest in full in 2019, subject to performance conditions, 62.5% based on Absolute Total
Shareholder Return (TSR) and 37.5% based on actual vs budgeted EBITDA minus CAPEX minus Change in Working Capital (Free Cash
Flow). As the TSR measure is a market condition, the fair value of the shares in the performance share plan requires consideration of
potential adjustments for future market-based conditions at grant date.
For this, a specific valuation had been performed at grant date based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to
which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions.
The Free Cash Flows (FCF) condition is a non-market measure which had been considered together with the leaving estimate and
based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. The reference share price for 2015 performance share plan is the same share price
as the share price for the deferred share plan.
Performance share plan (for plans issued in 2016 and 2017)
Shares granted under this performance share plan vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25%
based on Positive Absolute Total Shareholder Return (Absolute TSR), 25% based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (Relative TSR)
and 50% based on budgeted Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) minus Capital Expenditure
(Capex) minus Change in Working Capital (CWC) (Free Cash Flow).
As the TSRs measures are market conditions, the fair value of the shares in the performance share plan requires consideration of
potential adjustments for future market-based conditions at grant date.
For this, a specific valuation had been performed at grant date based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to
which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions.
The Free Cash Flows (FCF) condition is a non-market measure which had been considered together with the leaving estimate and
based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. The reference share price for this condition is the same share price as the share
price for the deferred share plan above.
Performance share plan (for plans issued from 2018)
Shares granted under this performance share plan vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25%
based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (“Relative TSR”), 25% based on the achievement of the Service Revenue target measured
on a 3-year CAGRs from year one to year three of the plan (“Service Revenue”) and 50% based on the achievement of the Operating
Free Cash Flow (“Operating Free Cash Flow”) target measured on a 3-year CAGRs from year one to year three of the plan.
For the performance share plans, and in order to calculate the fair value of the TSR portion of those plans, it is necessary to make a
number of assumptions which are set out below. The assumptions have been set based on an analysis of historical data as at grant
date.
161
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Assumptions and fair value of the shares under the TSR portion(s)
Risk-free
rate %
Dividend
yield %
Share price
volatility(i) %
Award term
(years)
Share fair
value (in US$)
Performance share plan 2019 (Relative TSR) ..........................................
Performance share plan 2018 (Relative TSR) ..........................................
Performance share plan 2017 (Relative TSR) ..........................................
Performance share plan 2017 (Absolute TSR) ........................................
Performance share plan 2016 (Relative TSR) ..........................................
Performance share plan 2016 (Absolute TSR) ........................................
Performance share plan 2015 (Absolute TSR) ........................................
Executive share plan 2015 – Component A ............................................
Executive share plan 2015 – Component B ............................................
(0.24)
(0.39)
(0.40)
(0.40)
(0.65)
(0.65)
(0.32)
(0.32)
(0.32)
3.01
3.21
3.80
3.80
3.49
3.49
2.78
N/A
N/A
26.58
30.27
22.50
22.50
30.00
30.00
23.00
23.00
23.00
2.93
2.93
2.92
2.92
2.61
2.61
2.57
2.57
2.57
49.79
57.70
27.06
29.16
43.35
45.94
32.87
53.74
29.53
(i)
Historical volatility retained was determined on the basis of a three-year historic average.
The cost of the long-term incentive plans which are conditional on market conditions is calculated as follows:
Fair value (market value) of shares at grant date (as calculated above) x number of shares expected to vest.
The cost of these plans is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share compensation reserve), over the
period in which the performance and/or employment conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees
become fully entitled to the award. Adjustments are made to the expense recorded for forfeitures, mainly due to management and
employees leaving Millicom. Non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair
value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of
equity instruments that will ultimately vest.
No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market
condition. These are treated as vested, regardless of whether or not the market conditions are satisfied, provided that all other
performance conditions are satisfied. Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is
recognized as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total
fair value of the share based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of
modification.
Plan awards and shares expected to vest
Initial shares granted
Additional shares granted(i)
Revision for forfeitures
Revision for cancellations
Total before issuances
Shares issued in 2017
Shares issued in 2018
Shares issued in 2019
2019 plans
2018 plans
2017 plans
2016 plans
Performa
nce plan
Deferred
plan
Performa
nce plan
Deferred
plan
Performa
nce plan
Deferred
plan
Performa
nce plan
Deferred
plan
(number of shares)
257,601
320,840
237,196
262,317
279,807
438,505
200,617
287,316
—
20,131
—
3,290
2,868
29,406
—
—
(17,182)
(9,198)
(27,494)
(26,860)
(40,946)
(88,437)
(49,164)
(78,253)
—
—
(4,728)
—
—
—
—
—
240,419
331,773
204,974
238,747
241,729
379,474
151,453
209,063
—
—
—
—
—
(97)
—
—
(2,686)
(1,214)
(1,733)
(18,747)
(2,724)
(99,399)
(752)
(43,579)
(150)
(24,294)
(3,109)
(54,971)
(19,143)
(82,486)
(149,487)
(163,751)
Shares still expected to vest
240,269
307,479
201,768
165,029
219,862
194,903
Estimated cost over the vesting period (US$
millions)
11
18
12
14
10
20
—
8
—
12
(i) Additional shares granted represent grants made for new joiners and/or as per CEO contractual arrangements.
162
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
B.4.2. Pension and other long-term employee benefit plans
Pension plans
The pension plans apply to employees who meet certain criteria (including years of service, age and participation in collective
agreements).
Pension and other similar employee related obligations can result from either defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. A
defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. No further
payment obligations exist once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses
when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as assets to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments
is available.
Defined benefit pension plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent
on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the statement of financial position
in respect of the defined benefit pension plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial
position date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and past service
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows, using an appropriate discount rate based on maturities
of the related pension liability.
Re-measurement of net defined benefit liabilities are recognized in other comprehensive income and not reclassified to the
statement of income in subsequent years.
Past service costs are recognized in the statement of income on the earlier of the date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and
the date that the Group recognizes related restructuring costs.
Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset/liability.
Long-service plans
Long-service plans apply for Colombian subsidiary UNE employees with more than five years of service whereby additional bonuses
are paid to employees that reach each incremental length of service milestone (from five to 40 years).
Termination plans
In addition, UNE has a number of employee defined benefit plans. The level of benefits provided under the plans depends on
collective employment agreements and Colombian labor regulations. There are no defined assets related to the plans, and UNE
make payments to settle obligations under the plans out of available cash balances.
At December 31, 2019, the defined benefit obligation liability amounted to $59 million (2018: $60 million) and payments expected in
the plans in future years totals $106 million (2018: $111 million). The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at
December 31, 2019 is 6 years (2018: 7 years). The termination plans apply to employees that joined UNE prior to December 30, 1996.
The level of payments depends on the number of years in which the employee has worked before retirement or termination of their
contract with UNE.
Except for the UNE pension plan described above, there are no other significant defined benefits plans in the Group.
B.4.3. Directors and executive management
The remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors comprises an annual fee and shares. Director remuneration is proposed
by the Nomination Committee and approved by the shareholders at their Annual General Meeting (AGM).
Remuneration charge for the Board (gross of withholding tax)
Chairperson...........................................................................................................................................................................
Other members of the Board..........................................................................................................................................
Total (i) ...................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
(US$ ’000)
366
1,557
1,923
169
774
943
233
889
1,122
(i)
Cash compensation converted from SEK to USD at exchange rates on payment dates for 2017 and 2018, in 2019 cash compensation was denominated
in USD. Share based compensation based on the market value of Millicom shares on the corresponding AGM date (2019: in total 19,483 shares; 2018: in
total 6,591 shares; 2017: in total 8,731 shares). Net remuneration comprised 73% in shares and 27% in cash (SEK) (2018: 51% in shares and 49% in cash;
2017: 52% in shares and 48% in cash).
163
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Shares beneficially owned by the Directors
Chairperson............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other members of the Board...........................................................................................................................................................................
Total (i) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(number of shares)
5,814
32,279
38,093
8,554
15,333
23,887
The remuneration of executive management of Millicom comprises an annual base salary, an annual bonus, share based
compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. Bonus and share based compensation plans
(see note B.4.1.) are based on actual and future performance. Share based compensation is granted once a year by the
Compensation Committee of the Board.
If the employment of Millicom’s senior executives is terminated, severance of up to 12 months’ salary is potentially payable.
The annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Executive Vice Presidents (Executive team) are
proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.
Remuneration charge for the Executive Team
CEO
CFO
(US$ ’000)
Executive
Team (8
members)(iii)
2019
Base salary .............................................................................................................................................................................
Bonus.......................................................................................................................................................................................
Pension ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Other benefits ......................................................................................................................................................................
Termination benefits..........................................................................................................................................................
Total before share based compensation...............................................................................................................
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2019 LTIP ......................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
1,167
1,428
279
50
—
2,924
5,625
8,549
654
626
98
260
—
1,639
1,576
3,215
3,498
2,098
798
1,521
863
8,779
5,965
14,743
Remuneration charge for the Executive Team
CEO
CFO
(US$ ’000)
Executive
Team (9
members)
2018
Base salary .............................................................................................................................................................................
Bonus.......................................................................................................................................................................................
Pension ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Other benefits ......................................................................................................................................................................
Termination benefits..........................................................................................................................................................
Total before share based compensation...............................................................................................................
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2018 LTIP ......................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
1,112
1,492
247
66
—
2,918
5,027
7,945
673
557
101
63
—
1,393
1,567
2,960
3,930
2,445
962
805
301
8,444
4,957
13,401
164
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Remuneration charge for the Executive team
2017
Base salary
Bonus
Pension
Other benefits
Total before share based compensation
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2017 LTIP
Total
CEO
CFO
(US$ ’000)
Executive
team
(9 members)
1,000
707
150
64
1,921
2,783
4,704
648
455
97
15
1,215
1,492
2,707
3,822
1,590
628.5
1,192.5
7,233
5,202
12,435
(i)
(ii)
See note B.4.1.
Share awards of 102,122 and 135,480 were granted in 2019 under the 2019 LTIPs to the CEO, and Executive Team (2018: 80,264 and 112,472,
respectively; 2017: 61,724 and 167,371, respectively).
(iii) Other Executives’ compensation includes Daniel Loria, former CHRO and Rodrigo Diehl, EVP Strategy.
Share ownership and unvested share awards granted from Company equity plans to the Executive team
2019
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired) ...........................................................
Share awards not vested ..................................................................................................................................................
2018
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired) ...........................................................
Share awards not vested ..................................................................................................................................................
CEO
Executive
team
Total
(number of shares)
190,577
236,211
122,310
172,485
136,306
334,193
84,782
339,726
326,883
570,404
207,092
512,211
B.5. Other non-operating (expenses) income, net
Non-operating items mainly comprise changes in fair value of derivatives and the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on the
results of the Group.
Change in fair value of derivatives (see note C.7.2.)
Change in fair value in investment in Jumia (C.7.3.)
Change in fair value in investment in HT (C.7.3.)
Change in value of put option liability (C.7.4.)
Exchange gains (losses), net
Other non-operating income (expenses), net
Total
Foreign exchange gains and losses
Year ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
—
(38)
312
(25)
(32)
10
227
(1)
—
—
—
(40)
2
(39)
(22)
—
—
—
21
—
(2)
Transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using
exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such
transactions, and on translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency at
165
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
year-end exchange rates, are recognized in the consolidated statement of income, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash
flow hedges.
B.6. Taxation
B.6.1. Income tax expense
Tax mainly comprises income taxes of subsidiaries and withholding taxes on intragroup dividends and royalties for use of Millicom
trademarks and brands. Millicom operations are in jurisdictions with income tax rates of 10% to 35%levied on either revenue or
profit before income tax (2018: 10% to 37%; 2017: 10% to 40%). Income tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is
recognized in equity and not in the consolidated statement of income.
Income tax charge
Income tax (charge) credit
Withholding tax...................................................................................................................................................................
Other income tax relating to the current year .........................................................................................................
Adjustments in respect of prior years..........................................................................................................................
Total
Deferred tax (charge) credit
Origination and reversal of temporary differences ................................................................................................
Effect of change in tax rates............................................................................................................................................
Tax income (expense) before valuation allowances...............................................................................................
Effect of valuation allowances........................................................................................................................................
Total
Adjustments in respect of prior years..........................................................................................................................
Tax (charge) credit on continuing operations ..........................................................................................................
Tax (charge) credit on discontinuing operations ....................................................................................................
Total tax (charge) credit ................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
(56)
(88)
(7)
(151)
58
(8)
50
(9)
41
(10)
31
(120)
(2)
(122)
(64)
(82)
1
(145)
32
(10)
22
(8)
14
19
33
(112)
(4)
(116)
(74)
(81)
(21)
(176)
15
19
34
(28)
6
8
14
(162)
4
(158)
166
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Reconciliation between the tax expense and tax at the weighted average statutory tax rate is as follows:
Income tax calculation
2019
Discontinue
d
operations
Continuin
g
operation
s
Total
Continuing
operations
2018
Discontinue
d
operations
(US$ millions)
Total
Continuing
operations
2017
Discontinue
d
operations
Total
Profit before tax....................
218
59
277
119
(29)
90
171
56
227
Tax at the weighted
average statutory
rate.......................................
Effect of:
Items taxed at a
different rate ....................
Change in tax rates on
deferred tax
balances.............................
Expenditure not
deductible and
income not taxable........
Unrelieved
withholding tax...............
Accounting for
associates and joint
ventures .............................
Movement in deferred
tax on unremitted
earnings .............................
Unrecognized deferred
tax assets ...........................
Recognition of
previously
unrecognized
deferred tax assets .........
Adjustments in respect
of prior years ....................
Total tax (charge)
(37)
(11)
(48)
(1)
(8)
(37)
(56)
36
9
(20)
11
(17)
—
—
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
(8)
(28)
(56)
36
9
(20)
11
(17)
(1)
7
(10)
(59)
(64)
5
(2)
(8)
—
20
—
(1)
(10)
(12)
(22)
—
7
(11)
—
(10)
19
(2)
(61)
—
(64)
—
—
5
(2)
(64)
(73)
17
1
—
—
5
—
—
—
(11)
19
(59)
(73)
17
1
(2)
(10)
(29)
(12)
(41)
—
—
—
20
1
(13)
13
10
4
14
(3)
(158)
9.7%
69.6%
credit ..................................
(120)
(2)
(122)
(112)
(4)
(116)
(162)
Weighted average
statutory tax rate ............
Effective tax rate...................
17.0%
55.0%
17.3%
44.0%
0.8%
94.1%
1.1%
128.9%
5.8%
94.7%
B.6.2. Current tax assets and liabilities
Current tax assets and liabilities for current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to
the taxation authorities. The tax rate and tax laws used to compute the amount are those enacted or substantively enacted by the
statement of financial position date.
B.6.3. Deferred tax
Deferred tax is calculated using the liability method on temporary differences at the statement of financial position date between
the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except where the deferred tax liability arises from the
initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the
transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss.
Deferred tax assets are recognized for all temporary differences including unused tax credits and tax losses, to the extent that it is
probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized, except where the
deferred tax assets relate to deductible temporary differences from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is
167
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
not a business combination, and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss. It is probable
that taxable profit will be available when there are sufficient taxable temporary differences relating to the same tax authority and
the same taxable entity which are expected to reverse in the same period as the expected reversal of the deductible temporary
difference.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to utilize them. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed
at each statement of financial position date and are recognized to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will enable the
asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate expected to apply in the year when the assets are realized or liabilities
settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset where legally enforceable set off rights exist and the deferred taxes relate to
the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
Deferred tax
Fixed assets
Unused tax
losses
Unremitted
earnings
Other
Offset
Total
(US$ millions)
Balance at December 31, 2017 ...............................
(Charge)/credit to income statement ......................
Change in scope ..............................................................
Accounting policy changes .........................................
Exchange differences.....................................................
Balance at December 31, 2018 ...............................
Deferred tax assets..........................................................
Deferred tax liabilities....................................................
Balance at December 31, 2018 ...............................
(Charge)/credit to income statement ......................
Change in scope ..............................................................
Transfers to assets held for sale..................................
Exchange differences.....................................................
Balance at December 31, 2019 ...............................
Deferred tax assets..........................................................
Deferred tax liabilities....................................................
Balance at December 31, 2019 ...............................
32
(18)
(192)
—
—
(178)
76
(254)
(178)
41
(82)
—
2
(217)
84
(301)
(217)
52
(3)
—
—
(5)
44
44
—
44
(15)
5
—
—
34
34
—
34
(32)
(2)
—
—
—
(34)
—
(34)
(34)
8
—
—
—
(26)
—
(26)
(26)
72
56
8
4
(6)
134
134
—
134
(3)
4
(3)
(2)
130
134
(4)
130
Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following deductible temporary differences:
—
—
—
—
—
—
(52)
52
—
—
—
—
—
—
(52)
52
—
124
33
(184)
4
(11)
(34)
202
(236)
(34)
31
(73)
(3)
—
(79)
200
(279)
(79)
At December 31, 2019......................................................................................................................
At December 31, 2018......................................................................................................................
92
92
4,705
4,886
126
134
4,923
5,112
Fixed assets
Unused tax
losses
Other
Total
(US$ millions)
168
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Unrecognized tax losses carryforward related to continuing operations expire as follows:
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Expiry:
Within one year....................................................................................................................................................................
Within one to five years ....................................................................................................................................................
After five years .....................................................................................................................................................................
No expiry................................................................................................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
1
2
493
4,209
4,705
0
3
493
4,390
4,886
39
494
—
4,311
4,844
With effect from 2017, Luxembourg tax losses incurred may be carried forward for a maximum of 17 years. Losses incurred before
2017 may be carried forward without limitation of time.
At December 31, 2019, Millicom had $697 million of unremitted earnings of Millicom operating subsidiaries for which no deferred
tax liabilities were recognized (2018: $584 million; 2017: $842 million). Except for intragroup dividends to be paid out of 2019 profits
in 2020 for which deferred tax of $26 million (2018: $34 million; 2017 $32 million) has been provided, it is anticipated that intragroup
dividends paid in future periods will be made out of profits of future periods.
B.7. Earnings per share
Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, plus the weighted average number of dilutive
potential shares.
Net profit/(loss) used in the earnings (loss) per share computation
Basic and Diluted
Net profit (loss) attributable to equity holders from continuing operations................................................
Net profit (loss) attributable to equity holders from discontinuing operations ..........................................
Net profit attributable to all equity holders to determine the basic earnings (loss) per
share..................................................................................................................................................................................
93
57
149
23
(33)
(10)
28
59
87
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Weighted average number of shares in the earnings (loss) per share computation
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) for basic earnings
(loss) per share................................................................................................................................................................
101,144
100,793
100,384
Potential incremental shares as a result of share options
—
—
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) adjusted for
2019
2018
2017
(thousands of shares)
the effect of dilution
C. Capital structure and financing
C.1. Share capital, share premium and reserves
101,144
100,793
100,384
Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a
deduction from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s share capital, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable
incremental costs, is shown under Treasury shares and deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the
169
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
shares are canceled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of
any directly attributable incremental costs and the related income tax effects is included in equity attributable to the Company’s
equity holders.
Share capital, share premium
Authorized and registered share capital (number of shares)...................................................................................................
133,333,200
133,333,200
Subscribed and fully paid up share capital (number of shares)..............................................................................................
101,739,217
101,739,217
Par value per share ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Share capital (US$ millions)..................................................................................................................................................................
Share premium (US$ millions).............................................................................................................................................................
Total (US$ millions)...............................................................................................................................................................................
1.50
153
480
633
1.50
153
482
635
2019
2018
Other equity reserves
As of January 1, 2017 ..................................................
Share based compensation .........................................
Issuance of shares – 2014, 2015, 2016 LTIPs ..........
Remeasurements of post-employment
benefit obligations ....................................................
Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................
Currency translation movement................................
As of December 31, 2017...........................................
Share based compensation .........................................
Issuance of shares –2015, 2016, 2017 LTIPs ...........
Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................
Currency translation reserved recycled to
statement of income ................................................
Currency translation movement................................
As of December 31, 2018...........................................
Share based compensation .........................................
Issuance of shares –2016, 2017, 2018, 2019
LTIPs ................................................................................
Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................
Currency translation movement................................
Effect of restructuring in Tanzania ............................
As of December 31, 2019...........................................
Legal reserve
Equity
settled
transaction
reserve
Hedge
reserve
Currency
translation
reserve
Pension
obligation
reserve
Total
(US$ millions)
(4)
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
—
(16)
—
—
(18)
(616)
—
—
—
—
85
(531)
—
—
—
—
(68)
(599)
—
—
—
(2)
9
(593)
(1)
—
—
(2)
—
—
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
(562)
22
(18)
(2)
4
85
(472)
22
(22)
1
—
(67)
(538)
29
(25)
(16)
(2)
9
(544)
16
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
—
—
—
—
16
43
22
(18)
—
—
—
46
22
(22)
—
—
—
47
29
(25)
—
—
—
52
170
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.1.1. Legal reserve
If Millicom International Cellular S.A. reports an annual net profit on a non-consolidated basis, Luxembourg law requires
appropriation of an amount equal to at least 5% of the annual net profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 10% of the issued
share capital. This reserve is not available for dividend distribution. No appropriation was required in 2018 or 2019 as the 10%
minimum level was reached in 2011 and maintained each subsequent year.
C.1.2. Equity settled transaction reserve
The cost of LTIPs is recognized as an increase in the equity-settled transaction reserve over the period in which the performance and/
or service conditions are rendered. When shares under the LTIPs vest and are issued the corresponding reserve is transferred to share
premium.
C.1.3. Hedge reserve
The effective portions of changes in value of cash flow hedges are recorded in the hedge reserve (see note C.1. ).
C.1.4. Currency translation reserve
In the financial statements, the relevant captions in the statements of financial position of subsidiaries without US dollar functional
currencies are translated to US dollars using the closing exchange rate. Statements of income or statement of income captions
(including those of joint ventures and associates) are translated to US dollars at monthly average exchange rates during the year. The
currency translation reserve includes foreign exchange gains and losses arising from these translations. When the Group disposes of
or loses control or significant influence over a foreign operation, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in
the consolidated statement of income as part of gain or loss on sale or loss of control and/or significant influence.
C.2. Dividend distributions
On May 2, 2019, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2018, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and paid in equal portions in May and November 2019.
On May 4, 2018, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2017, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and paid in equal portions in May and November 2018.
On May 4, 2017, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2016, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and distributed in May 2017.
The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of indebtedness, legal
restrictions and the ability to repatriate funds from Millicom’s various operations. At December 31, 2019, $306 million (December 31,
2018: $324 million; December 31, 2017: $345 million) of Millicom’s retained profits represent statutory reserves that are unavailable
to be distributed to owners of the Company.
171
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.3. Debt and financing
Debt and financing by type (i)
Note
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Debt and financing due after more than one year
Bonds.......................................................................................................................................................................................
Banks .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Finance leases (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................
Other financing (iii) ............................................................................................................................................................
Total non-current financing ............................................................................................................................................
Less: portion payable within one year ........................................................................................................................
Total non-current financing due after more than one year.........................................................................
Debt and financing due within one year
Bonds.......................................................................................................................................................................................
Banks .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Total current debt and financing ..............................................................................................................................
Add: portion of non-current debt payable within one year................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
C.3.1.
C.3.2.
C.3.4.
C.3.1.
C.3.2.
4,067
1,805
—
43
5,915
(129)
5,786
46
11
57
129
186
2,501
1,324
353
113
4,291
(168)
4,123
—
289
289
168
458
Total debt and financing...............................................................................................................................................
5,972
4,580
(i)
See note D.1.1 for further details on maturity profile of the Group debt and financing.
(ii) Finance lease liabilities were included in Debt and Financing until 31 December 2018, but were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019 when
adopting the new leasing standard. See above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting standards" and below in notes C.4. and E.4. for further
information about the change in accounting policy for leases.
(iii)
In July 2018, the Company issued a COP144,054.5 million /$50 million bilateral facility with IIC (Inter-American Development Bank) for a USD indexed
to COP Note. The note bears interest at 9.450% p.a.. This COP Note is used as net investment hedge of the net assets of our operations in Colombia.
Debt and financing by location
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Millicom International Cellular S.A. (Luxembourg)..................................................................................................................................
2,773
Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bolivia .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Panama ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tanzania...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Chad..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................
El Salvador ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
827
502
350
918
186
—
148
268
1,770
1,016
504
317
261
201
64
148
299
Total debt and financing ................................................................................................................................................................................
5,972
4,580
Debt and financings are initially recognized at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into
account any discount or premium on acquisition and any fees or costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. Any
difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount is recognized in the consolidated statement of income over the
period of the borrowing. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months from the statement of financial position date.
172
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.3.1. Bond financing
Bond financing
SEK Variable Rate Notes ............................................
USD 6.625% Senior Notes ........................................
USD 6.000% Senior Notes ........................................
USD 6.250% Senior Notes ........................................
USD 5.125% Senior Notes ........................................
USD 6.750% Senior Notes ........................................
USD 5.875% Senior Notes ........................................
PYG 9.250% Notes.......................................................
PYG 8.750% Notes (tranche A)...............................
PYG 9.250% Notes (tranche B)................................
PYG 10.000% Notes (tranche C) .............................
PYG 10.000% Notes ....................................................
BOB 4.750% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.050% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.850% Notes ......................................................
BOB 3.950% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.300% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.300% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.700% Notes ......................................................
BOB 5.300% Notes ......................................................
BOB 5.000% Notes ......................................................
BOB 4.600% Notes ......................................................
UNE Bond 1 (tranches A and B)..............................
UNE Bond 2 (tranches A and B)..............................
UNE Bond 3 (tranche A) ............................................
UNE Bond 3 (tranche B).............................................
UNE Bond 3 (tranche C) ............................................
USD 4.500% Senior Notes ........................................
Cable Onda Bonds 5.750% ......................................
Total bond financing...............................................
(i)
STIBOR – Swedish Interbank Offered Rate.
(1) SEK Notes
Note
Country
Maturity
1 Luxembourg
2 Luxembourg
3 Luxembourg
4 Luxembourg
5 Luxembourg
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
6 Paraguay
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
7 Bolivia
8 Colombia
8 Colombia
8 Colombia
8 Colombia
8 Colombia
9 Panama
9 Panama
2024
2026
2025
2029
2028
2022
2027
2026
2024
2026
2029
2029
2020
2020
2023
2024
2029
2022
2024
2026
2026
2024
2020
2023
2024
2026
2036
2030
2025
Interest Rate
%
STIBOR (i) +
2.350%
6.625%
6.000%
6.250%
5.125%
6.750%
5.875%
9.250%
8.750%
9.250%
10.000%
10.000%
4.750%
4.050%
4.850%
3.950%
4.300%
4.300%
4.700%
5.300%
5.000%
4.600%
CPI + 5.10%
CPI + 4.76%
9.350%
CPI+4.15%
CPI+4.89%
4.500%
5.750%
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
211
495
492
742
492
—
296
2
18
8
10
4
30
4
57
36
21
26
32
13
61
40
46
46
49
78
38
584
184
4,113
—
495
491
—
493
297
—
—
—
—
—
—
59
7
71
43
23
30
35
13
0
0
46
46
49
78
39
—
184
2,501
On May 15, 2019, MIC S.A. completed its offering of a SEK 2 billion floating rate senior unsecured sustainability bond due 2024. The
bond carries a floating coupon of 3-month Stibor+235bps which we swapped with various banks to hedge its interest rate exposure,
pursuant to which it will effectively pay fixed-rate coupons in US dollars between 4.990% and 4.880% (see D.1.2.). The bond has been
listed and commenced trading on the Nasdaq Stockholm sustainable bond list on June 12, 2019. Millicom is using the net proceeds of
the bond in accordance with the Sustainability Bond Framework which includes both environmental and social investments such as
in energy efficiencies, and the expansion of its fixed and mobile networks. Cost of issuance of $2.4 million is amortized over the five
year life of the bond (the effective interest rate is 0.200%)
(2) USD 6.625% Senior Notes
On October 16, 2018, the MIC S.A. issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026. The Notes bear
interest at 6.625% p.a., payable semiannually in arrears on each interest payment date. Proceeds were used to finance Cable Onda’s
173
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
acquisition (Note A.1.2.). Costs of issuance of $6 million is amortized over the eight-year life of the notes (the effective interest rate is
6.750%).
(3) USD 6.000% Senior Notes
On March 17, 2015, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million 6.000% fixed interest rate notes repayable in ten years, to repay the El Salvador 8.000%
senior notes and for general corporate purposes. The notes have an effective interest rate of 6.132%. A total amount of $8.6 million of
withheld and upfront costs are being amortized over the ten-year life of the bond. On April 8, 2019, the Group obtained consents from
the holders of its $500 million 6.000% notes to amend certain provisions of the indenture governing the notes. MIC S.A. paid a cash
payment of $1 million (equal to $2.50 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to holders of the Notes).
(4) USD 6.250% Senior Notes
On March 25, 2019, MIC S.A. issued $750 million of 6.250% notes due 2029. The notes bear interest at 6.250% p.a., payable semi-annually
in arrears on March 25 and September 25 of each year, starting on September 25, 2019. The net proceeds were used to finance, in part,
the completed Telefonica CAM Acquisitions (see note A.1.2.). Costs of issuance of $8.2 million are amortized over the ten-year life of
the notes (the effective interest rate is 6.360%).
(5) USD 5.125% Senior Notes
On September 20, 2017, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million, ten-year bond due January 2028, with an interest rate of 5.125%. Costs of issuance
of $7 million are amortized over the ten year life of the notes (effective interest rate is 5.240%).
(6) PYG Notes
In April 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paragua S.A.E. issued $300 million 5.875% senior notes due 2027. The notes bear interest at 5.875%
p.a., payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, starting on October 15, 2019. The net proceeds were
used to finance the purchase of the Telecel 6.750% 2022 notes. Costs of issuance of $4 million are amortized over the eight-year life of
the notes (the effective interest rate is 6.000%).
In June, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. issued notes in three series under its PYG 300 billion program as follows: Series A
for PYG 115 billion (approximately $18 million), with a fixed annual interest rate of 8.750%, maturing in June 2024, series B for PYG 50
billion (approximately $8 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 9.250%, maturing in May 2026 and series C for PYG 65 billion
(approximately $10 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 10.000%, maturing in May 2029. On December 27, 2019, under the same
program, they issued PYG. 35 billion (Approximately $5.4 million) in two tranches: (i) PYG 10 billion (approximately $1.5 million) which
bears a fixed annual interest rate of 9.250% and matures on December 30, 2026; and (ii) PYG 25 billion (approximately $3.9 million)
which bears a fixed annual interest rate of 10.000% and matures on December 24, 2029.
(7) BOB Notes
In May 2012, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A. issued BOB 1.36 billion of notes repayable in installments until April 2, 2020. Distribution
and other transaction fees of BOB5 million reduced the total proceeds from issuance to BOB 1.32 billion ($191 million). The bond has
a 4.750% per annum coupon with interest payable semi-annually in arrears in May and November each year. The effective interest rate
is 4.790%. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.
In November 2015, they issued BOB696 million (approximately $100 million) of notes in two series, series A for BOB104.4 million
(approximately $15 million), with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.050%, maturing in August 2020 and series B for BOB591.6 million
(approximately $85 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.850%, maturing in August 2023. The bond has coupon with interest
payable semi-annually in arrears in March and September during the first two years, thereafter each February and August. The effective
interest rate is 4.840%. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.
On August 11, 2016, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.. issued a new bond for a total amount of BOB522 million consisting of two tranches
(approximately $50 million and $25 million, respectively). Tranche A and B bear fixed interest at 3.950% and 4.300%, and will mature
in June 2024 and June 2029, respectively. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.
On October 12, 2017, they placed approximately $80 million of local currency bonds in three tranches, which will mature in 2022, 2024
and 2026 with a 4.300% , 4.700% and 5.300% respectively. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.
On July 3, 2019 they issued two bonds one for BOB 420 million (approximately $61 million) with a 5.000% coupon maturing on August
2026 and another one for BOB 280 million (approximately $40 million) with a 4.600% coupon maturing on August 2024. Interest
payments is semiannual and both bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.
(8) UNE Bonds
In March 2010, UNE issued a COP300 billion (approximately $126 million) bond consisting of two tranches with five and ten-year
maturities. Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears variable interest, based on CPI, in
Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on fixed term deposits, in Colombian peso and
174
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
paid in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in March 2015 and tranche B will
mature in March 2020.
In May 2011, UNE issued a COP300 billion (approximately $126 million) bond consisting of two equal tranches with five and twelve-
year maturities. Interest rates are variable and depend on the tranche. Tranche A had variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso
and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. UNE
applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in October 2016 and tranche B will mature in October 2023.
In May 2016, UNE issued a COP540 billion bond (approximately $176 million) consisting of three tranches (approximately $52 million,
$83 million and $41 million respectively). Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears fixed
interest at 9.350%, while tranche B and C bear variable interest, based on CPI, (respective margins of CPI + 4.150% and CPI + 4.890%),
in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan and repay one bond (COP150 billion tranche). Tranches
A, B and C will mature in May 2024, May 2026 and May 2036, respectively.
(9) Cable Onda Bonds
On August 4, 2015, Cable Onda issued local bonds in Panama for a total amount of $185 million. These bonds are listed on the Panama
Stock Exchange and bear a fixed annual interest of 5.750% and are due on August 4, 2025. The bonds were assumed by Millicom as
part of the acquisition of Cable Onda. See note A.1.2. for further details on the acquisition.
On November 1, 2019, Cable Onda issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.500% senior notes due 2030 payable in U.S.
dollars, registered with the Superintendencia del Mercado de Valores de Panamá and listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and
on the Panamá Stock Exchange. The Notes bear interest from November 1, 2019 at a rate of 4.500% per annum, payable on January
30, 2020 for the first payment and thereafter semiannually in arrears on each interest payment date. The proceeds were used to fund
the Panama Acquisition and to refinance certain local financing. Costs of issuance of $16 million, which include an original issue discount
(OID) is amortized over the ten-year life of the notes (the effective interest rate is 4.690%).
C.3.2. Bank and Development Financial Institution financing
Note
Country
Maturity range
Interest rate
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Fixed rate loans
PYG Long-term loans ...............................................
1 Paraguay
USD - Long-term loans ............................................
2 Panama
BOB Long-term loans...............................................
3 Bolivia
Variable rate loans
USD Long-term loans...............................................
4 Costa Rica
USD Long-term loans...............................................
Chad
2020-2026
2024
2023-2025
2023
2019
USD Long-term loans...............................................
5 Tanzania
2020-2025
TZS Long-term loans................................................
5 Tanzania
USD Short-term loans..............................................
8 Luxembourg
USD Long-term loans...............................................
8 Luxembourg
COP Long-term loans...............................................
6 Colombia
USD Long-term loans...............................................
6 Colombia
2025
2019
2024
2025-2030
2024
USD Credit Facility / Senior Unsecured Term
Loan Facility.................................................................
7 El Salvador
2021-2023
Other Long-term loans............................................
Various
Total Bank and Development Financial
Institution financing .............................................
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Libor + 3.00%
Variable
Variable
Variable
Various
166
150
31
148
—
171
14
—
298
274
295
268
—
180
24
20
148
1
90
—
250
—
277
298
274
51
1,817
1,613
1.
Paraguay
In October 2015, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. entered into a five -year loan facility with Banco Itau for PGY 257,700 million
(approximately $40 million) which bears a fixed annual interest rate. The final maturity of the loan is on September 10, 2020.
On July 4, 2017, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E executed a five-year loan agreement with the IPS (Instituto de Prevision Social)
and the Inter-American Development Bank, who acts as a guarantor, for a total amount of PYG $367,000 million (approximately $66
175
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
million). The loan, denominated in PYG with the final maturity in 2022. The guarantee under this facility is counter-guaranteed by
MICSA.
In July 2018, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. executed a seven-year loan with Regional Bank for PYG 115,000 million (approximately
$18 million with a final maturity in 2025.
On January 2, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. obtained a seven-year loan from BBVA Bank for PYG 177,000 million which is
due on November, 26, 2025.
On September 25, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. executed an amended and restated agreement with Banco Continental
S.A.E.C.A., to consolidate three existing loans, for a PYG 370,000 million (approximately $57 million). The new loan has a maturity of 7
years.
2.
Panama
On August 27, 2019, Cable Onda S.A entered into two credit agreements, one with Banco Nacional de Panama S.A , for $75 million
which bears a fixed interest and has a 5 year duration and another one with the Bank of Nova Scotia (Sucursal Panama) for $75 million
with a fixed interest and a five year duration to finance and refinance working capital and capital expenditures.
3.
Bolivia
In June 2018, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.. entered into a two tranche loan agreement with Banco BISA S.A for BOB 69.6 million
(approximately $10 million) each, with a fixed interest rate. The loans have a term of 7 years.
In November 19, they executed a new loan with Banco de Crédito de Bolivia S.A for Bs. 78,000,000 (approximately$11 million), with
semiannual payments and a fixed interest rate. The loan has a term of 4 years.
4.
Costa Rica
In April 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a $150 million variable rate syndicated loan with Citibank as agent.
In June 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a cross currency swap to hedge part of the principal of the loan against
interest rate and currency risks. Interest rate and currency swap agreements had been made on $35 million of the principal amount
and interest rate swaps for an additional $35 million.
5.
Tanzania
On June 4, 2019, MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company entered into a syndicated loan facility agreement with the Standard Bank of
South Africa acting as an agent and a consortium of banks acting as the original lenders, for $174.75 million (tranche A) and TZS103,000
million (tranche B - approximately $45 million) which bears variable interests: for Tranche A Libor plus a margin and for Trance B T-Bill
rate plus a margin. The facility agreement has an all asset debenture securing the whole amount, as well as a pledge over the shares of
the immediate holding company of the borrower. The Facility was amended and restated on December 12, 2019 and has a maturity
of 66 months. It is a stand-alone facility with an all asset debenture and a pledge on the shares of the immediate holding company of
the borrower. .Margin and balance between USD and TSZ tranches may vary depending on the syndication demands.
6. Colombia
In December 20, 2019, our operation in Colombia executed an amendment to the $300 million loan between Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.
as borrower and UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A., as guarantor with a consortium of banks to extend the maturity for 5 years (now
due on December 20, 2024) and lower the applicable margin.
7. EL Salvador
On April 15, 2016, Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. executed a senior unsecured term loan facility up to $50 million maturing in April
2021 and bearing variable interest per annum, which was restated and amended as of May 30, 2017, for a second tranche of $50 million.
This facility is guaranteed by MICSA.. Later on, in January 2018, Telemovil El Salvador entered into a second amended and restated
agreement with Scotiabank for a third tranche of $50 million with variable rate and with a 5-year bullet repayment, also guaranteed
by MICSA.
In addition, they executed an interest rate swap with Scotiabank to fix interest rates for up to $100 million of the outstanding debt.
On June 3, 2016, Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. executed a $30 million credit facility with Citibank N.A., for general corporate purposes
maturing in June 2021 and bearing variable interest rate per annum. The facility is guaranteed by MICSA..
In March 2018, Telemovil El Salvador executed a $100 million credit facility with DNB at a variable rate facility with DNB and Nordea
with a 5-year bullet repayment.The facility is guaranteed by MICSA..
176
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
8. Luxembourg
On April 24, 2019, MICSA. entered into a $300 million term facility agreement arranged by DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch and Nordea
Bank Abp, Filial i Sverige. This facility has a variable interest rate and is fully drawn as at December 31, 2019 and is due on April 2024.
Right of set-off and derecognition
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if
there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
A financial asset (or a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognized when:
•
•
Rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or
Rights to receive cash flows from the asset or obligations to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay have been
transferred to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; and the Group has either transferred substantially all the risks
and rewards of the asset or the control of the asset.
When rights to receive cash flows from an asset have been transferred or a pass-through arrangement concluded, an evaluation is
made if and to what extent the risks and rewards of ownership have been retained. When the Group has neither transferred nor
retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the
extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. In that case, the Group also recognizes an associated liability. The
transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has
retained. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the
original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.
A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or canceled, or expires. When an existing
financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are
substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition
of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the statement of income.
C.3.3. Interest and other financial expenses
The Group’s interest and other financial expenses comprised the following:
Year ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Interest expense on bonds and bank financing ......................................................................................................
Interest expense on (finance) leases............................................................................................................................
Early redemption charges................................................................................................................................................
Others......................................................................................................................................................................................
Total interest and other financial expenses ........................................................................................................
(348)
(157)
(10)
(47)
(564)
(234)
(91)
(4)
(37)
(367)
(246)
(65)
(43)
(35)
(389)
C.3.4. Finance leases - until December 31, 2018
As at December 31, 2018, Millicom’s finance leases mainly consisted of long-term lease of tower space from tower companies or
competitors on which Millicom locates its network equipment.
Finance lease liabilities were included in Debt and Financing until December 31, 2018, but were reclassified to lease liabilities on
January 1, 2019 in the process of adopting the new lease standard: IFRS 16. See above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting
standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information.
Finance lease liabilities
Under IAS 17, leases which transferred substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee
were capitalized at the inception of the lease. The amount capitalized was the lower of the fair value of the asset or the present value
of the minimum lease payments.
Lease payments were allocated between finance charges (interest) and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges were recorded as interest expenses in the statement of income.
177
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service contracts were accounted for in accordance with the
underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease agreements. When sale and leaseback agreements
were concluded, the portions of assets that will not be leased back by Millicom were classified as assets held for sale as completion
of their sale was highly probable. Asset retirement obligations related to the towers were classified as liabilities directly associated
with assets held for sale. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back were accounted for as operating
leases or finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represented the dedicated
part of each tower on which Millicom’s equipment was located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers.
Rights to use the land on which the towers were located were accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers
were recorded as operating expenses. The gain on disposal was recognized upfront for the portion of towers that is not leased back,
and was deferred and recognized over the term of the lease for the portion leased back.
Finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2018
Country
Maturity
2018
(US$ millions)
Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Tanzania
2029/2030
Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Colombia Movil
Lease of poles ....................................................................................................................... Colombia (UNE)
Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Paraguay
Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... El Salvador
2032
2032
2030
2026
Other finance lease liabilities.......................................................................................... various
various
Total finance lease liabilities .......................................................................................
112
83
99
27
26
6
353
Tower Sale and Leaseback
In 2017 and 2018, the Group announced agreements to sell and leaseback wireless communications towers in Paraguay, Colombia
and El Salvador. Total gain on sale recognized in 2019 was $5 million (2018: $61 million, 2017: $63 million) and cash received from
these sales were $22 million, $141 million and $161 million, respectively.
C.3.5. Guarantees and pledged assets
Guarantees
Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder
for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument.
Financial guarantee contracts are recognized initially as a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the liability is measured at the higher of the best estimate of the
expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date and the amount recognized, less cumulative
amortization.
Liabilities to which guarantees are related are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position under Debt and financing,
and liabilities covered by supplier guarantees are recorded under Trade payables or Debt and financing, depending on the
underlying terms and conditions.
Maturity of guarantees
At December 31, 2019
At December 31, 2018
Terms
Outstanding exposure
(i)
0-1 year..................................................
1-3 years ................................................
3-5 years ................................................
Total .......................................................
29
134
300
464
Maximum exposure(ii)
Outstanding exposure
(i)
(US$ millions)
Maximum exposure(ii)
29
134
300
464
133
281
212
626
133
281
212
626
(i)
(ii)
The outstanding exposure represents the carrying amount of the related liability at December 31.
The maximum exposure represents the total amount of the Guarantee at December 31.
178
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Pledged assets
As at December 31, 2019, the Group’s share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to
cover letters of credit, or guarantees issued was $464 million (December 31, 2018: $626 million). Assets pledged by the Group over
these debts and financings amounted to $1 million at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018: $2 million). The remainder
represented primarily guarantees issued by Millicom S.A. to guarantee financings raised by other Group operating entities.
In addition to the above, on June 4, 2019, MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company entered into a loan facility agreement which was
further amended and restated in December 12, 2019, with the Standard Bank of South Africa acting as an agent and a consortium of
banks acting as the original lenders. The facility agreement, maturing in 2025, has an all asset debenture securing the whole amount,
as well as a pledge over the shares of the immediate holding company of the borrower.
C.3.6. Covenants
Millicom’s financing facilities are subject to a number of covenants including net leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratios, or debt
to earnings ratios, among others. In addition, certain of its financings contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets
within the businesses. At December 31, 2019, there were no breaches of financial covenants.
C.4. Lease liability
As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 'Leases', and as of December 31, 2019 (see above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting
standards") lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:
Current
Non Current
Total Lease liability .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
December 31,
2019
(US$ millions)
97
967
1,063
As permitted under IFRS 16, Millicom has elected not to recognize a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term
of 12 months or less) or for leases of low value assets. Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all
leases of low-value assets are rather recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in the statement of income. Short-term leases
are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. In
addition, certain variable lease payments are not permitted to be recognized as lease liabilities and are expensed as incurred.
The expenses relating to payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability are disclosed in operating expenses (note
B.3.) and are as follows:
Expense relating to short-term leases (included in cost of sales and operating expenses)
2019
(US$ millions)
(5)
The total cash outflow for leases in 2019 was $236 million. Lease liabilities split by maturity and future cash outflows are disclosed in
note D.5..
At December 31, 2019, the Group has not committed to any material leases which had not yet commenced and has no material lease
contracts with variable lease payments.
The Group's leasing activities and how these are accounted for
The Group leases various lands, sites, towers (including those related to towers sold and leased back), offices, warehouses, retail
stores, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have extension options as described
below. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease
agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Through December 31, 2018, leases of property, plant and equipment were classified as either finance or operating leases. See note
C.3.4. for further details on existing finance leases as of December 31, 2018. Payments made under operating leases (net of any
incentives received from the lessor) were charged to the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
179
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
From January 1, 2019, leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset
is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the reduction of the liability and finance cost. The finance
cost is charged to the statement of income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and
the lease term on a straight-line basis.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value
of the following lease payments:
•
•
•
•
•
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate
amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees
the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. As it is generally impracticable to determine that rate,
the Group uses the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds
necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. The incremental
borrowing rate applied can have a significant impact on the net present value of the lease liability recognized under IFRS 16.
The Group determines the incremental borrowing rate by country and by considering the risk-free rate, the country risk, the industry
risk, the credit risk and the currency risk, as well as the lease and payment terms and dates.
The Group is also exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included
in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease
liability is adjusted against the right-of-use asset by discounting the revised lease payments using either the initial discount rate or a
revised discount rate. The initial discount rate is used if future lease payments are reflecting market or index rates or if they are in
substance fixed. The discount rate is revised, if a change in floating interest rates occurs. The Group reassess the variable payment
only when there is a change in cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate and not at each reporting date.
According to IFRS 16, lease term is defined as the non-cancellable period for which a lessee has the right to use an underlying asset,
together with both: (a) periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option;
and (b) periods covered by an option to terminate if the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise that option. The assessment of
such options is performed at the commencement of a lease. As part of the assessment, Millicom introduced the 'time horizon
concept': the reasonable term under which the company expects to use a leased asset considering economic incentives,
management decisions, business plans and the fast-paced industry Millicom operates in. The assessment must be focused on the
economic incentives for Millicom to exercise (or not) an option to early terminate/extend a contract. The Group has decided to work
on the basis the lessor will generally accept a renewal/not early terminate a contract, as there is an economic incentive to maintain
the contractual relationship.
Millicom considered the specialized nature of most of its assets under lease, the low likelihood the lessor can find a third party to
substitute Millicom as a lessee and past practice to conclude that, the lease term can go beyond the notice period when there is
more than an insignificant penalty for the lessor not to renew the lease. This analysis requires judgment and has a significant impact
on the lease liability recognized under IFRS 16.
Under IFRS 16, the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions has changed as the underlying sale transaction needs to be first
analyzed using the guidance of IFRS 15. The seller/lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset in the amount of the proportional original
carrying amount that relates to the right of use retained. Accordingly, only the proportional amount of gain or loss from the sale
must be recognized. The impact from sale and leaseback transactions was not material for Millicom Group as of the date of initial
application.
Finally, the Group has taken the additional following decisions when adopting the standard:
•
•
Non-lease components are capitalized (IFRS16.15)
Intangible assets are out of IFRS 16 scope (IFRS16.4)
C.5. Cash and deposits
C.5.1. Cash and cash equivalents
180
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Cash and cash equivalents in USD.................................................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents in other currencies.........................................................................................................................................
Total cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
834
330
1,164
229
299
528
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less.
Cash deposits with bank with maturities of more than three months that generally earn interest at market rates are classified as time
deposits.
C.5.2. Restricted cash
Mobile Financial Services ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Others.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Restricted cash....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
150
5
155
155
3
158
Cash held with banks related to MFS which is restricted in use due to local regulations is denoted as restricted cash.
181
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.5.3. Pledged deposits
Pledged deposits represent contracted cash deposits with banks that are held as security for debts at corporate or operational entity
level. Millicom is unable to access these funds until either the relevant debt is repaid or alternative security is arranged with the
lender.
At December 31, 2019, there were no non-current pledged deposits (2018: nil).
At December 31, 2019, current pledged deposits amounted to $1 million (2018: $2 million).
C.6. Net financial obligations
Net financial obligations (i)
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Total debt and financing (i) ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Lease liabilities (i) .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gross financial obligations ...........................................................................................................................................................................
5,972
1,063
7,036
Less:
Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................................................................................
(1,164)
Pledged deposits..................................................................................................................................................................................................
Time deposits related to bank borrowings.................................................................................................................................................
Net financial obligations at the end of the year .................................................................................................................................
Add (less) derivatives related to debt (note D.1.2.)..................................................................................................................................
Net financial obligations including derivatives related to debt.................................................................................................
(1)
(1)
5,870
(17)
5,853
4,580
—
4,580
(528)
(2)
—
4,051
—
4,051
(i)
As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the
application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.
Assets
Liabilities from financing activities
Cash and cash
equivalents
Other
Bond and bank
debt and financing
Finance lease
liabilities(i)
Lease
liabilities(i)
Net financial obligations as at January 1, 2018...
Cash flows................................................................................
Scope Changes ......................................................................
Additions/ acquisitions.......................................................
Interest accretion..................................................................
Foreign exchange movements ........................................
Transfers to/from assets held for sale............................
Transfers ...................................................................................
Other non-cash movements.............................................
Net financial obligations as at December 31,
2018.....................................................................................
Cash flows................................................................................
Scope changes.......................................................................
Recognition / Remeasurement........................................
Change in accounting policy............................................
Interest accretion..................................................................
Foreign exchange movements ........................................
Transfers to/from assets held for sale............................
Transfers ...................................................................................
Other non-cash movements.............................................
619
(72)
7
—
—
(33)
6
—
—
528
638
16
—
—
—
(8)
(9)
—
—
Net financial obligations as at December 31,
2019.....................................................................................
1,164
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
3,420
621
267
—
11
(84)
9
3
(19)
4,227
1,743
74
—
—
8
(16)
(53)
3
(14)
5,972
365
(17)
—
44
—
(21)
(8)
(11)
—
353
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(353)
—
—
(i) As from January 1, 2019 and as a result of the application of IFRS 16, finance leases are now shown under lease liabilities.
182
Total
3,164
676
260
44
11
(72)
(4)
(9)
(19)
4,051
998
236
109
545
8
(14)
(52)
3
(14)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(107)
178
109
545
—
(6)
(8)
353
—
1,063
5,870
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.7. Financial instruments
i) Equity and debt instruments
Classification
From January 1, 2018, and the application of IFRS 9, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
•
•
those to be measured subsequently at fair value either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI), or through profit or loss,
and
those to be measured at amortized cost.
The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash
flows.
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of
initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).
The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.
Measurement
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value
through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs
of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.
Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely
payment of principal and interest.
Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow
characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the group classifies its debt instruments:
•
•
•
Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments
of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance
income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss
and presented in other gains / (losses), together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a
separate line item in the consolidated statement of income.
FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash
flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken
through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses
which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously
recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’.
Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign
exchange gains and losses and impairment expenses are presented as ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the
consolidated statement of income.
FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment
that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within ‘Other non-operating (expenses)
income, net’ in the period in which it arises.
Equity instruments
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. The Group does not hold equity instruments for trading.
Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no
subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends
from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is
established.
Otherwise, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the
consolidated statement of income as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments
measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.
183
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Impairment
From January 1, 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets
carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant
increase in credit risk.
For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be
recognized from initial recognition of the trade receivables.
The provision is recognized in the consolidated statement of income within Cost of sales.
ii) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at
fair value at each subsequent closing date. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative
is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as
either:
a) Hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or
b) Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow
hedge).
For transactions designated and qualifying for hedge accounting, at the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedging transactions. This is done in reference to the Group Financial Risk Management Policy as last updated
and approved by the Audit Committee in late 2018. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an
ongoing basis (quarterly), of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
The full fair value of a hedging instrument is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the period to maturity of the hedged
item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12
months. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining period to maturity of the hedged item is
less than 12 months.
The change in fair value of hedging instruments that are designed and qualify as fair value hedges is recognized in the statement of
income as finance costs or income. The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of
the carrying value of the hedged item and is also recognized in the statement of income as finance costs or income.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in
other comprehensive income. Gains or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the statement of income
within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the statement of income in
the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative
gain or loss existing in equity at that time is recycled to the statement of income within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net.
When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately
transferred to the statement of income within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net.
C.7.1. Fair value measurement hierarchy
Millicom uses the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is,
as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices).
Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment
grade ratings. Interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using valuation techniques, which employ the
use of markets observable data. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using
present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange
spot and forward rates, yield curves of the respective currencies, interest rate curves and forward curves.
184
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.7.2. Fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of Millicom’s financial instruments are shown at amounts at which the instruments could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair value of all financial assets and all financial
liabilities, except debt and financing approximate their carrying value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
The fair values of all debt and financing have been estimated by the Group, based on discounted future cash flows at market interest
rates.
Fair values of financial instruments at December 31,
Carrying value
Fair value(i)
Note
2019
2018 (ii) (iii)
2019
2018 (ii) (iii)
(US$ millions)
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments .................................................................
Other non-current assets...............................................................................
Trade receivables, net .....................................................................................
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and
joint venture partners.....................................................................................
G.5.
Prepayments and accrued income ............................................................
Supplier advances for capital expenditures ...........................................
Equity Investment ............................................................................................
Other current assets ........................................................................................
Restricted cash ..................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................
Total financial assets........................................................................................
Current..................................................................................................................
Non-current ........................................................................................................
Financial liabilities
C.5.2.
C.5.1.
Debt and financing(i) ......................................................................................
C.3.
Lease liabilities...................................................................................................
Trade payables...................................................................................................
Payables and accruals for capital expenditure.......................................
Derivative financial instruments .................................................................
Put option liability............................................................................................
C.7.4.
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint
venture partners ...............................................................................................
G.5.
Accrued interest and other expenses .......................................................
Other liabilities ..................................................................................................
Total financial liabilities ..................................................................................
Current..................................................................................................................
Non-current ........................................................................................................
(i)
Fair values are measured with reference to Level 1 (for listed bonds) or 2.
—
66
371
68
156
22
371
181
155
1,164
2,554
2,449
104
5,972
1,063
289
348
17
264
498
432
399
9,282
2,045
7,237
—
87
343
73
129
25
—
124
158
528
1,467
1,341
126
4,580
—
282
335
—
239
483
381
399
6,698
2,330
4,370
—
66
371
68
156
22
371
181
155
1,164
2,554
2,449
104
6,229
1,063
289
348
17
264
498
432
399
9,538
2,045
7,493
—
87
343
73
129
25
—
124
158
528
1,467
1,341
126
4,418
—
282
335
(1)
239
483
381
399
6,536
2,329
4,208
(ii) As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the
application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.
(iii) The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
(note A.1.2.).
185
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.7.3. Equity investments
As at December 31, 2019, Millicom has the following investments in equity instruments:
Investment in Jumia............................................................................................................................................................................................
Investment in HT ..................................................................................................................................................................................................
Equity investment - total................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
32
338
371
—
—
—
Jumia Technologies AG (“Jumia”)
Jumia indirectly owns a number of companies that provide online services and online marketplaces in certain countries in Africa.
In January 2019, Millicom was diluted in the capital of the company following the entry of a new investor. This triggered the recognition
of a net dilution gain of $7 million in January 2019. In addition, during Q1 2019, in preparation of Jumia's IPO, Millicom relinquished
its seat on the board of directors, which resulted in the loss of the Group's significant influence over Jumia. As a result, Millicom
derecognized its investment in associate in Jumia and recognized it as a financial asset (equity instrument) at fair value under IFRS 9.
On April 11, 2019, Jumia completed its IPO at the offer price per share of $14.5 and shares started trading on the NYSE on April 12, 2019.
As a result, as of March 31, 2019, a net gain of $30 million had been recognized and reported under ‘Income (loss) from associates, net’.
Post IPO, Millicom holds 6.31% of the outstanding shares of Jumia.
At December 31, 2019, the closing price of a Jumia share was $6.73, which values Millicom's investment at $32 million (level 1). The
changes in fair value of $(38) million for the year ended December 31, 2019 is shown under 'Other non-operating (expenses) income,
net' (see note B.5).
Helios Towers plc (“HT”)
In October 2019, Helios Towers plc (a company inserted as the holding company of HTA just prior to IPO) completed its IPO on the
London Stock Exchange at a price of GBP 1.15 per share valuing the company at enterprise value of approximately $2.0 billion and a
market capitalization of $1.45 billion.
As part of the listing process, on October 17, 2019, Millicom first was diluted as HT management exercised their IPO option rights (~4%).
This event triggered the recognition of a non-cash dilution loss of $3 million recorded under ‘Income/(loss) from other joint ventures
and associates’.
On the same day, Millicom resigned from its board of directors seats, which resulted in the loss of the Group's significant influence over
HT. As a result, as from that date, Millicom derecognized its investment in associate in HT and recognized it as a financial asset at fair
value under IFRS 9. The derecognition of the investment in associate and recognition of the equity investment in HT at a fair value of
$292 million triggered the recognition of a net non-cash P&L gain of $208 million recorded under ‘Other non-operating income
(expense), net’. Fair value was determined using the IPO reference share price of GBP1.15.
As a result of the IPO and the subsequent exercise of the overallotment option, Millicom disposed of a portion of its ownership (in total
~20%) yielding $57 million in gross proceeds and $25 million in net proceeds after fees and Millicom's share in tax escrow of $30 million
which has been deducted in full from the gain given the high level of uncertainties used in assessing the potential tax liability. These
disposals did trigger a loss of $32 million, as a result of the tax escrow and transaction fees, and are recorded under ‘Other operating
income (expenses), net’.
Post-IPO and overallotment option exercise, Millicom holds a 16.2% stake which, as at December 31, 2019, is valued at $338 million
(level 1) using a closing share price of GBP 1.58. The gain on derecognition and changes in fair value of $312 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 is shown under 'Other non-operating (expenses) income, net' (see note B.5).
186
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
C.7.4. Call and put options
Cable Onda call and put options
As part of the acquisition of Cable Onda, shareholders agreed on certain put and call options as follows:
The put option to acquire the remaining 20% non-controlling interest in Cable Onda became exercisable 42 months after the closing
date (December 13, 2018) or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events. In that respect, Millicom determined that, as the put
option could be exercised under certain change of control events which could be outside the control of Millicom, the option meets
the criteria under IAS 32 for recognition as a liability and corresponding equity decrease. The put option liability was payable in
Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the partner. Therefore, Millicom recorded a liability for the put option at acquisition
completion date of $239 million representing the present value of the redemption amount. As of December 31, 2018, the
redemption price has been valued as being 20% of the equity value implied by the transaction. Any future change in the redemption
price will be recorded in the Group's statement of income.
Millicom also received an unconditional call option which became exercisable either 42 months after December 13, 2018 closing
date or if Millicom's partners’ shareholdings fall below 10%. The call option exercise price was at fair market value. Finally, Millicom
received an unconditional call option exercisable until December 13, 2019, at a price equal to the purchase price in the transaction,
plus interest at 10% per annum. The fair values of both call options were assessed as not material at December 31, 2018.
As a consequence of the Telefonica Panama acquisition, on August 29, 2019 the shareholders agreed to amend the call and put
options in respect of the remaining 20% non-controlling interest that were set as part of the acquisition of Cable Onda.
First, the parties agreed to new unconditional call and put options to acquire the remaining 20% non-controlling interest in Cable
Onda becoming exercisable at any time from July 2022, both, at fair market value.
Second, they also agreed on 'Transaction Price' call and put options conditional to the occurrence of certain events, such as change
of control of Millicom or at any time if Millicom's non-controlling partners’ shareholdings fall below 10%, and becoming exercisable
on the date of the Telefonica Panama closing (August 29, 2019) and extending until July 2022. The put and call options are
exercisable at the purchase price in the Cable Onda transaction (enterprise value of $1.46 billion), plus interest at 5% per annum
(put) and at 10% per annum (call), respectively.
Millicom determined that, both the new unconditional put option and 'Transaction Price' put option could be exercised under
events which are outside the control of Millicom. The options are payable in Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the
partner and therefore also meet the criteria under IAS 32 for recognition as a liability and a corresponding equity decrease - which is
the same conclusion as for previous put option for which a liability had already been recognized at acquisition date in 2018. The put
option liability is now valued at the higher of fair market value and Transaction Price plus interest at 5% per annum and is payable in
Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the partner.
As of December 31, 2019, the value of the 'Transaction Price' put option is lower than fair market value, and therefore the Group
recognized the put option liability at the higher of both valuations at $264 million (see note B.5). The Group is required to re-value
the liability each reporting date and any further change in the value of the put option liability will be recorded in the Group's
statement of income. Both call options are currently not exercisable and therefore no value at December 31, 2019.
D. Financial risk management
Exposure to interest rate, foreign currency, non-repatriation, liquidity, capital management and credit risks arise in the normal course
of Millicom’s business. Each year Group Treasury revisits and presents to the Audit committee updated Treasury and Financial Risks
Management policies. The Group analyzes each of these financial risks individually as well as on an interconnected basis and defines
and implements strategies to manage the economic impact on the Group’s performance in line with its Financial Risk Management
policy. These policies were last reviewed in late 2018. As part of the annual review of the above mentioned risks, the Group agrees to
a strategy over the use of derivatives and natural hedging instruments ranging from raising debt in local currency (where the
Company targets to reach 40% of debt in local currency over the medium term) to maintain a combination of up to 75/25% mix
between fixed and floating rate debt or agreeing to cover up to six months forward of operating costs and capex denominated in
non-functional currencies through a rolling and layering strategy. Millicom’s risk management strategies may include the use of
derivatives to the extent a market would exist in the jurisdictions where the Group operates. Millicom’s policy prohibits the use of
such derivatives in the context of speculative trading.
Accounting policies for derivatives is further detailed in note C.7. On December 31, 2019 and 2018 fair value of derivatives held by
the Group can be summarized as follows:
187
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Derivatives
Cash flow hedge derivatives ............................................................................................................................................................................
Net derivative asset (liability)......................................................................................................................................................................
(17)
(17)
—
—
D.1. Interest rate risk
Debt and financing issued at floating interest rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Debt and financing issued at
fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s exposure to risk of changes in market interest rates relate to
both of the above. To manage this risk, the Group’s policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt with target
that more than 75% of the debt be at fixed rate. The Group actively monitors borrowings against this target. The target mix between
fixed and floating rate debt is reviewed periodically. The purpose of Millicom’s policy is to achieve an optimal balance between cost
of funding and volatility of financial results, while taking into account market conditions as well as our overall business strategy. At
December 31, 2019, approximately 76% of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest or for which variable rates have been
swapped for fixed rates with interest rate swaps (2018: 68%).
D.1.1. Fixed and floating rate debt
Financing at December 31, 2019
1 year
1–2 years
2–3 years
3–4 years
4–5 years
>5 years
Total
Amounts due within:
Fixed rate financing.......................
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
Floating rate financing .................
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
Total....................................................
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
118
6.32%
68
2.97%
186
5.10%
117
5.46%
38
1.77%
155
4.55%
Financing at December 31, 2018
(US$ millions)
118
5.01%
27
1.41%
145
4.34%
332
7.24%
185
3.25%
517
5.81%
431
5.44%
654
4.26%
1,085
4.73%
3,428
5.81%
457
0.96%
3,884
5.24%
4,543
5.86%
1,429
1.52%
5,972
4.82%
1 year
1–2 years
2–3 years
3–4 years
4–5 years
>5 years
Total
Amounts due within:
(US$ millions)
Fixed rate financing.......................
140
162
137
436
204
2,036
3,116
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
Floating rate financing .................
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
Total....................................................
Weighted average nominal
interest rate.................................
6.35%
318
10.28%
458
6.59%
175
5.89%
337
6.64%
266
2.73%
403
6.61%
133
0.49%
570
4.10%
263
4.41%
468
6.47%
309
1.13%
2,345
6.34%
1,465
1.98%
4,580
9.08%
6.23%
4.06%
5.18%
4.28%
5.76%
4.95%
A 100 basis point fall or rise in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Group had borrowings at December 31, 2019
would increase or reduce profit before tax from continuing operations for the year by approximately $14 million (2018: $15 million).
188
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts
From time to time, Millicom enters into currency and interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest
rates and currency fluctuations in accordance with its Financial Risk Management policy. Details of these arrangements are provided
below.
Currency and interest rate swap contracts
MIC S.A. entered into swap contracts in order to hedge the foreign currency and interest rate risks in relation to the SEK 2 billion (~
$211 million) senior unsecured sustainability bond issued in May 2019 (note C.3.1.). These swaps are accounted for as cash flow
hedges as the timing and amounts of the cash flows under the swap agreements match the cash flows under the SEK bond. Their
maturity date is May 2024. The hedging relationship is highly effective and related fluctuations are recorded through other
comprehensive income. At December 31, 2019, the fair values of the swaps amount to a liability of $0.2 million.
Our operations in El Salvador and Costa Rica also entered into several swap agreements in order to hedge foreign currency and
interest rate risks on certain long term debts. These swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges and related fair value changes are
recorded through other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2019, the fair values of these swaps amount to liabilities of $17
million.
Interest rate and currency swaps are measured with reference to Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy
There are no other derivative financial instruments with a significant fair value at December 31, 2019.
189
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
D.2. Foreign currency risks
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures in the countries in which it operates. Foreign
exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.
Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies, or entering into agreements that limit the risk of exposure to currency fluctuations against the
US dollar reporting currency. In some cases, Millicom may also borrow in US dollars where it is either commercially more
advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or where US dollar denominated borrowing
is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom accepts the remaining currency
risk associated with financing its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover,
when available, in the currencies in which the Group operates.
D.2.1. Debt denominated in US dollars and other currencies
Debt denomination at December 31
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Debt denominated in US dollars ....................................................................................................................................................................
3,535
2,572
Debt denominated in currencies of the following countries
Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Chad..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tanzania...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bolivia .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
El Salvador(i) ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Panama(i) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Luxembourg (COP denominated)..................................................................................................................................................................
Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................
531
—
14
350
206
268
918
43
107
718
62
112
306
207
299
261
43
—
Total debt denominated in other currencies........................................................................................................................................
Total debt...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
2,437
5,972
2,008
4,580
(i) El Salvador's official unit of currency is the U.S. dollar, while Panama uses the U.S. dollar as legal tender. Our local debt in both countries is therefore
denominated in U.S. dollars but presented as local currency (LCY).
At December 31, 2019, if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the other functional currencies of our operations
and all other variables held constant, then profit before tax from continuing operations would have increased/decreased by $17
million (2018: $53 million). This increase/decrease in profit before tax would have mainly been as a result of the conversion of the
USD-denominated net debts in our operations with functional currencies other than the US dollar.
D.2.2. Foreign currency swaps
See note D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts.
D.3. Non-repatriation risk
Most of Millicom’s operating subsidiaries and joint ventures generate most of the revenue of the Group and in the currency of the
countries in which they operate. Millicom is therefore dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries and joint venture operations to
transfer funds to the Company.
Although foreign exchange controls exist in some of the countries in which Millicom Group companies operate, none of these
controls currently significantly restrict the ability of these operations to pay interest, dividends, technical service fees, royalties or
repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. However, existing foreign exchange controls
may be strengthened in countries where the Group operates, or foreign exchange controls may be introduced in countries where
the Group operates that do not currently impose such restrictions. If such events were to occur, the Company’s ability to receive
funds from the operations could be subsequently restricted, which would impact the Company’s ability to make payments on its
interest and loans and, or pay dividends to its shareholders. As a policy, all operations which do not face restrictions to deposit funds
190
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
offshore and in hard currencies should do so for the surplus cash generated on a weekly basis. The Company and its subsidiaries
make use of notional and physical cash pooling arrangements in hard currencies to the extent permitted.
In addition, in some countries it may be difficult to convert large amounts of local currency into foreign currency because of limited
foreign exchange markets. The practical effects of this may be time delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency
and exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on the Group. This is a relatively rare case for the countries in which the Group
operates.
Lastly, repatriation most often gives raise to taxation, which is evidenced in the amount of taxes paid by the Group relative to the
Corporate Income Tax reported in its statement of income.
D.4. Credit and counterparty risk
Financial instruments that subject the Group to credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, letters of credit,
trade receivables, amounts due from joint venture partners and associates, supplier advances and other current assets and
derivatives. Counterparties to agreements relating to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits and letters of credit
are significant financial institutions with investment grade ratings. Management does not believe there are significant risks of non-
performance by these counterparties and maintain a diversified portfolio of banking partners. Allocation of deposits across banks
are managed such that the Group’s counterparty risk with a given bank stays within limits which have been set, based on each
bank’s credit rating.
A large portion of revenue of the Group is comprised of prepaid products and services. For postpaid customers, the Group follows
risk control procedures to assess the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and
other factors. Accounts receivable also comprise balances due from other telecom operators. Credit risk of other telecom operators is
limited due to the regulatory nature of the telecom industry, in which licenses are normally only issued to credit-worthy companies.
The Group maintains a provision for expected credit losses of trade receivables based on its historical credit loss experience.
As the Group has a large number of internationally dispersed customers, there is generally no significant concentration of credit risk
with respect to trade receivables, except for certain B2B customers (mainly governments). See note F.1.
D.5. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Group
has significant indebtedness but also has significant cash balances. Millicom evaluates its ability to meet its obligations on an
ongoing basis using a recurring liquidity planning tool. This tool considers the operating net cash flows generated from its
operations and the future cash needs for borrowing, interest payments, dividend payments and capital and operating expenditures
required in maintaining and developing its operating businesses.
The Group manages its liquidity risk through use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, bonds, vendor financing, Export Credit Agencies
and Development Finance Institutions (DFI) loans. Millicom believes that there is sufficient liquidity available in the markets to meet
ongoing liquidity needs. Additionally, Millicom is able to arrange offshore funding. Millicom has a diversified financing portfolio with
commercial banks representing about 26% of its gross financing (2018: 34%), bonds 58% (2018: 54%), Development Finance
Institutions 1% (2018: 4%) and leases 15% (2018: 8%).
191
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31, 2019
Less than 1
year
1 to 5 years
>5yrs
Total
Total debt and financing.................................................................................................................
Lease liability.......................................................................................................................................
Cash and equivalents .......................................................................................................................
Pledged deposits (related to back borrowings) .....................................................................
Refundable deposit
Derivative financial instruments ..................................................................................................
Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt ..................................................
Future interest commitments related to debt and financing............................................
Future interest commitments related to leases......................................................................
Trade payables (excluding accruals) ...........................................................................................
(186)
(97)
1,164
1
—
(17)
865
(308)
(157)
(510)
Other financial liabilities (including accruals) .........................................................................
(1,052)
Derivative instruments
Put option liability .............................................................................................................................
Trade receivables ...............................................................................................................................
Other financial assets .......................................................................................................................
Net financial liabilities..................................................................................................................
(17)
(264)
371
602
(469)
Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31, 2018
(US$ millions)
(1,902)
(490)
(3,884)
(476)
—
—
—
—
(2,392)
(1,088)
(476)
—
(337)
—
—
—
104
—
—
—
—
(4,361)
(106)
(295)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5,972)
(1,063)
1,164
1
—
(17)
(5,888)
(1,502)
(928)
(510)
(1,388)
(17)
(264)
371
707
(4,189)
(4,762)
(9,420)
Total debt and financing(i) .............................................................................................................
Cash and equivalents .......................................................................................................................
Pledged deposits (related to back borrowings) .....................................................................
Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt
Future interest commitments related to debt and financing
Trade payables (excluding accruals)
Other financial liabilities (including accruals)
Put option liability
Trade receivables
Other financial assets .......................................................................................................................
Less than 1
year
1 to 5 years
>5yrs
Total
(458)
528
2
72
(248)
(478)
(1,212)
(239)
343
181
(US$ millions)
(1,778)
(2,345)
(4,580)
—
—
(1,778)
(786)
—
(135)
—
—
126
—
—
(2,345)
(77)
—
—
—
—
—
528
2
(4,051)
(1,111)
(478)
(1,347)
(239)
343
306
Net financial liabilities..................................................................................................................
(1,582)
(2,573)
(2,422)
(6,577)
(i)
As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the
application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.
D.6. Capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure a strong credit rating and solid capital ratios in order to
support its business and maximize shareholder value.
The Group manages its capital structure with reference to local economic conditions and imposed restrictions such as debt
covenants. To maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Group may make dividend payments to shareholders, return capital to
shareholders through share repurchases or issue new shares. At December 31, 2019, Millicom is rated at one notch below investment
grade by the independent rating agencies Moody’s (Ba1 negative) and Fitch (BB+ stable). The Group primarily monitors capital using
net financial obligations to EBITDA.
192
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
The Group reviews its gearing ratio (net financial obligations divided by total capital plus net financial obligations) periodically. Net
financial obligations includes interest bearing debt and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents (included restricted cash) and
pledged and time deposits related to bank borrowings. Capital represents equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent.
Net financial obligations to EBITDA
Note
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Net financial obligations (i) .............................................................................................................................................
EBITDA ....................................................................................................................................................................................
C.6.
B.3.
Net financial obligations to EBITDA (ii) .......................................................................................................................
5,870
1,530
3.84
4,051
1,213
3.34
(i)
As at December 31, 2018, Net financial obligations included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, Net financial
obligations also include Lease liabilities recognized under IFRS 16.
(ii) Ratio is above 3x on an IFRS basis. However, covenants are calculated on proportionate net financial obligations/EBITDA, including Guatemala and
Honduras, which show results below 3x.
Gearing ratio
Net financial obligations (i) .............................................................................................................................................
Equity ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Net financial obligations and equity............................................................................................................................
Gearing ratio.........................................................................................................................................................................
C.6.
C.1.
5,870
2,410
8,280
0.71
4,051
2,542
6,593
0.61
Note
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
(i)
Same comment as (i) in the table above.
E. Long-term assets
E.1. Intangible assets
Millicom’s intangible assets mainly consist of goodwill arising from acquisitions, customer lists acquired through acquisitions,
licenses and rights to operate and use spectrum.
E.1.1. Accounting for intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired in business acquisitions are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition, and those which are
acquired separately are measured at cost. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not
capitalized but expensed to the statement of income in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.
Subsequently intangible assets are carried at cost, less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives using the straight-line method and
assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the
amortization method for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes in
expected useful lives or the expected beneficial use of the assets are accounted for by changing the amortization period or method,
as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates.
Amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the expense
category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share in the fair value of identifiable assets less liabilities
and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary, at the date of the acquisition. If the fair value or the cost of the acquisition can
only be determined provisionally, then goodwill is initially accounted for using provisional values. Within 12 months of the
acquisition date, any adjustments to the provisional values are recognized. This is done when the fair values and the cost of the
acquisition have been finally determined. Adjustments to provisional fair values are made as if the adjusted fair values had been
recognized from the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, net. Goodwill on
acquisition of joint ventures or associates is included in investments in joint ventures and associates. Following initial recognition,
193
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
goodwill is measured at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is
disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed of in this manner is measured, based on the relative values of the
operation disposed and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
Licenses
Licenses are recorded at either historical cost or, if acquired in a business combination, at fair value at the date of acquisition. Cost
includes cost of acquisition and other costs directly related to acquisition and retention of licenses over the license period. These
costs may include estimates related to fulfillment of terms and conditions related to the licenses such as service or coverage
obligations, and may include up-front and deferred payments.
Licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.
Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the licenses over their estimated useful lives.
The terms of licenses, which have been awarded for various periods, are subject to periodic review for, among other things, rate
setting, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses are initially measured at cost and are amortized from the date the
network is available for use on a straight-line basis over the license period. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are usually
renewable and generally non-exclusive. When estimating useful lives of licenses, renewal periods are included only if there is
evidence to support renewal by the Group without significant cost.
Trademarks and customer lists
Trademarks and customer lists are recognized as intangible assets only when acquired or gained in a business combination. Their
cost represents fair value at the date of acquisition. Trademarks and customer lists have indefinite or finite useful lives. Indefinite
useful life trademarks are tested for impairment annually. Finite useful life trademarks are carried at cost, less accumulated
amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and customer lists over
their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for trademarks and customer lists are based on specific characteristics of the
market in which they exist. Trademarks and customer lists are included in Intangible assets, net.
Estimated useful lives are:
Estimated useful lives
Trademarks ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customer lists .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Years
1 to 15
4 to 20
Programming and content rights
Programming and content master rights which are purchased or acquired in business combinations which meet certain criteria are
recorded at cost as intangible assets. The rights must be exclusive, related to specific assets which are sufficiently developed, and
probable to bring future economic benefits and have validity for more than one year. Cost includes consideration paid or payable
and other costs directly related to the acquisition of the rights, and are recognized at the earlier of payment or commencement of
the broadcasting period to which the rights relate.
Programming and content rights capitalized as intangible assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost, less accumulated
amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost
of the rights over their estimated useful lives.
Non-exclusive and programming and content rights for periods less than one year are expensed over the period of the rights.
Indefeasible rights of use
There is no universally-accepted definition of an indefeasible rights of use (IRU). These agreements come in many forms. However,
the key characteristics of a typical arrangement include:
•
•
•
The right to use specified network infrastructure or capacity;
For a specified term (often the majority of the useful life of the relevant assets);
Legal title is not transferred;
194
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
•
•
A number of associated service agreements including operations and maintenance (O&M) and co-location agreements. These
are typically for the same term as the IRU; and
Any payments are usually made in advance.
IRUs are accounted for either as a lease, or service contract based on the substance of the underlying agreement.
IRU arrangements will qualify as a lease if, and when:
•
•
•
•
The purchaser has an exclusive right for a specified period and has the ability to resell (or sublet) the capacity; and
The capacity is physically limited and defined; and
The purchaser bears all costs related to the capacity (directly or not) including costs of operation, administration and
maintenance; and
The purchaser bears the risk of obsolescence during the contract term.
If all of these criteria are not met, the IRU is treated as a service contract.
An IRU of network infrastructure (cables or fiber) is accounted for as a right of use asset (see E.3.), while capacity IRU (wavelength) is
accounted for as an intangible asset.
The costs of an IRU recognized as service contract is recognized as prepayment and amortized in the statement of income as
incurred over the duration of the contract.
E.1.2. Impairment of non-financial assets
At each reporting date Millicom assesses whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset may be impaired. If any such
indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable
amount is made. The recoverable amount is determined based on the higher of its fair value less cost to sell, and its value in use, for
individual assets, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups
of assets.
Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its
recoverable amount. Where no comparable market information is available, the fair value, less cost to sell, is determined based on
the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market conditions for
the time value of money and risks specific to the asset. The foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the expected
useful lives of the assets. Impairment losses related to assets of continuing operations are recognized in the consolidated statement
of income in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.
At each reporting date an assessment is made as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. Other than for goodwill, a
previously recognized impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the asset’s
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If so, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its
recoverable amount. The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of
depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss.
After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any
residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.
E.1.3. Movements in intangible assets
On May 20, 2019 the Group renewed 10MHz of the 1900 MHz spectrum in Colombia for a period of 10 years for an amount of $47
million (payable in five installments from June 2019 to February 2023) and an obligation to build 45 sites during the 20-month
period following the renewal (approximately $20 million cost, that will be capitalized once the sites are built). In December 2019, the
company substituted its coverage obligation by agreeing to pay the corresponding amount of $20 million in cash in 6 installments
between January to June 2020. As a result, Management recognized an addition to spectrum assets and a liability for $20 million.
On July 9, 2019, the Tanzania Communications Regulatory Authority ('TCRA') issued a notice to cancel the license of Telesis, a
subsidiary of Millicom in Tanzania that shared its 4G spectrum with Tigo and Zantel operations in the country. The net carrying value
of the Telesis' license amounting to $8 million has therefore been impaired during Q3 2019. As a consequence and in order to
continue providing 4G services in the country, our operation in Tanzania had to purchase spectrum in the 800MHz band from the
TCRA for a period of 15 years and for an amount of $12 million.
195
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
In December 2019, Millicom's wholly-owned subsidiary Telemovil El Salvador S.A. de C.V. ('Telemovil') acquired spectrum in 50Mhz
AWS band and paid an advance of $14 million. On January 8, 2020, Telemovil made a final payment of $20 million and started
operating the spectrum.
In December 2019, Tigo Colombia participated in an auction launched by the Ministerio de Tecnologias de la Informacion y las
Comunicaciones (MINTIC), and acquired licenses granting the right to use a total of 40 MHz in the 700 MHz band. The 20-year license
will expire in 2040. As a result of this auction,Tigo Colombia has strengthened its spectrum position, which also includes 55 MHz in
the 1900 band and 30 MHz of AWS. Tigo Colombia agreed to a total notional consideration of COP$2.45 billion (equivalent to
approximately US$736 million), of which approximately 45% is to be met by coverage obligations implemented by 2025.
The remaining 55% is payable in cash with an initial payment of approximately US$39 million to be made in Q1 2020, with the
remainder payable in 12 annual installments beginning in 2026 and ending in 2037. The final permission to operate in 700 MHz will
be given in February 2020.
Movements in intangible assets in 2019
Goodwill
Licenses
Customer
Lists
IRUs
Trademar
k
Other (i)
Total
(US$ millions)
Opening balance, net..................................................
Change in scope ..............................................................
1,069
650
Additions ............................................................................
Amortization charge ......................................................
Impairment........................................................................
Disposals, net....................................................................
Transfers..............................................................................
Transfer to/from held for sale (see note E.3)..........
Exchange rate movements ..........................................
Closing balance, net ....................................................
Cost or valuation..............................................................
Accumulated amortization and impairment ........
—
—
—
—
—
—
(7)
1,711
1,711
—
Net........................................................................................
1,711
318
139
101
(55)
(8)
—
(5)
(18)
(8)
465
922
(458)
465
371
141
—
(37)
—
—
—
—
(1)
473
691
(218)
473
89
10
—
(14)
—
—
23
—
—
107
214
(107)
107
282
—
—
(99)
—
—
—
—
—
183
325
(142)
183
218
20
101
(67)
—
—
15
(3)
(4)
279
806
(527)
279
2,346
959
202
(272)
(8)
—
33
(21)
(21)
3,219
4,670
(1,451)
3,219
Movements in intangible assets in 2018
Goodwill
Licenses
Customer
Lists
IRUs
Trademar
k
Other (i)
Total
(US$ millions)
33
350
—
(11)
—
—
—
—
(1)
371
561
(190)
371
105
—
2
(14)
—
—
1
—
(5)
89
176
(87)
89
10
280
—
(8)
—
—
—
—
—
282
325
(43)
282
194
23
91
(65)
—
—
(16)
—
(9)
218
646
(428)
218
1,265
1,157
158
(145)
(6)
—
(15)
(12)
(55)
2,346
3,423
(1,077)
2,346
Opening balance, net ..................................................
Change in scope...............................................................
Additions.............................................................................
Amortization charge.......................................................
Impairment ........................................................................
Disposals, net ....................................................................
Transfers ..............................................................................
Transfer to/from held for sale (iii) ...............................
Exchange rate movements...........................................
Closing balance, net.....................................................
Cost or valuation ..............................................................
Accumulated amortization and impairment .........
599
504
—
—
(6)
—
—
—
(28)
1,069
1,069
—
Net ........................................................................................
1,069
(i)
Other includes mainly software costs
324
—
66
(48)
—
—
—
(12)
(12)
318
646
(328)
318
196
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
E.1.4. Cash used for the purchase of intangible assets
Cash used for intangible asset additions
Additions..........................................................................................
Change in accruals and payables for intangibles ..............
Cash used for additions ...........................................................
202
(32)
171
158
(10)
148
130
3
133
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
E.1.5. Goodwill
Allocation of Goodwill to cash generating units (CGUs), net of exchange rate movements and after impairment
Panama (see note A.1.2.)(i)................................................................................................................................................................................
El Salvador ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tanzania (see note E.1.6.)...................................................................................................................................................................................
Nicaragua (see note A.1.2) ................................................................................................................................................................................
Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
930
194
123
50
181
12
217
3
504
194
116
54
183
12
4
3
Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1,711
1,069
(i) Restated as a result of the finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting. (note A.1.2.).
E.1.6. Impairment testing of goodwill
Goodwill from CGUs is tested for impairment at least each year and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Goodwill arising on business combinations is allocated to each of the Group’s CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit
from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or
groups of units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated:
•
•
Represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and
Is not larger than an operating segment.
Impairment is determined by assessing the value-in-use and, if appropriate, the fair value less costs to sell of the CGU (or group of CGUs),
to which goodwill relates.
Impairment testing at December 31, 2019
Goodwill was tested for impairment by assessing the recoverable amount against the carrying amount of the CGU based on discounted
cash flows. The recoverable amounts are based on value-in-use. The value-in-use is determined based on the method of discounted
cash flows. The cash flow projections used (operating profit margins, income tax, working capital, capex and license renewal cost) are
extracted from business plans approved by management and presented to the Board, usually covering a period of five years. This
planning horizon reflects industry practice in the countries where the Group operates and stage of development or redevelopment of
the business in those countries. Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate. When value-in-use results
are lower than the carrying values of the CGUs, management determines the recoverable amount by using the fair value less cost of
disposal (FVLCD) of the CGUs. FVLCD is usually determined by using recent offers received from third parties (Level 1).
For the year ended December 31, 2019, management concluded no impairment should be recorded in the Group consolidated financial
statements.
Impairment testing at December 31, 2018
197
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
For the year ended December 31, 2018, management concluded that our previously independent Zantel CGU, part of the Africa segment,
should be impaired. Hence, in accordance with IAS 36, an impairment loss of $6 million has been allocated to the amount of goodwill
allocated to the CGU to reduce the carrying amount of this operation to its value in use. The impairment has been classified within the
caption "Other operating income (expenses), net", in the Group’s statement of income.
Key assumptions used in value in use calculations
The process of preparing the cash flow projections considers the current market condition of each CGU, analyzing the macroeconomic,
competitive, regulatory and technological environments, as well as the growth opportunities of the CGUs. Therefore, a growth target
is defined for each CGU, based on the appropriate allocation of operating resources and the capital investments required to achieve
the target. The foregoing forecasts could differ from the results obtained through time; however, the Company prepares its estimates
based on the current situation of each of the CGUs. Relevance of budgets used for the impairment test is also reviewed annually,
management performing regressive analysis between actual figures and budget/5YP used for previous year impairment test.
The cash flow projections for all CGUs is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:
•
•
•
•
EBITDA margin is determined by dividing EBITDA by total revenues.
CAPEX intensity is determined by dividing CAPEX by total revenues.
Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) less inflation rates are used as perpetual growth rate.
Weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) is used to discount the projected cash flows.
The most significant estimates used for the 2019 and 2018 impairment test are shown below:
CGU
Average EBITDA
margin (%) (i)
Average CAPEX
intensity (%) (i)
Perpetual growth
rate (%)
WACC rate after tax
(%)
2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018
Bolivia..................................................
Chad (see note A.1.3).....................
Colombia ...........................................
Costa Rica ..........................................
El Salvador.........................................
Nicaragua (see note A.1.2)...........
Panamá (see note A.1.2)...............
Paraguay ............................................
Tanzania .............................................
42.0
n/a
34.1
36.3
33.4
33.7
42.6
46.9
31.2
43.1
26.7
32.1
41.2
42.2
41.0
n/a
50.4
37.1
18.4
n/a
17.7
23.3
15.2
16.2
14.8
16.0
12.2
17.0
15.9
19.3
19.9
15.7
49.6
n/a
17.3
18.5
1.5
n/a
1.9
1.9
0.8
2.0
1.5
1.6
1.5
3.0
2.6
2.9
3.1
1.6
3.6
n/a
3.0
4.6
2019
10.7
n/a
8.6
10.1
10.7
10.9
8.3
9.0
14.4
2018
10.2
14.8
8.9
10.2
11.7
10.1
n/a
9.8
14.4
(i) Average is computed over the period covered by the plan (5 years)
Sensitivity analysis to changes in assumptions
Management performed a sensitivity analysis on key assumptions within the test. The following maximum increases or decreases,
expressed in percentage points, were considered for all CGUs:
Reasonable changes in key assumptions (%)
Financial variables
WACC rates .................................
Perpetual growth rates ..........
Operating variables
EBITDA margin ..........................
CAPEX intensity ........................
+/-1
+/-1
+/-2
+/-1
The sensitivity analysis shows a comfortable headroom between the recoverable amounts and the carrying values for all CGUs at
December 31, 2019, except of our Nicaragua CGU.
198
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
In respect of Nicaragua CGU, taken individually, the below changes in key assumptions would trigger a potential impairment, which
would mainly be due to the under-performance of our legacy fixed business in the country as well as the current political and economic
turmoil:
Sensitivity analysis
Potential
impairment
In %
US$ millions
Financial variables
WACC rate
Perpetual growth rate
Operating variables
EBITDA margin
+1
-1
-2
Combining changes in variables
WACC rate and Perpetual growth rate.......
+1 and -1
32
18
1
63
E.2. Property, plant and equipment
E.2.1. Accounting for property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at either historical cost, or the lower of fair value and present value of the future
minimum lease payments for assets under finance leases, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment. Historical
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to acquisition of items. The carrying amount of replaced parts is derecognized.
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the remaining
life of the license associated with the assets, unless the renewal of the license is contractually possible.
Estimated useful lives
Duration
Buildings .............................................................................................................................. 40 years or lease period, if shorter
Networks (including civil works) ................................................................................. 5 to 15 years or lease period, if shorter
Other ..................................................................................................................................... 2 to 7 years
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The assets’ residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if
appropriate, at each statement of financial position date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable
amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Construction in progress consists of the cost of assets, labor and other direct costs associated with property, plant and equipment
being constructed by the Group, or purchased assets which have yet to be deployed. When the assets become operational, the
related costs are transferred from construction in progress to the appropriate asset category and depreciation commences.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, when it is probable
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Ongoing routine repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of income in the financial period in which they are incurred.
Costs of major inspections and overhauls are added to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and the carrying amount
of previous major inspections and overhauls is derecognized.
Equipment installed on customer premises which is not sold to customers is capitalized and amortized over the customer contract
period.
A liability for the present value of the cost to remove an asset on both owned and leased sites (for example cell towers) and for assets
installed on customer premises (for example set-top boxes), is recognized when a present obligation for the removal exists. The
corresponding cost of the obligation is included in the cost of the asset and depreciated over the useful life of the asset, or lease
period if shorter.
199
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost
of that asset when it is probable that such costs will contribute to future economic benefits for the Group and the costs can be
measured reliably.
E.2.2. Movements in tangible assets
Movements in tangible assets in 2019
Opening balance, net....................................................................
Change in scope ................................................................................
Change in accounting policy ........................................................
Additions ..............................................................................................
Impairments/reversal of impairment, net ................................
Disposals, net ......................................................................................
Depreciation charge.........................................................................
Asset retirement obligations.........................................................
Transfers................................................................................................
Transfer from/(to) assets held for sale (see note E.4) ............
Exchange rate movements ............................................................
Closing balance, net ......................................................................
Cost or valuation................................................................................
Accumulated amortization and impairment...........................
Net at December 31, 2019 ..........................................................
Movements in tangible assets in 2018
Network
Equipment (ii)
Land and
Buildings
Construction
in Progress
(US$ millions)
2,455
190
(307)
87
—
(8)
(588)
14
444
(61)
(25)
2,201
6,644
(4,443)
2,201
175
44
—
4
—
(1)
(13)
5
4
(14)
(2)
202
360
(158)
202
284
14
—
612
—
(6)
—
—
(537)
(7)
(5)
355
355
—
355
Network
equipment(ii)
Land and
buildings
Construction
in progress
(US$ millions)
Opening balance, net....................................................................
2,399
Change in Scope (iii).........................................................................
Additions ..............................................................................................
Impairments/reversal of impairment, net ................................
Disposals, net ......................................................................................
Depreciation charge.........................................................................
Asset retirement obligations.........................................................
Transfers................................................................................................
Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale
(see note E.4.)(iv) ..........................................................................
Exchange rate movements ............................................................
Closing balance, net ......................................................................
Cost or valuation................................................................................
Accumulated amortization and impairment...........................
Net at December 31, 2018 ..........................................................
253
62
1
(24)
(631)
14
551
(45)
(124)
2,455
6,663
(4,207)
2,455
147
41
1
—
(2)
(11)
1
9
(3)
(8)
175
270
(95)
175
206
32
626
—
(2)
—
—
(568)
(2)
(8)
284
284
—
284
Other(i)
Total
156
3,071
7
(1)
16
1
(3)
(110)
—
64
(5)
(1)
125
476
(351)
125
255
(307)
719
1
(19)
(711)
19
(24)
(88)
(34)
2,883
7,834
(4,952)
2,883
Other(i)
Total
128
2,880
60
7
—
—
(43)
—
14
(2)
(7)
156
573
(417)
156
386
696
1
(29)
(685)
15
6
(52)
(147)
3,071
7,790
(4,719)
3,071
(i)
(ii)
Other mainly includes office equipment and motor vehicles.
As a result of the application of IFRS 16 finance leases were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019. See above in the "New and amended IFRS
accounting standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information. The net carrying amount of network equipment under finance leases at
December 31, 2018 were $307 million.
200
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
(iii) Restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting. See note A.1.2.
Borrowing costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were not significant.
E.2.3. Cash used for the purchase of tangible assets
Cash used for property, plant and equipment additions
Additions................................................................................................................................................................................
Change in advances to suppliers ..................................................................................................................................
Change in accruals and payables for property, plant and equipment............................................................
Finance leases(i)...................................................................................................................................................................
Cash used for additions.................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
719
1
17
(1)
736
698
2
(25)
(43)
632
824
(8)
26
(192)
650
(i)
As a result of the application of IFRS 16 finance leases were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019. See above in the "New and amended IFRS
accounting standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information.
E.3. Right of use assets (as from January 1, 2019 after the application of IFRS 16)
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
•
•
•
•
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received
any initial direct costs, and
restoration costs
Refer to note C.4. for further details on lease accounting policies.
Movements in right of use assets in 2019
Right-of-use assets
Land and
buildings
Sites rental
Tower rental
(US$ millions)
Other
network
equipment
Capacity
Other
Total
Opening balance, net
Change in scope...........................
Additions ........................................
Modifications ................................
Impairments ..................................
Disposals.........................................
Depreciation..................................
Transfers..........................................
Transfers to/from assets
held for sale ..............................
Exchange rate movements.......
Closing balance, net
Cost of valuation ..........................
Accumulated depreciation
and impairment ......................
Net at December 31, 2019
154
—
25
6
(1)
(4)
(35)
—
(1)
—
145
177
(32)
145
67
43
4
(2)
—
(4)
(16)
—
(5)
(2)
87
103
(16)
87
623
121
67
7
—
(1)
(86)
1
(3)
(7)
720
900
(180)
720
201
9
1
1
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
—
8
11
(3)
8
—
12
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
16
(2)
14
4
—
1
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
—
3
8
(5)
3
856
177
102
11
(1)
(10)
(141)
1
(9)
(10)
977
1,216
(238)
977
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
E.4. Assets held for sale
If Millicom decides to sell subsidiaries, investments in joint ventures or associates, or specific non-current assets in its businesses,
these items qualify as assets held for sale if certain conditions are met.
E.4.1. Classification of assets held for sale
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value
less costs to sell if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered principally through sale, not through continuing use. Liabilities
of disposal groups are classified as Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale.
E.4.2. Millicom’s assets held for sale
The following table summarizes the nature of the assets and liabilities reported under assets held for sale and liabilities directly
associated with assets held for sale as at December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale ($ millions)
Towers Paraguay (see note E.4.1.) ..................................................................................................................................................................
Towers Colombia (see note E.4.1.)..................................................................................................................................................................
Towers El Salvador (see note E.4.1.) ...............................................................................................................................................................
Towers Zantel ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total assets of held for sale...........................................................................................................................................................................
Towers Paraguay...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale........................................................................................................
Net assets held for sale / book value........................................................................................................................................................
Chad
As at December 31,
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
—
2
1
1
—
5
—
—
5
2
—
1
—
—
3
—
—
3
As mentioned in note A.1.3., on June 26, 2019, the Group completed the disposal of its operations in Chad for a cash consideration of
$110 million. On the same date, Chad was deconsolidated and a gain on disposal of $77 million, net of costs of disposal of $4 million,
was recognized. Foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity of $8 million have also been recycled in the statement of
income accordingly. The resulting net gain of $70 million has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued
operations, net of tax’. The operating net loss of the operation for the period from January 1, 2019 to June 26, 2019 was $5 million.
The assets and liabilities deconsolidated on the date of the disposal were as follows:
Assets and liabilities held for sale ($ millions)
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Right of use assets
Other non-current assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets of disposal group held for sale
Non-current financial liabilities
Current liabilities
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale
Net assets held for sale at book value
June 26, 2019
18
89
9
8
34
9
168
8
131
140
28
202
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Senegal
As mentioned in note A.1.3. Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ,
Sofima (managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group. The sale was completed on April 27, 2018 in exchange of a final cash
consideration of $151 million. The operations in Senegal were deconsolidated from that date resulting in a net gain on disposal of $6
million, including the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operations.
This gain has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’.
The assets and liabilities were transferred to assets held for sale in relation to our operations in Senegal as at February 7, 2017 and
therefore classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2017.
The table below shows the assets and liabilities deconsolidated at the date of the disposal:
Assets and liabilities held for sale
Intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net...............................................................................................................................................................................................
Other non-current assets....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current assets .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total assets of disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Non-current financial liabilities ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale............................................................................................................................................................................
Net assets / book value ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
April 27,
2018
(US$
millions)
40
126
2
56
3
227
8
73
81
146
Rwanda
As mentioned in note A.1.3. on December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda
operations to subsidiaries of Bharti Airtel Limited.for a final cash consideration of $51 million, including a deferred cash payment due
in January 2020 for an amount of $18 million. The transaction also included earn-outs for $7 million that were not recognized by the
Group. The sale was completed on January 31, 2018. On that day, Millicom's operations in Rwanda have been deconsolidated and no
material loss on disposal was recognized (its carrying value was aligned to its fair value less costs of disposal as of December 31,
2017). However, a loss of $32 million was recognized in 2018 corresponding to the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses
accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operation. This loss has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from
discontinued operations, net of tax’.
The table below shows the assets and liabilities deconsolidated at the date of the disposal:
Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale
Intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net...............................................................................................................................................................................................
Other non-current assets....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current assets .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total assets of disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Non-current financial liabilities ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale............................................................................................................................................................................
Net assets / book value ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
January 31,
2018
(US$
millions)
12
53
4
14
2
85
11
28
40
46
203
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in Chad(Q2 2018), Rwanda (Q1 2018), Ghana (Q3 2017) and Senegal (Q1 2017) had
been classified as assets held for sale and their results were classified as discontinued operations. Comparative figures of the
statement of income have therefore been represented accordingly. Financial information relating to the discontinued operations for
the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is set out below. Figures shown below are after intercompany eliminations.
Results from discontinued operations
Revenue..................................................................................................................................................................................
Cost of sales ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Operating expenses...........................................................................................................................................................
Other expenses linked to the disposal of discontinued operations.................................................................
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................
Other operating income (expenses), net ...................................................................................................................
Gain/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations...............................................................................................
Operating profit (loss)....................................................................................................................................................
Interest income (expense), net ......................................................................................................................................
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net..........................................................................................................
Profit (loss) before taxes ...............................................................................................................................................
Credit (charge) for taxes, net...........................................................................................................................................
Net Profit/(loss) from discontinuing operations ...............................................................................................
Cash flows from discontinued operations
Cash from (used in) operating activities, net
Cash from (used in) investing activities, net
Cash from (used in) financing activities, net
F. Other assets and liabilities
F.1. Trade receivables
Year ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
50
(14)
(29)
(10)
(11)
—
74
61
(2)
—
59
(2)
57
189
(51)
(83)
(10)
(27)
(9)
(29)
(21)
(6)
(2)
(29)
(4)
(33)
440
(130)
(188)
(7)
(67)
(4)
38
81
(28)
4
56
4
60
Year ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
(8)
5
7
(38)
8
11
(1)
(25)
8
Millicom’s trade receivables mainly comprise interconnect receivables from other operators, postpaid mobile and residential cable
subscribers, as well as B2B customers. The nominal value of receivables adjusted for impairment approximates the fair value of trade
receivables.
Gross trade receivables ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Less: provisions for expected credit losses .................................................................................................................................................
Trade receivables, net......................................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
636
(265)
371
592
(249)
343
204
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Aging of trade receivables
2019:
Telecom operators
Own customers
Others
Total
2018:
Telecom operators
Own customers
Others
Total
Neither past
due nor
impaired
Past due (net of
impairments)
30–90 days
>90 days
Total
(US$ millions)
23
177
40
241
17
158
36
210
9
63
15
88
9
69
17
95
8
29
5
43
14
19
5
37
40
270
60
371
39
246
58
343
Trade receivables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method, less provision for expected credit losses. The Group recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) applying a
simplified approach in calculating the ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss
allowance based on lifetime of ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment. The
provision for expected credit losses is recognized in the consolidated statement of income within Cost of sales.
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active
market. They are included in current assets, except for those maturing more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period.
These are classified within non-current assets. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest
method. Gains and losses are recognized in the statement of income when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired,
as well as through the amortization process.
F.2. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Net
realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.
Inventories
Telephone and equipment...............................................................................................................................................................................
SIM cards .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IRUs............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Inventory at December 31,............................................................................................................................................................................
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
18
3
3
9
32
26
4
3
6
39
F.3. Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method where the effect of the passage of time is material.
From time to time, the Group enters into agreements to extend payment terms with various suppliers, and with factoring companies
when such payments are discounted. The corresponding amount pending payment as of December 31, 2019, is recognized in Trade
payables for an amount of $40 million (2018: $26 million).
205
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
F.4. Current and non-current provisions and other liabilities
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, if it is probable
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be
made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an
insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain.
The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of income net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time
value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, risks specific to
the liability. Where discounting is used, increases in the provision due to the passage of time are recognized as interest expenses.
F.4.1. Current provisions and other liabilities
Current
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Deferred revenue .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customer deposits...............................................................................................................................................................................................
Current legal provisions.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Tax payables...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customer and MFS distributor cash balances ...........................................................................................................................................
Withholding tax on payments to third parties..........................................................................................................................................
Other provisions ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other current liabilities(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
77
14
36
74
141
15
3
113
474
(i) Includes 36 million (2018: 36 million) of tax risk liabilities not related to income tax.
F.4.2. Non-current provisions and other liabilities
Non-current
Non-current legal provisions ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Long-term portion of asset retirement obligations.................................................................................................................................
Long-term portion of deferred income on tower sale and leasebacks recognized under IAS 17 ..........................................
Long-term employment obligations ............................................................................................................................................................
Accruals and payables in respect of spectrum and license acquisitions .........................................................................................
Other non-current liabilities.............................................................................................................................................................................
18
96
68
71
61
68
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
85
15
27
68
147
17
7
126
492
8
77
85
68
41
71
Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
383
351
206
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
F.5. Assets and liabilities related to contract with customers
Contract assets, net
Long-term portion
Short-term portion
Less: provisions for expected credit losses
Total
Contract liabilities
Long-term portion
Short-term portion
Total
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
6
37
(2)
41
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
1
81
82
3
35
(1)
37
1
86
87
The Group recognized revenue for $87 million in 2019 (2018: $45 million) that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the year.
The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied) as at December 31,
2019 is $61 million ($60 million is expected to be recognized as revenue in the 2020 financial year and the remaining $1 million in
the 2021 financial year or later) (i).
This amount does not consider contracts that have an original expected duration of one year or less, neither contracts in which consideration
(i)
from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e. billing corresponds to accounting revenue).
Contract costs, net (i)
Net at January 1
Contract costs capitalized
Amortisation of contract costs
Net at December 31
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
4
7
(6)
5
(i)
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that Millicom otherwise would have
recognized is one year or less.
G. Additional disclosure items
G.1. Fees to auditors
Audit fees ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Audit related fees................................................................................................................................................................
Tax fees ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Other fees ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
6.8
1.3
0.1
0.6
8.8
6.7
0.4
0.2
0.6
7.7
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
4
4
(4)
4
4.7
0.3
0.2
0.7
5.9
207
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
G.2. Capital and operational commitments
Millicom has a number of capital and operational commitments to suppliers and service providers in the normal course of its
business. These commitments are mainly contracts for acquiring network and other equipment, and leases for towers and other
operational equipment.
G.2.1. Capital commitments
At December 31, 2019, the Company and its subsidiaries had fixed commitments to purchase network equipment, land and
buildings, other fixed assets and intangible assets of $122 million of which $102 million are due within one year (December 31, 2018:
$88 million of which $71 million were due within one year). The Group’s share of commitments from the joint ventures is,
respectively $52 million and $51 million. (December 31, 2018: $66 million of which $56 million were due within one year).
G.2.2. Lease commitments - until December 31, 2018
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and involves an
assessment of whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether or not
the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service
contracts are accounted for in accordance with the underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease
agreements. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back are accounted for as operating leases or
finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represents the dedicated part of each
tower on which Millicom’s equipment is located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers. Rights to use the
land on which the towers are located are accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers are recorded as
operating expenses.
From January 1, 2019, the Group has recognized right of use assets for these leases, except for short term or low value leases. See
above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting standards", note C.4.and E.3. for further information.
Operating leases
Operating leases are all other leases that are not finance leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses in the
consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Operating leases mainly comprise land in which cell towers are located (including those related to towers sold and leased back) and
buildings. Total operating lease expense from continuing operations for the year ended 2018 was $152 million–see note B.2.
Annual operating lease commitments from continuing operations
Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years
Total
2018 (i)
(US$ millions)
127
412
262
801
(i) The Group’s share in joint ventures operating lease commitments in 2018 amount to $312 million and are excluded from the table above.
Finance leases
Finance leases, which transfer substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee, are
capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income. Where a finance lease
results from a sale and leaseback transaction, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount of the assets is deferred and
amortized over the lease term. Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets,
or the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.
Finance leases mainly comprise lease of tower space in El Salvador, Paraguay, Tanzania and Colombia (see note C.3.4.), lease of poles
in Colombia and tower sharing in other countries. Other financial leases mainly consist of lease agreements relating to vehicles and
IT equipment.
208
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Annual minimum finance lease commitments from continuing operations
Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years
Total
2018 (i)
(US$ millions)
99
400
415
914
(i)
The Group’s share in joint ventures finance lease commitments in 2018 amounted to $1 million and are excluded from the table above.
The corresponding finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2018, were $353 million. Interest expense on finance lease liabilities
amounted to $91 million for the year 2018.
G.3. Contingent liabilities
G.3.1. Litigation and legal risks
The Company and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits, legal, regulatory, commercial and other legal risks
that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2019, the total exposure for claims and litigation risks against
Millicom and its subsidiaries is $204 million (December 31, 2018: $683 million). The decrease is mainly due to Colombia where some
significant cases were closed or became time barred during the year. The Group's share of the comparable exposure for joint
ventures is $4 million (December 31, 2018: $5 million).
As at December 31, 2019, $30 million has been provided by its subsidiaries for these risks in the consolidated statement of financial
position (December 31, 2018: $22 million). The Group’s share of provisions made by the joint ventures was $3 million (December 31,
2018: $4 million). While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims and risks,
the ultimate outcome is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position and operations.
Ongoing investigation by the International Commission Against Impunity in Guatemala (CICIG)
Between 2017 and 2019, the CICIG and Guatemalan prosecutors have pursued investigations that have included the country’s
telecommunications sector and Comcel, our Guatemalan joint venture. On September 3, 2019, the CICIG’s activities in Guatemala
were discontinued, after the Guatemalan government did not renew the CICIG’s mandate, and it is unclear whether the
investigations will continue. As at December 31, 2019, Management is not able to assess the potential impact on these consolidated
financial statements of any remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations, or penalties that may be
imposed by law enforcement authorities. Accordingly, no provision has been recorded as of December 31, 2019.
Other
At December 31, 2019, Millicom has various other less significant claims which are not disclosed separately in these consolidated
financial statements because they are either not material or the related risk is remote.
209
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
G.3.2. Tax related risks and uncertain tax position
The Group operates in developing countries where the tax systems, regulations and enforcement processes have varying stages of
development creating uncertainty regarding the application of the tax law and interpretation of tax treatments. The Group is also
subject to regular tax audits in the countries where it operates. When there is uncertainty over whether the taxation authority will
accept a specific tax treatment under the local tax law, that tax treatment is therefore uncertain. The resolution of tax positions taken
by the Group, through negotiations with relevant tax authorities or through litigation, can take several years to complete and, in
some cases, it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome. Therefore, judgment is required to determine provisions for taxes.
In assessing whether and how an uncertain tax treatment affects the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax
losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, the Group assumes that a taxation authority with the right to examine amounts reported to
it will examine those amounts and have full knowledge of all relevant information when making those examinations.
The Group has a process in place, and applies significant judgment, in identifying uncertainties over income tax treatments.
Management considers whether or not it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. On that basis,
the identified risks are split into three categories (i) remote risks (risk of outflow of tax payments are up to 20%), (ii) possible risks (risk
of outflow of tax payments assessed from 21% to 49%) and probable risks (risk of outflow is more than 50%). The process is repeated
every quarter by the Group.
If the Group concludes that it is probable or certain that the taxation authority will accept the tax treatment, the risks are categorized
either as possible or remote, and it determines the taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax
rates consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. The risks considered as possible are not
provisioned but disclosed as tax contingencies in the Group consolidated financial statements while remote risks are neither
provisioned nor disclosed.
If the Group concludes that it is probable that the taxation authority will not accept the Group’s interpretation of the uncertain tax
treatment, the risks are categorized as probable, and are presented to reflect the effect of uncertainty in determining the related
taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates by generally using the most likely amount
method – the single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes.
If an uncertain tax treatment affects both deferred tax and current tax, the Group makes consistent estimates and judgments for
both. For example, an uncertain tax treatment may affect both taxable profits used to determine the current tax and tax bases used
to determine deferred tax.
If facts and circumstances change, the Group reassesses the judgments and estimates regarding the uncertain tax position taken.
At December 31, 2019, the tax risks exposure of the Group's subsidiaries is estimated at $300 million, for which provisions of $50
million have been recorded in tax liabilities; representing the probable amount of eventual claims and required payments related to
those risks (2018: $226 million of which provisions of $44 million were recorded). The Groups' share of comparable tax exposure and
provisions in its joint ventures amounts to $49 million (2018: $29 million) and $4 million (2018: $2 million), respectively.
G.4. Non-cash investing and financing activities
Non-cash investing and financing activities from continuing operations
Note
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
Investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, including (finance) leases ..................
Asset retirement obligations .........................................................................................................
Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired .......
Financing activities
(Finance) Leases .................................................................................................................................
Share based compensation ...........................................................................................................
E.2.2.
E.2.2.
A.1.2.
C.3.4.
B.4.1.
17
19
—
1
27
(65)
15
30
(43)
21
(174)
(20)
—
192
22
210
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
G.5. Related party balances and transactions
The Group’s significant related parties are:
•
Kinnevik AB (Kinnevik) and subsidiaries, Millicom’s previous principal shareholder - until November 14, 2019, date on which
Millicom SDRs were paid out to the shareholders of Kinnevik (see 'Introduction' note);
• Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA), in which Millicom held a direct or indirect equity interest - until October 15, 2019, date on which
Millicom lost significant influence on HTA and started accounting for its investments at fair value under IFRS 9 (see note
A.3.1.and C.7.3.
•
EPM and subsidiaries (EPM), the non-controlling shareholder in our Colombian operations (see note A.1.4.);
• Miffin Associates Corp and subsidiaries (Miffin), our joint venture partner in Guatemala.
•
Cable Onda partners and subsidiaries, the non-controlling shareholders in our Panama operations (see note A.1.2.).
Kinnevik
Until November 14, 2019, Kinnevik was Millicom's principal shareholder, owning approximately 37% of Millicom (December 31, 2018:
37%). Kinnevik is a Swedish holding company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing, paper and financial services
industries. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, Kinnevik did not purchase any Millicom shares. There were no significant loans made by Millicom
to or for the benefit of Kinnevik or Kinnevik controlled entities.
During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased services from Kinnevik subsidiaries including fraud detection, procurement and
professional services. Transactions and balances with Kinnevik Group companies are disclosed under 'Other' in the tables below.
Helios Towers
Millicom sold its tower assets and leased back a portion of space on the towers in several African countries and contracted for
related operation and management services with HTA. The Group has future lease commitments in respect of the tower companies
(see note E.4.). As mentioned above, Helios Towers ceased to be a related party to the Group from October 15, 2019.
Empresas Públicas de Medellín (EPM)
EPM is a state-owned, industrial and commercial enterprise, owned by the municipality of Medellin, and provides electricity, gas,
water, sanitation, and telecommunications. EPM owns 50% of our operations in Colombia.
Miffin Associates Corp (Miffin)
The Group purchases and sells products and services from and to the Miffin Group. Transactions with Miffin represent recurring
commercial operations such as purchase of handsets, and sale of airtime.
Cable Onda Partners
Our partners in Panama are the non-controlling shareholders of Cable Onda and own 20% of the company, and indirectly 20% of
Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A., which has been acquired by Cable Onda in August 2019. Additionally, they also hold interests in
several entities which have purchasing and selling recurring commercial operations with Cable Onda (such as the sale of content
costs, delivery of broadband services, etc.). Transactions and balances with Cable Onda Partners companies are disclosed under
'Other' in the tables below.
Expenses from transactions with related parties
Purchases of goods and services from Miffin ...........................................................................................................
Purchases of goods and services from EPM ..............................................................................................................
Lease of towers and related services from HTA(i)....................................................................................................
Other expenses....................................................................................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
(i) HTA ceased to be a related party on October 15, 2019. See note C.7.3. for further details.
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
(209)
(42)
(146)
(15)
(412)
(173)
(40)
(28)
(3)
(244)
(181)
(36)
(28)
(4)
(250)
211
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
Income and gains from transactions with related parties
Sale of goods and services to Miffin ............................................................................................................................
Sale of goods and services to EPM ...............................................................................................................................
Other revenue ......................................................................................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................
As at December 31, the Company had the following balances with related parties:
2019
2018
2017
(US$ millions)
306
13
3
322
284
17
2
303
277
18
1
295
Year ended December 31
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Non-current and current liabilities
Payables to Guatemala joint venture(i)........................................................................................................................................................
Payables to Honduras joint venture(ii) .........................................................................................................................................................
Payables to EPM....................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other accounts payable.....................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-total..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(Finance) Lease liabilities to HTA (iii) .............................................................................................................................................................
Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
361
133
37
—
531
—
531
315
143
14
9
482
99
580
(i)
(ii)
Shareholder loans bearing interest. Out of the amount above, $337 million are due over more than one year.
Amount payable mainly consist of dividend advances for which dividends are expected to be declared later in 2020 and/or shareholder loans.
(iii) HTA ceased to be a related party on October 15, 2019. See note C.7.3. for further details.
.
Year ended December 31
2019
2018
(US$ millions)
Non-current and current assets
Receivables from EPM ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Receivables from Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures .................................................................................................................
Advance payments to Helios Towers Tanzania(ii).....................................................................................................................................
Receivables from Panama.................................................................................................................................................................................
Receivable from AirtelTigo Ghana (i) ............................................................................................................................................................
Other accounts receivable................................................................................................................................................................................
Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
23
—
—
43
4
73
5
20
6
—
41
1
73
(i) Disclosed under Other non-current assets in the statement of financial position. See note A.2.2.
(ii) Helios Towers ceased to be to be a related party on October 15, 2019.
H. IPO – Millicom’s operations in Tanzania
In June 2016, an amendment to the Electronic and Postal Communications Act (“EPOCA”) in the Finance Act 2016 required all
Tanzanian licensed telecom operators to sell 25% of the authorised share capital in a public offering on the Dar Es Salaam Stock
Exchange. In December 2019, the Group filed the draft prospectus with the Tanzania Capital Market and Securities Authority with
the view to initiate the listing process in H1 2020.
212
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)
I. Subsequent events
Pivot in shareholder remuneration
On February 24, 2020, Millicom’s Board approved to the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders a share buyback
program to repurchase at least $500 million over the next three years. The current shareholder authorization, which expires
on May 5, 2020, allows for the repurchase of up to 5% of the outstanding share capital. In addition, the Board approved to the
Annual General Meeting of the shareholders a dividend distribution of $1.00 per share to be paid in 2020. The Annual
General Meeting to vote on these matters is scheduled for May 5, 2020.
On February 25, 2020, Millicom announced a three year $500 million share repurchase plan and on February 28, 2020 it
initiated the first phase of this program comprising the purchase of not more than 350,000 shares and not more than a
maximum total amount of SEK 107 million (approximately $11 million). The purpose of the repurchase program is to reduce
Millicom's share capital, or to use the repurchased shares for meeting obligations arising under Millicom´s employee share
based incentive programs. The repurchase program may take place during the period between February 28, 2020 and May 5,
2020. Payment for the shares will be made in cash.
Paraguay bond
On January 28, 2020, Millicom’s wholly-owned subsidiary Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E ("Telecel"), closed a $250
million re-tap to its senior unsecured notes due 2027, representing an additional issuance of Telecel's outstanding $300
million 5.875% senior notes due 2027 issued on April 5, 2019. The new notes will be treated as a single class with the initial
notes, and they were priced at 106.375 for an implied yield to maturity of 4.817%.
213
Who We Are
Managing Our Business
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Governance
Auditors’ Reports
Financial Statements
Corporate Information
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
AUDITOR
José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman, Director
Pernille Erenbjerg
Deputy Chairman, Director
Odilon Almeida
Director
Janet Davidson
Director
Tomas Eliasson
Director
Lars-Åke Norling
Director
James Thompson
Director
EXECUTIVE TEAM
Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer
Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer
Esteban Iriarte
Chief Operating Officer—Latam
Xavier Rocoplan
Chief Technology and Information Officer
Rachel Samrén
Chief External Affairs Officer
Salvador Escalón
General Counsel
Susy Bobenrieth
Chief Human Resources Officer
Ernst & Young
Société anonyme
35E Avenue John F. Kennedy
Luxembourg, L-1855
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
Questions or requests related to stock
transfers, lost certificates, or account
changes should be directed to:
Shareholder Services
1-800-937-5449 ext. 4801
1-718-921-8200 ext. 4801
help@astfinancial.com
www.astfinancial.com
INVESTOR RELATIONS
Investors@millicom.com
MEDIA CONTACT
Press@Millicom.com
ANNUAL MEETING
The Annual Meeting of
Shareholders will be held on
May 5, 2020 in Luxembourg.
HEADQUARTERS
Millicom International Cellular S.A.
2 Rue du Fort Bourbon
Luxembourg, L-1249
Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t
2
0
1
9
M
i
l
l
i
c
o
m
A
n
n
u
a
l
R
e
p
o
r
t
G
r
o
w
i
n
g
O
u
r
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
a
n
d
I
m
p
a
c
t
For further information, please contact:
investors@millicom.com
millicom.com